As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 9, 2010
 
Securities Act File No. 333-_______
Investment Company Act File No. 811-21982


United States
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
 

FORM N-2
 


 
T   Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
o Pre-Effective Amendment No.
o Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
  T Registration Statement under the Investment Company Act of 1940
T Amendment No. 5

 

CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
 


 
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532
 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (630) 505-3700
 
Kevin M. Robinson
Claymore Advisors, LLC
2455 Corporate West Drive
Lisle, Illinois 60532
 
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 


Copies to:
 
Thomas A. Hale
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
155 N. Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606

Approximate date of proposed public offering: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box . . . . S
 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):
 
¨            When declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).
 

 
 

 


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 
Title of Securities
Being Registered
 
Amount Being
Registered (1)
 
Aggregate
Offering Price (2)
 
Amount of
Registration Fee
Common shares of beneficial interest, $.01 par value
 
$1,000,000
$71.30

____________________

(1) There are being registered hereunder a presently indeterminate number of common shares to be offered on an immediate, continuous or delayed basis.

(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In no event will the aggregate initial offering price of all common shares offered from time to time pursuant to the prospectus included in this Registration Statement exceed $           .

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 
 
 

 
 

The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion, dated July 9, 2010

$[ ]
 
Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
 
Common Shares
__________________
 
          Investment Objective and Philosophy. Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund will pursue a relative value-based investment philosophy, which utilizes quantitative and qualitative analysis to seek to identify securities or spreads between securities that deviate from their perceived fair value and/or historical norms. The Fund’s sub-adviser seeks to combine a credit-managed fixed-income portfolio with access to a diversified pool of alternative investments and equity strategies. The Fund’s investment philosophy is predicated upon the belief that thorough research and independent thought are rewarded with performance that has the potential to outperform benchmark indexes with both lower volatility and lower correlation of returns as compared to such benchmark indexes. The Fund cannot ensure investors that it will achieve its investment objective.
 
          Investment Portfolio. The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a wide range of fixed-income and other debt and senior equity securities (“Income Securities”) selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities, including, but not limited to, corporate bonds, loans and loan participations, structured finance investments, U.S. government and agency securities, mezzanine and preferred securities and convertible securities, and in common stocks, limited liability company interests, trust certificates and other equity investments (“Common Equity Securities”) that the Fund’s sub-adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential, including employing a strategy of writing (selling) covered call and put options on such equities.
 
          Offering. The Fund may offer, from time to time, up to $[ ] aggregate initial offering price of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Shares”), in one or more offerings. The Fund may offer Common Shares in amounts, at prices and on terms set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”). You should read this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement carefully before you decide to invest in the Common Shares.
 
          The Fund may offer Common Shares (1) directly to one or more purchasers, (2) through agents that the Fund may designate from time to time or (3) to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering of Common Shares will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Fund may not sell Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
           Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser. Claymore Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) will be responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”). Guggenheim is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are an elite mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim with the supervision of more than $100 billion of assets.
 
(continued on following page)
__________________
 
          Investing in the Fund’s Common Shares involves certain risks. See “Risks” on page 43 of this Prospectus.
 
          Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
________________
 
 Prospectus dated        , 2010

 
 

 

(continued from previous page)
 
           Investment Parameters. The Fund may allocate its assets among a wide variety of Income Securities and Common Equity Securities, provided that, under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest more than: 60% of its total assets in Income Securities rated below-investment grade (commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds), which are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal; 50% of its total assets in Common Equity Securities consisting of common stock; 20% of its total assets in other investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles; 20% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities; and 10% of its total assets in Income Securities of issuers in emerging markets.
 
          Common Shares. The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered in this Prospectus will be, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GOF”. The net asset value of the Common Shares at the close of business on July 2, 2010 was $17.40 per share, and the last sale price of the Common Shares on the NYSE on such date was $18.15. See “Market and Net Asset Value Information.”
 
          Financial Leverage. The Fund may seek to enhance the level of its current distributions by utilizing financial leverage through the issuance of senior securities such as preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”), through borrowing or the issuance of commercial paper or other forms of debt (“Borrowings”), through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or similar transactions or through a combination of the foregoing (collectively “Financial Leverage”). The Fund’s total Financial Leverage may vary over time; however, the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not currently expected to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets after such issuance and/or borrowing; however, the Fund may utilize Financial Leverage up to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. The Fund has entered into a committed facility agreement with BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. pursuant to which the Fund may borrow up to $30 million. On May 31, 2010, outstanding Borrowings under the committed facility agreement were $[ ] million, which represented [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of such date. The Fund may invest a portion of its total assets through participation in the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility program (the “TALF Program”), a program developed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the U.S. Department of the Treasury and operated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”). Under the TALF Program, the FRBNY may provide loans to the Fund to purchase certain investment-grade, asset-backed securities which must be backed by auto loans, student loans, credit card loans, small business loans or certain commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of May 31, 2010, the Fund’s borrowings under the TALF Program represented [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. In addition, as of May 31, 2010, the Fund had reverse repurchase agreements outstanding representing approximately [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed assets (including the leverage obtained through the use of the instruments), such that the Fund’s total Financial Leverage represented approximately [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of May 31, 2010.
 
          You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund, together with any Prospectus Supplement, before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated      , 2010, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, the table of contents of which is on page 76 of this Prospectus, by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing to the Investment Adviser at Claymore Advisors, LLC, 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). Free copies of the Fund’s reports and its Statement of Additional Information will also be available from the Fund’s web site at www.claymore.com/gof.
 
          The Fund’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

 
ii 

 

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.
_________________
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
 
Page
1
23
25
26
27
27
27
28
40
43
60
62
63
64
65
67
68
68
68
72
74
74
74
74
75
76
 
 
 
 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements describe the Fund’s plans, strategies, and goals and our beliefs and assumptions concerning future economic and other conditions and the outlook for the Fund, based on currently available information. In this prospectus, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “objectives,” “goals,” “future,” “intends,” “seeks,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” and similar expressions are used in an effort to identify forward-looking statements, although some forward-looking statements may be expressed differently. The Fund is not entitled to the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act.

 
iii 

 


This page intentionally left blank.
 

 
 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

          This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s Common Shares. You should carefully read the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus, any related Prospectus Supplement and the Statement of Additional Information, dated , 2010 (the “SAI”), especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objective and Policies” and “Risks.”
   
The Fund  .......................................................................
Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company that commenced operations on July 26, 2007. The Fund’s objective is to maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation.
   
 
Claymore Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”).
   
The Offering ..............................................................
The Fund may offer, from time to time, up to $[ ] aggregate initial offering price of Common Shares, on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. The Fund will offer Common Shares at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”).
   
 
The Fund may offer Common Shares (1) directly to one or more purchasers, (2) through agents that the Fund may designate from time to time, or (3) to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of Common Shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Fund and agents or underwriters or among underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Fund may not sell Common Shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of Common Shares. See “Plan of Distribution.”
   
Use of Proceeds ............................................................
Unless otherwise specified in a Prospectus Supplement, the Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated herein. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies within three months after the completion of such offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term money market securities. The Fund may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Fund currently has no intent to issue Common Shares primarily for this purpose.

 
1

 

   
Investment Objective and
 
Philosophy ...................................................................
The Fund’s investment objective is to maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund will pursue a relative value-based investment philosophy, which utilizes quantitative and qualitative analysis to seek to identify securities or spreads between securities that deviate from their perceived fair value and/or historical norms. The Sub-Adviser seeks to combine a credit-managed fixed-income portfolio with access to a diversified pool of alternative investments and equity strategies. The Fund’s investment philosophy is predicated upon the belief that thorough research and independent thought are rewarded with performance that has the potential to outperform benchmark indexes with both lower volatility and lower correlation of returns as compared to such benchmark indexes. The Fund cannot ensure investors that it will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective is considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of the Common Shares (the “Common Shareholders”). See “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Philosophy and Investment Process.”
   
Investment Process .......................................................
The Sub-Adviser’s investment process is a collaborative effort between its Portfolio Construction Group, which utilizes tools such as Guggenheim’s Dynamic Financial Analysis Model to determine allocation of assets among a variety of sectors, and its Sector Specialists, who are responsible for security selection within these sectors and for implementing securities transactions, including the structuring of certain securities directly with the issuer or with investment banks and dealers involved in the origination of such securities.
   
Investment Portfolio ....................................................
The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in:
   
 
Income Securities . The Fund may invest in a wide range of fixed-income and other debt and senior equity securities (“Income Securities”) selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities. The Fund may invest in Income Securities of any credit quality, including Income Securities rated below-investment grade (commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds), which are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The sectors and types of Income Securities in which the Fund may invest, include, but are not limited to:
   
   
corporate bonds;
       
   
loans and loan participations (including senior secured floating rate loans, “second lien” secured floating rate loans, and other types of secured and unsecured loans with fixed and variable interest rates) (collectively, “Loans”);
       
   
structured finance investments (including residential and commercial mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and risk-linked securities);
       
   
U.S. government and agency securities;

 
2

 

       
   
mezzanine and preferred securities; and
       
   
convertible securities.
       
   
The Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities of corporate and governmental issuers located outside the United States, including up to 10% in emerging markets.
     
 
Common Equity Securities and Covered Call Option Strategy. The Fund may invest in common stocks, limited liability company interests, trust certificates and other equity investments (“Common Equity Securities”) that the Sub-Adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential. As part of its Common Equity Securities strategy, the Fund currently intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options and may, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual Common Equity Securities and, to a lesser extent, on indices of securities and sectors of securities. This covered call option strategy is intended to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Fund’s Common Shareholders.
   
 
Real Property Asset Companies. The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “real property assets,” such as real estate and the natural resources upon or within real estate (“Real Property Asset Companies”).
   
 
Personal Property Asset Companies. The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “personal property assets,” such as special situation transportation assets ( e.g. , railcars, ships, airplanes and automobiles) and collectibles ( e.g. , antiques, wine and fine art) (“Personal Property Asset Companies”). The Fund will typically seek to invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities of Personal Property Asset Companies the investment performance of which is not expected to be highly correlated with traditional market indexes.
   
 
Private Securities. The Fund may invest in privately issued Income Securities and Common Equity Securities of both public and private companies (“Private Securities”). Private Securities have additional risk considerations than comparable public securities, including availability of financial information about the issuer and valuation and liquidity issues.
   
 
Investment Funds . As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to Income Securities and Common Equity Securities by investing in other investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles (collectively, “Investment Funds”). The Fund may invest up to 30% of its total assets in Investment Funds that primarily hold (directly or indirectly) investments in which the Fund may invest directly, of which amount up to 20% of its total assets may be invested in Investment Funds that are registered as investment companies (“Registered Investment

 
3

 

 
Funds”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). As used in this prospectus, “Private Investment Funds” means privately offered Investment Funds that are excluded from the definition of “investment company” under the 1940 Act, including by operation of Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) thereof. Investments in other Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees at the Investment Fund level that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund and are borne indirectly by holders of the Fund’s Common Shares.
   
 
Affiliated Investment Funds . Affiliates of the Sub-Adviser and of Guggenheim may act as investment adviser or manager of Private Investment Funds and other pooled or structured vehicles, including Investment Funds utilized in connection with structured finance investments (collectively, “Affiliated Investment Funds”). The Fund would only invest in Affiliated Investment Funds that offer their securities to unaffiliated third parties (including to existing security holders) and only on the same terms and at the same times as such securities are offered to such unaffiliated third parties. The Fund would pay its pro rata share of the fees and expenses allocable to its investments in Affiliated Investment Funds. However, investments in Affiliated Investment Funds would not constitute Managed Assets (as defined herein) for purposes of determining the amount of management fees payable by the Fund to the Sub-Adviser. The Fund may only invest in Affiliated Investment Funds to the extent permitted by applicable law and related interpretations of the staff of the SEC. The Fund may seek exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit the Fund to co-invest in Private Securities, including Private Investment Funds managed by third parties, with Affiliated Investment Funds. There can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain such relief or that, if obtained, the terms will be acceptable to the Fund.
   
 
Synthetic Investments . As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to Income Securities and Common Equity Securities through the use of customized derivative instruments (including swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or other financial instruments) to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities (including interests in Investment Funds and, in certain circumstances, Affiliated Investment Funds).
   
Investment Policies ...........................................................
The Fund may allocate its assets among a wide variety of Income Securities and Common Equity Securities, provided that, under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest more than:
   
 
60% of its total assets in Income Securities rated below-investment grade;
     
 
50% of its total assets in Common Equity Securities consisting of common stock;
     
 
30% of its total assets in Investment Funds;
     
 
20% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities; and

 
4

 

     
 
10% of its total assets in Income Securities of issuers in emerging markets.
   
 
Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus or the SAI, the Fund’s investment policies are considered non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board of Trustees”) without Common Shareholder approval. The Fund will provide investors with at least 60 days’ prior notice of any change in the Fund’s investment policies. See “Investment Objective and Policies” in this prospectus and in the SAI.
   
Financial Leverage .........................................................
The Fund may seek to enhance the level of its current distributions by utilizing financial leverage through the issuance of senior securities such as preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”), through borrowing or the issuance of commercial paper or other forms of debt (“Borrowings”), through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or similar transactions or through a combination of the foregoing (collectively “Financial Leverage”). The Fund’s total Financial Leverage may vary over time; however, the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not expected to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets after such issuance and/or borrowing; however, the Fund may utilize Financial Leverage up to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. The Fund may also borrow in excess of such limit for temporary purposes such as the settlement of transactions.
   
 
The Fund has entered into a committed facility agreement with BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. pursuant to which the Fund may borrow up to $30 million. On May 31, 2010, outstanding Borrowings under the committed facility agreement were $[ ] million, which represented [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of such date. The Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets through participation in the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility program (the “TALF Program”), a program developed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the U.S. Department of the Treasury and operated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”). Under the TALF Program, the FRBNY may provide loans to the Fund to purchase certain investment-grade, asset-backed securities which must be backed by auto loans, student loans, credit card loans, small business loans or certain commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of May 31, 2010, the Fund’s borrowings under the TALF Program represented [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. In addition, as of May 31, 2010, the Fund had reverse repurchase agreements outstanding representing approximately [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed assets (including the leverage obtained through the use of the instruments), such that the Fund’s total Financial Leverage represented approximately [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, as of May 31, 2010.
   
 
So long as the net rate of return on the Fund’s investments purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage exceeds the cost of such Financial Leverage, such excess amounts will be available to pay higher distributions to holders of the Fund’s Common Shares. Any use of Financial Leverage must be approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. In connection with the Fund’s use of Financial

 
5

 

 
Leverage, the Fund may seek to hedge the interest rate risks associated with the Financial Leverage through interest rate swaps, caps or other derivative transactions. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s Financial Leverage strategy will be successful during any period during which it is employed. The Fund may also seek to enhance the level of its current distributions by lending its portfolio securities to broker-dealers or financial institutions. See “Use of Financial Leverage” and “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk” and “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Practices—Loans of Portfolio Securities.”
   
Other Investment Practices .........................................
Temporary Defensive Investments . At any time when a temporary defensive posture is believed by the Sub-Adviser to be warranted (a “temporary defensive period”), the Fund may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels. See “Investment Objective and Policies—Temporary Defensive Investments”.
   
 
Derivative Transactions . The Fund may purchase and sell derivative instruments (which derive their value by reference to another instrument, security or index) for investment purposes, such as obtaining investment exposure to an investment category; risk management purposes, such as hedging against fluctuations in securities prices or interest rates; diversification purposes; or to change the duration of the Fund. In order to help protect the soundness of derivative transactions and outstanding derivative positions, the Sub-Adviser requires derivative counterparties to have a minimum credit rating of A from Moody’s Investors Service (or a comparable rating from another rating agency) and monitors such rating on an ongoing basis.
   
Management of the Fund .....................................................
Claymore Advisors, LLC acts as the Fund’s Investment Adviser pursuant to an advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund and administers the affairs of the Fund to the extent requested by the Board of Trustees. As compensation for its services, the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund (other than assets attributable to any investments in Affiliated Investment Funds), including the assets attributable to the proceeds from any borrowings or other forms of Financial Leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage.
   
 
Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC acts as the Fund’s Sub-Adviser pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement with the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. As compensation for its services, the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in a maximum annual amount equal to 0.50% of the

 
6

 

 
Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, less 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily assets attributable to any investments by the Fund in Affiliated Investment Funds.
   
 
Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Guggenheim.
   
Distributions ...............................................................
The Fund intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain dividends at least annually. The Fund expects that dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist of (i) investment company taxable income, which includes, among other things, ordinary income, short-term capital gain (for example, premiums earned in connection with the Fund’s covered call option strategy) and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, (ii) qualified dividend income and (iii) long-term capital gain (gain from the sale of a capital asset held longer than one year). To the extent the Fund receives dividends with respect to its investments in Common Equity Securities that consist of qualified dividend income (income from domestic and certain foreign corporations), a portion of the Fund’s distributions to its Common Shareholders may consist of qualified dividend income. The Fund cannot assure you, however, as to what percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares, if any, will consist of qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates for individuals than ordinary income. See “Distributions.”
   
 
If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Fund will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial adviser for more information. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
   
Listing and Symbol ..................................................
The Common Shares of the Fund have been authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GOF”.
   
Special Risk Considerations .................................
Not a Complete Investment Program . The Fund is intended for investors seeking current income and capital appreciation. The Fund is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock market. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the Fund’s investment objective as well as the Common Shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Fund.
   
 
Investment and Market Risk . An investment in Common Shares of the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. An investment in the Common

 
7

 

   
 
Shares of the Fund represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. The value of those securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The value of the securities owned by the Fund will affect the value of the Common Shares. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.
   
 
Management Risk . The Fund is subject to management risk because it has an actively managed portfolio. The Sub-Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analysis in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.
   
 
Income Risk . The income investors receive from the Fund is based primarily on the interest it earns from its investments in Income Securities, which can vary widely over the short- and long-term. If prevailing market interest rates drop, investors’ income from the Fund could drop as well. The Fund’s income could also be affected adversely when prevailing short-term interest rates increase and the Fund is utilizing leverage, although this risk is mitigated to the extent the Fund’s investments include floating-rate obligations.
   
 
Dividend Risk . Dividends on common stock and other Common Equity Securities which the Fund may hold are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the Common Equity Securities in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, they will remain at current levels or increase over time.
   
 
Income Securities Risk . In addition to the risks discussed above, Income Securities, including high-yield bonds, are subject to certain risks, including:
   
 
Issuer Risk . The value of Income Securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.
   
 
Credit Risk . Credit risk is the risk that one or more debt obligations in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in its financial status.
   
 
Interest Rate Risk . Interest rate risk is the risk that Income Securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of Income Securities generally will fall.
   
 
Reinvestment Risk . Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called Income Securities at market interest rates that are below the Fund portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Fund.

 
8

 

 
Prepayment Risk . During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk.
   
 
Liquidity Risk . The Fund may invest without limitation in Income Securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid, including certain high-yield bonds. The Fund may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities and obligations at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities and obligations if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. In addition, limited liquidity could affect the market price of Income Securities, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s net asset value and ability to make distributions.
   
 
Valuation of Certain Income Securities . The Sub-Adviser normally uses an independent pricing service to value most Income Securities held by the Fund. Because the secondary markets for certain investments may be limited, they may be difficult to value. Where market quotations are not readily available, valuation may require more research than for more liquid investments. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available.
   
 
Duration and Maturity Risk . The Fund has no set policy regarding portfolio maturity or duration. Holding long duration and long maturity investments will expose the Fund to certain magnified risks. These risks include interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risks as discussed above.
   
 
Below-Investment Grade Securities Risk. The Fund may invest in Income Securities rated below-investment grade or, if unrated, determined by the Sub-Adviser to be of comparable credit quality, which are commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds. Investment in securities of below-investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Income Securities of below-investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and issuer-specific developments. Income Securities of below-investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values for Income Securities of below-investment grade quality tend to be more volatile and such securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities.
   
 
Senior Loans Risk . The Fund may invest in senior secured floating rate Loans made to corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers (“Senior Loans”). Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the issuing entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and typically have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated

 
9

 


   
 
debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. The Fund’s investments in Senior Loans are typically below-investment grade and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. The risks associated with Senior Loans of below-investment grade quality are similar to the risks of other lower grade Income Securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to subordinated and unsecured Income Securities. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest payments are adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, investments in Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than other lower grade Income Securities, which may have fixed interest rates.
   
 
Second Lien Loans Risk . The Fund may invest in “second lien” secured floating rate Loans made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes (“Second Lien Loans”). Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans of the related borrower. Second Lien Loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans and other lower grade Income Securities. However, Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to Senior Loans and therefore are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the Loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. Second Lien Loans are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and may be less liquid.
   
 
Mezzanine Investments Risk . The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security ( e.g. , with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other lower grade Income Securities. However, Mezzanine Investments may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans of the borrower, or may be unsecured ( i.e. , not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral), and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Mezzanine Investments are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
   
 
Convertible Securities Risk . The Fund may invest in convertible securities, which include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. As with all Income Securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest

 
10

 


   
 
rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. Convertible securities also tend to reflect the market price of the underlying stock in varying degrees, depending on the relationship of such market price to the conversion price in the terms of the convertible security. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.
   
 
Preferred Stock Risks . The Fund may invest in preferred stock, which represents the senior residual interest in the assets of an issuer after meeting all claims, with priority to corporate income and liquidation payments over the issuer’s common stock. As such, preferred stock is inherently more risky than the bonds and other debt instruments of the issuer, but less risky than its common stock. Preferred stocks may be significantly less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities, corporate debt and common stock.
   
 
Structured Finance Investments Risk . The Fund’s structured finance investments may include residential and commercial mortgage-related and asset-backed securities issued by governmental entities and private issuers, collateralized debt obligations and risk-linked securities. These securities entail considerable risk, including many of the risks described above ( e.g. , market risk, credit risk, interest rate risk and prepayment risk). The value of collateralized debt obligations also may change because of changes in the market’s perception of the underlying collateral of the pool, the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for or the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or entity providing credit support for the pool. Returns on risk-linked securities are dependant upon such events as property or casualty damages which may be caused by such catastrophic events as hurricanes or earthquakes or other unpredictable events.
   
 
Foreign Securities Risk . The Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities of foreign issuers. Investing in foreign issuers may involve certain risks not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers due to increased exposure to foreign economic, political and legal developments, including favorable or unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations (including currency blockage), expropriation or nationalization of assets, imposition of withholding taxes on payments, and possible difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against foreign entities. Furthermore, issuers of foreign securities and obligations are subject to different, often less comprehensive, accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements than domestic issuers. The securities and obligations of some foreign companies and foreign markets are less liquid and at times more volatile than comparable U.S. securities, obligations and markets. These risks may be more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests a significant amount of its assets in companies located in one region and to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers in emerging markets. The Fund may also invest in U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities of foreign issuers, which are subject to many of the risks described above regarding Income Securities of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies.

 
11

 


   
 
Emerging Markets Risk . The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in Income Securities the issuers of which are located in countries considered to be emerging markets, and investments in such securities are considered speculative. Heightened risks of investing in emerging markets include: smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; and potential restrictions on repatriation of investment income and capital.
   
 
Foreign Currency Risk . The value of securities denominated or quoted in foreign currencies may be adversely affected by fluctuations in the relative currency exchange rates and by exchange control regulations. The Fund’s investment performance may be negatively affected by a devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s investments are denominated or quoted. Further, the Fund’s investment performance may be significantly affected, either positively or negatively, by currency exchange rates because the U.S. dollar value of securities denominated or quoted in another currency will increase or decrease in response to changes in the value of such currency in relation to the U.S. dollar.
   
 
Common Equity Securities Risk . The Fund may invest up to 50% of its total assets in Common Equity Securities. Common Equity Securities’ prices fluctuate for a number of reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer, the general condition of the relevant stock market and broader domestic and international political and economic events. The prices of Common Equity Securities are also sensitive to general movements in the stock market, so a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of Common Equity Securities to which the Fund has exposure. While broad market measures of Common Equity Securities have historically generated higher average returns than Income Securities, Common Equity Securities have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Common Equity Securities in which the Fund may invest are structurally subordinated to preferred stock, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and are therefore inherently more risky than preferred stock or debt instruments of such issuers.
   
 
Risks Associated with the Fund’s Covered Call Option Strategy . The ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective is partially dependent on the successful implementation of its covered call option strategy. There are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
   
 
As the writer of a covered call option, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but retains the risk of loss

 
12

 


   
 
should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. See “Risks—Risks Associated with the Fund’s Covered Call Option Strategy—Risks Associated with Covered Call and Put Options.”
   
 
With respect to exchange-traded options, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position on an options exchange. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. See “Risks—Risks Associated with the Fund’s Covered Call Option Strategy—Exchange-Listed Option Risk.”
   
 
The Fund may also write (sell) over-the-counter options (“OTC options”). Options written by the Fund with respect to non-U.S. securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are two-party contracts, with exercise price, premium and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. See “Risks—Risks Associated with the Fund’s Covered Call Option Strategy—OTC Option Risk.”
   
 
Risks of Real Property Asset Companies . The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by Real Property Asset Companies. Because of the Fund’s ability to make indirect investments in real estate and in the securities of companies in the real estate industry, it is subject to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate, including declines in the value of real estate; general and local economic conditions; increased competition; and changes in interest rates. Because of the Fund’s ability to make indirect investments in natural resources and physical commodities, and in Real Property Asset Companies engaged in oil and gas exploration and production, gold and other precious metals, steel and iron ore production, energy services, forest products, chemicals, coal, alternative energy sources and environmental services, as well as related transportation companies and equipment manufacturers, the Fund is subject to risks associated with such real property assets, including supply and demand risk, depletion risk, regulatory risk and commodity pricing risk.
   
 
Risks of Personal Property Asset Companies . The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by Personal Property Asset Companies which invest in personal property such as special situation transportation assets ( e.g. , railcars, airplanes and ships) and collectibles ( e.g. , antiques, wine and fine art). The risks of special situation transportation assets include cyclicality of supply and demand for transportation assets and risk of decline in the value of transportation assets and rental values. The risks of collectible assets include the difficulty in valuing collectible assets, the relative illiquidity of collectible assets, the prospects of forgery or the inability to assess the authenticity of collectible assets and the high transaction and related costs of purchasing, selling and safekeeping collectible assets.

 
13

 


   
 
Private Securities Risk . The Fund may invest in privately issued Income Securities and Common Equity Securities of both public and private companies. Private Securities have additional risk considerations than investments in comparable public investments. Whenever the Fund invests in companies that do not publicly report financial and other material information, it assumes a greater degree of investment risk and reliance upon the Sub-Adviser’s ability to obtain and evaluate applicable information concerning such companies’ creditworthiness and other investment considerations. Because there is often no readily available trading market for Private Securities, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell them if they were more widely traded. Private Securities are also more difficult to value. Private Securities that are debt securities generally are of below-investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below-investment grade public debt securities.
   
 
Investment Funds Risk . As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to Income Securities and Common Equity Securities by investing up to 20% of its total assets in Investment Funds, of which amount up to 10% of its total assets may be invested in Registered Investment Funds. Investments in Investment Funds present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities. Investments in Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Fund’s investment in another Investment Fund are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. To the extent management fees of Investment Funds are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ financial leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. A performance-based fee arrangement may create incentives for an adviser or manager to take greater investment risks in the hope of earning a higher profit participation. Investments in Investment Funds frequently expose the Fund to an additional layer of financial leverage.
   
 
Private Investment Funds Risk . In addition to those risks described above with respect to all Investment Funds, investing in Private Investment Funds (including Affiliated Investment Funds) may pose additional risks to the Fund. Certain Private Investment Funds in which the Fund participates may involve capital call provisions under which the Fund is obligated to make additional investments at specified levels even if it would otherwise choose not to. Investments in Private Investment Funds may have very limited liquidity. Often there will be no secondary market for such investments and the ability to redeem or otherwise withdraw from a Private Investment Fund may be prohibited during the term of the Private Investment Fund or, if permitted, may be infrequent. Certain Private Investment Funds may be subject to “lock-up” periods of a year or more. The valuation of

 
14

 


   
 
investments in Private Investment Funds often will be based upon valuations provided by the adviser or manager and it may not always be possible to effectively assess the accuracy of such valuations, particularly if the fund holds substantial investments the values of which are determined by the adviser or manager based upon a fair valuation methodology. Incentive fee considerations, which are generally expected to be between 15%-25% of the net capital appreciation (if any) in the assets managed by a Private Investment Fund manager, may cause conflicts in the fair valuation of investment holdings by a Private Investment Fund’s adviser or manager.
   
 
Private Investment Funds (including Affiliated Investment Funds) in which the Fund invests may employ a number of investment techniques, including short sales, investment in non-investment grade or nonmarketable securities, uncovered option transactions, forward transactions, futures and options on futures transactions, foreign currency transactions and highly concentrated portfolios, among others, which could, under certain circumstances, magnify the impact of any negative market, sector or investment development. The Fund may be exposed to increased leverage risk, as the Private Investment Funds in which it invests may borrow and may utilize various lines of credit, reverse repurchase agreements, “dollar” rolls, issuance of debt securities, swaps, forward purchases and other forms of leverage. Some of the Private Investment Funds may provide very limited information with respect to their operation and performance to the Fund, thereby severely limiting the Fund’s ability to verify initially or on a continuing basis any representations made by the Private Investment Funds or the investment strategies being employed, and exposing the Fund to concentration risk if it invests in a number of Private Investment Funds which have overlapping strategies and accumulate large positions in the same or related instruments without the Sub-Adviser’s knowledge. The Fund will not have the ability to direct or influence the management of the Private Investment Funds in which it invests, so the returns on such investments will primarily depend on the performance of the Private Investment Funds’ managers and could suffer substantial adverse effects by the unfavorable performance of such managers.
   
 
Affiliated Investment Funds Risk . In addition to those risks described above with respect to all Private Investment Funds, investing in Affiliated Investment Funds may pose additional risks to the Fund. The Fund would only invest in Affiliated Investment Funds that offer their securities to unaffiliated third parties (including to existing security holders) and only on the same terms and at the same times as such securities are offered to such unaffiliated third parties. Similarly, the Fund may only redeem shares of Affiliated Investment Funds on the same terms and at the same times as redemptions are offered to such unaffiliated third parties. The Fund may therefore be limited in the Affiliated Investment Funds in which it can invest. The Fund may only invest in Affiliated Investment Funds to the extent permitted by applicable law and related interpretations of the staff of the SEC. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund will be prohibited from co-investing with Affiliated Investment Funds in certain Private Securities. The

 
15

 


   
 
Fund may seek exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit the Fund to co-invest in Private Securities, (including Private Investment Funds managed by third parties) with Affiliated Investment Funds. There can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain such relief or that, if obtained, the terms will be acceptable to the Fund.
   
 
Synthetic Investments Risk . The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks to the extent the Sub-Adviser uses derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. If the Fund enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Fund may not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition, such customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Fund will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Fund’s performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, derivative instruments typically contain provisions giving the counterparty the right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events. If a termination were to occur, the Fund’s return could be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant termination expenses.
   
 
Inflation/Deflation Risk . Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse affect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.
   
 
Market Discount Risk . The Fund’s Common Shares have a limited trading history and have traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to NAV. The Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade in the future at a premium or discount to NAV. The Fund’s Common Shares have recently traded at a premium to NAV per share, which may not be sustainable. If the Common Shares are trading at a premium to net asset value at the time you purchase Common Shares, the NAV per share of the Common Shares purchased will be less than the purchase price paid. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV, but in some cases have traded above NAV. The risk of the Common Shares trading at a discount is a risk separate from the risk of a decline in the Fund’s NAV as a result of the Fund’s investment activities. The Fund’s NAV will be reduced immediately following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, which will be borne entirely by the Fund. The

 
16

 


   
 
sale of Common Shares by the Fund (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. The Fund may, from time to time, seek the consent of holders of Common Shares to permit the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below the Fund’s then current NAV, subject to certain conditions, and such sales of Common Shares at price below NAV, if any, may increase downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. These sales, if any, also might make it more difficult for the Fund to sell additional Common Shares in the future at a time and price it deems appropriate.
   
 
Whether Common Shareholder will realize a gain or loss upon the sale of Common Shares depends upon whether the market value of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the price the Common Shareholder paid, taking into account transaction costs for the Common Shares, and is not directly dependent upon the Fund’s NAV. Because the market value of the Common Shares will be determined by factors such as the relative demand for and supply of the shares in the market, general market conditions and other factors outside the Fund’s control, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at, below or above NAV, or at, below or above the public offering price for the Common Shares. Common Shares of the Fund are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.
   
 
Dilution Risk . The voting power of current Common Shareholders will be diluted to the extent that current Common Shareholders do not purchase Common Shares in any future offerings of Common Shares or do not purchase sufficient Common Shares to maintain their percentage interest. If the Fund is unable to invest the proceeds of such offering as intended, the Fund’s per Common Share distribution may decrease and the Fund may not participate in market advances to the same extent as if such proceeds were fully invested as planned. If the Fund sells Common Shares at a price below NAV pursuant to the consent of holders of Common Shares, shareholders will experience a dilution of the aggregate NAV per Common Share because the sale price will be less than the Fund’s then-current NAV per Common Share. This dilution will be experienced by all shareholders, irrespective of whether they purchase Common Shares in any such offering. See “Description of Capital Structure—Common Shares— Issuance of Additional Common Shares.”
   
 
Financial Leverage Risk . Although the use of Financial Leverage by the Fund may create an opportunity for increased after-tax total return for the Common Shares, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on securities purchased with Financial Leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of Financial Leverage, the Fund’s return will be greater than if Financial Leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or gains from the securities purchased with such proceeds does not cover

 
17

 


   
 
the cost of Financial Leverage, the return to the Fund will be less than if Financial Leverage had not been used.
   
 
Financial Leverage involves risks and special considerations for shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of and dividends on the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage; the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on Borrowings or in the dividend rate on any Preferred Shares that the Fund must pay will reduce the return to the Common Shareholders; and the effect of Financial Leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Shares.
   
 
Because the fees received by the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser are based on the Managed Assets of the Fund (including the proceeds of any Financial Leverage), the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to utilize Financial Leverage, which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser on the one hand and the Common Shareholders on the other. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be implemented or that it will be successful during any period during which it is employed.
   
 
Financial leverage may also be achieved through the purchase of certain derivative instruments. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments exposes the Fund to special risks. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Certain Other Investment Practices— Derivative Transactions” and “—Derivative Transactions Risk” below.
   
 
Recent economic and market event have contributed to severe market volatility and caused severe liquidity strains in the credit markets. If dislocations in the credit markets continue, the Fund’s leverage costs may increase and there is a risk that the Fund may not be able to renew or replace existing leverage on favorable terms or at all. If the cost of leverage is no longer favorable, or if the Fund is otherwise required to reduce its leverage, the Fund may not be able to maintain distributions on Common Shares at historical levels and Common Shareholders will bear any costs associated with selling portfolio securities.
   
 
Derivative Transactions Risks . Participation in options, futures and other derivative transactions involves investment risks and transaction costs to which the Fund would not be subject absent the use of such strategies. If the Sub-Adviser’s prediction of movements in the direction of the securities and interest rate markets is inaccurate, the consequences to the Fund may leave the Fund in a worse position than if it had not used such strategies. Positions in derivatives (such as options, swaps, and futures and forward contracts and options thereon) may subject the Fund to substantial loss of principal in relation to the Fund’s investment amount.
   
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk . The Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund.

 
18

 


   
 
A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses.
   
 
Recent Market Developments . Global and domestic financial markets have experienced periods of unprecedented turmoil. Instability in the credit markets has made it more difficult for a number of issuers to obtain financings or refinancings for their investment or lending activities or operations. There is a risk that such issuers will be unable to successfully complete such financings or refinancings. In particular, because of the conditions in the credit markets, issuers of debt securities may be subject to increased cost for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they issue. There is also a risk that developments in sectors of the credit markets in which the Fund does not invest may adversely affect the liquidity and the value of securities in sectors of the credit markets in which the Fund does invest, including securities owned by the Fund.
   
 
The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting United States federal government actions led to worsening general economic conditions, which materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. These events adversely affected the willingness of some lenders to extend credit, which may make it more difficult for issuers of Senior Loans to finance their operations. Such market conditions may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund, may make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis and may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to borrow for investment purposes and increase the cost of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to the holders of Common Shares. These developments adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Fund to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings and increased defaults. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Fund and adversely affect the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares. In addition, the prolonged continuation or further deterioration of current market conditions could adversely impact the Fund’s portfolio.
   
 
The third and fourth quarters of 2009 witnessed more stabilized economic activity as expectations for an economic recovery increased. However, risks to a robust resumption of growth persist. A return to

 
19

 


   
 
unfavorable economic conditions or sustained economic slowdown could adversely impact the Fund’s portfolio. Financial market conditions, as well as various social, political, and psychological tensions in the United States and around the world, have contributed to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets; and may cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. The Adviser and Sub-Adviser do not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. and global economies and securities markets in the Fund’s portfolio. The Investment Advisor and the Sub-Adviser intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so. Given the risks described above, an investment in Common Shares may not be appropriate for all prospective investors. A prospective investor should carefully consider his or her ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Fund.
   
 
Government Intervention in Financial Markets . The recent instability in the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. Government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable.
   
 
Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Fund’s portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Fund to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by the Fund. The Sub-Adviser will monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.
   
 
Legislation Risk . At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the Fund entities in which the Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective.

 
20

 


   
 
TALF, TARP, PPIP and Other Government Programs Risks . In response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and the financial markets, the United States government, the Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental and regulatory bodies have taken action in an attempt to stabilize the financial markets.
   
 
The TALF Program and the Legacy Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility program (“Legacy TALF Program”) are operated by the established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and the U.S. Treasury as a credit facility designed to restore liquidity to the market for asset-backed securities and operated by the FRBNY.
   
 
Pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”), the Troubled Asset Relief Program (the “TARP”) was established. The purpose of this legislation was to stabilize financial markets and institutions in light of the financial crisis affecting the United States. In connection with the TARP, the Treasury announced the creation of the Financial Stability Plan in early 2009. The Financial Stability Plan outlined a series of key initiatives to help restore the United States economy, one of which was the creation of the Public-Private Investment Program (“PPIP”). The PPIP is designed to encourage the transfer of eligible assets, which include certain illiquid real estate-related assets issued prior to 2009 (which may be rated below investment grade, have no readily available trading market (or otherwise be considered illiquid), may be difficult to value and may be backed in part by non-performing mortgages), from banks and other financial institutions in an effort to restart the market for these assets and support the flow of credit and other capital into the broader economy.
   
 
Other such programs may be sponsored, established or operated by U.S. or non U.S. governments from time to time. It is unclear what effect these programs, and their eventual termination, may have on the markets for credit securities in which the fund may invest over the near- and long-term. Such programs may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Fund’s portfolio holdings.
   
 
The Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets through participation in the TALF Program. Under the TALF Program, the FRBNY may provide loans to the Fund to purchase certain investment-grade, asset-backed securities which must be backed by auto loans, student loans, credit card loans, small business loans or certain commercial mortgage-backed securities. The Fund may seek to participate in other government programs from time to time. Participation in such programs may expose the Fund to additional risks and may limit the Fund’s ability to engage in certain of the investment strategies or transactions described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. There can be no assurance that the Trust will be able to participate in any such program.
   
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk . The aftermath of the war in Iraq and the continuing occupation of Iraq, instability in the Middle

 
21

 


   
 
East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may result in market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Fund does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of the occupation or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets.
   
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
in the Fund’s Governing
 
Documents ..........................................................
The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws (the “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents” and “Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions.”
   
Administrator, Custodian,
 
Transfer Agent and Dividend
 
Disbursing Agent ................................................
The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The Bank of New York Mellon also serves as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, agent under the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan Agent”), transfer agent and registrar with respect to the Common Shares of the Fund.
   
 
Claymore Advisors, LLC serves as the Fund’s administrator. Pursuant to an administration agreement with the Fund, Claymore Advisors, LLC provides certain administrative, bookkeeping and accounting services to the Fund.

 
22

 

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES
 
          The following table contains information about the costs and expenses that Common Shareholders will bear directly or indirectly. The table is based on the capital structure of the Fund as of May 31, 2010 (except as noted below). The purpose of the table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a holder of Common Shares, would bear directly or indirectly.
 
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
       
     Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)
  ----% (1)  
     Offering expenses borne by the Fund (as a percentage of offering price)
  ----% (1)  
     Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan fees (2)
 
None
 

     Percentage of Net Assets
 
     Annual Expenses
Attributable to Common Shares (3)
   
     Management fees
[ ]%
     Interest payments on borrowed funds (4)
[ ]%
     Interest expense on reverse repurchase agreements (5)
[ ]%
     Acquired Investment Fund fees and expenses (6)
[ ]%
     Other expenses (7)
[ ]%
     Total annual expenses
[ ]%
 
   
(1)
If Common Shares to which this Prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the Prospectus Supplement will set forth any applicable sales load and the estimated offering expenses borne by the Fund.
   
(2)
You will pay brokerage charges if you direct the Plan Agent to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
   
(3)
Based upon net assets applicable to common shares as of May 31, 2010.
   
(4)
Based upon the Fund’s outstanding Financial Leverage as of May 31, 2010, which included Borrowings under the Fund’s committed facility agreement in an amount equal to [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, at an annual interest rate cost to the Fund of [ ]% and Borrowings under the TALF program in an amount equal to [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, at an annual interest rate cost to the Fund of [ ]%. The actual amount of interest payments by the Fund will vary over time in accordance with the amount of Borrowings and variations in market interest rates.
   
(5)
Assumes the use of leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements representing [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets at an annual interest rate cost to the Fund of [ ]%. The actual amount of interest expense on   reverse repurchase agreements borne by the Fund will vary over time in accordance with the level of the Fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements and variations in market interest rates.
   
(6)
Fees associated with Acquired Investment Funds typically include a base fee plus a performance-based fee. The above figures include estimates of base fees plus performance-based fees charged by representative Investment Funds over the past twelve months. To the extent a performance-based fee is triggered at termination or realization of an investment, it is not included in this estimate. Therefore, the amount of fees paid on an investment in Acquired Investment Funds may be higher or lower than the amount shown.
   
(7)
Other expenses are estimated based upon those incurred during the fiscal year ended May 31, 2010.

 
23

 

Example
 
          As required by relevant Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, the following Example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of [ ]% of net assets attributable to Common Shares and (2) a 5% annual return*:
                           
   
1 Year
 
3 Years
 
5 Years
 
10 Years
 
Total Expenses Incurred (1)
  $ [ ]   $ [ ]   $ [ ]   $ [ ]  
 
 
 
*
The Example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be higher or lower than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the Example. The Example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value.
 
       
 
(1)
The example above does not include sales loads or estimated offering costs.
 

 
24

 
 
                                                                                                     FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
          The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance. Except where noted, the information in this table is derived from the Fund’s financial statements audited by [ ], independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund, whose report on such financial statements, together with the financial statements of the Fund, are included in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the period ended May 31, 2010, which is incorporated by reference into the SAI, and is available upon request.
                     
Per share operating performance
for a common share outstanding throughout the period
 
For the
Year Ended
May 31, 2010
 
For the
Year Ended
May 31, 2009
 
For the period
July 27, 2007*
through
May 31, 2008
 
Net asset value, beginning of period
 
$
   
$
17.52
 
$
19.10
(b)
Income from investment operations
                   
Net investment income (a)
         
1.06
   
0.79
 
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments, options, futures, swaps and unfunded commitments
         
(4.31
)
 
(0.99
)
Total from investment operations
         
(3.25
)
 
(0.20
)
Common share offering expenses charged to paid-in-capital
         
   
(0.04
)
Distributions to Common Shareholders
                   
From and in excess of net investment income
         
(1.36
)
 
(0.98
)
Return of capital
         
(0.49
)
 
(0.36
)
Total distributions
         
(1.85
)
 
(1.34
)
Net asset value, end of period
 
$
   
$
12.42
 
$
17.52
 
Market value, end of period
 
$
   
$
11.53
 
$
16.78
 
Total investment return (c)
                   
Net asset value
         
-18.37
%
 
-1.40
%
Market value
         
-19.51
%
 
-9.41
%
Ratios and supplemental data
                   
Net assets, applicable to common shareholders, end of period (thousands)
 
$
   
$
113,076
 
$
159,509
 
Ratios to Average Net Assets applicable to Common Shares:
                   
Total expenses, excluding interest expense
         
2.06
%(g)
 
1.72
% (d)(g)
Total expenses, including interest expense
         
3.25
%(g)
 
3.36
% (d)(g)
Net investment income, including interest expense
         
7.84
%
 
5.08
%(d)
Ratios to Average Managed Assets: (e)
                   
Total expenses, excluding interest expense
         
1.51
%(g)
 
1.24
%(d)(g)
Total expenses, including interest expense
         
2.37
%(g)
 
2.43
%(d)(g)
Net investment income, including interest expense
         
5.72
%
 
3.67
%(d)
Portfolio turnover (h)
         
58
%
 
210
%
Senior Indebtedness
                   
Total Borrowings outstanding (in thousands)
 
$
   
$
31,085
 
$
76,016
 
Asset coverage per $1,000 of indebtedness (f)
 
$
   
$
4,638
 
$
3,098
 

*
Commencement of operations.
   
(a)
Based on average shares outstanding during the period.
   
(b)
Before deduction of offering expenses charged to capital.
   
(c)
Total investment return is calculated assuming a purchase of a common share at the beginning of the period and a sale on the last day of the period reported either at net asset value (“NAV”) or market price per share. Dividends and distributions are assumed to be reinvested at NAV for NAV returns or the prices obtained under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan for market value returns. Total investment return does not reflect brokerage commissions. A return calculated for a period of less than one year is not annualized.
   
(d)
Annualized.
   
(e)
Managed assets is equal to net assets applicable to common shareholders plus outstanding leverage.
   
(f)
Calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (not including the borrowings) from the Fund’s total assets and dividing by the total borrowings.
   
(g)
The ratios of total expenses to average net assets applicable to common shares and to average managed assets do not reflect fees and espense incurred indirectly by the Fund as a result of its investment in shares of other investment companies. If these fees were included in the expense ratio, the net impact to the expense ratios would be 0.08% and 0.06% for the year ended May 31, 2009 and 0.04% and 0.03% for the period ended May 31, 2008.
   
(h)
Portfolio tunrover is not annualized for periods less than a year.

See notes to financial statements.

 
25

 

SENIOR SECURITIES
 
          The following table sets forth information about the Fund’s outstanding senior securities as of the end of each fiscal year since its inception:
                     
Fiscal Period Ended
 
Title of Security
 
Total Principal
Amount Outstanding
 
Asset Coverage Per $1,000
of Principal Amount
 
               
May 31, 2010
 
Borrowings
 
$ [ ]
 
$ [ ]
 
May 31, 2009
 
Borrowings
 
$76,016,239
 
$4,638
 
May 31, 2008
 
Borrowings
 
$31,084,801
 
$3,098
 

 
26

 

THE FUND
 
          Claymore Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) that commenced operations on July 26, 2007. The Fund was organized as a statutory trust on November 13, 2006, pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, and is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. Its principal office is located at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, and its telephone number is (630) 505-3700.
 
          Claymore Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”) serves as the Fund’s investment adviser and is responsible for the management of the Fund. Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”) is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities. Each of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”).
 
          Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth in this prospectus apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
          Unless otherwise specified in a supplement to this Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”), the Fund intends to invest the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies as stated herein. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of an offering of Common Shares in accordance with its investment objective and policies within three months after the completion of such offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term money market securities. The Fund may also use the proceeds for working capital purposes, including the payment of distributions, interest and operating expenses, although the Fund currently has no intent to issue Common Shares primarily for this purpose.
 
MARKET AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION
 
          The Fund’s currently outstanding Common Shares are, and the Common Shares offered by this Prospectus, will be, subject to notice of issuance, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The Fund’s Common Shares commenced trading on the NYSE on July 27, 2007.
 
          The Common Shares have traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) per share. Although the Common Shares recently have traded at a premium to NAV, there can be no assurance that this will continue after the offering nor that the Common Shares will not trade at a discount in the future. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to net asset value. The Fund’s NAV may be reduced immediately following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, which will be borne entirely by the Fund. The sale of Common Shares by the Fund (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. See “Risks—Market Discount Risk.”
 
          The following table sets forth, for each of the periods indicated, the high and low closing market prices for the Common Shares on the NYSE, as well as the NAV per Common Share and the premium or discount to net asset value per Common Share at which the Common Shares were trading on the date of the high and low closing prices. The

 
27

 

Fund calculates its NAV as of the close of business, usually 5:00 p.m. Eastern time, every day on which the NYSE is open. See “Net Asset Value” for information as to the determination of the Fund’s NAV.
             
       
NAV per Common
 
Premium/(Discount) on
       
Share on Date of Market
 
Date of Market Price
   
Market Price
 
Price High and Low (1)
 
High and Low (2)
During Quarter Ended
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
                         
May 31, 2010
 
18.97
 
16.02
 
17.97
 
17.68
 
5.56
 
(9.39)
February 28, 2010
 
17.82
 
16.00
 
17.03
 
15.89
 
4.64
 
0.69
November 30, 2009
 
15.91
 
14.35
 
15.76
 
14.24
 
0.95
 
0.77
August 31, 2009
 
14.88
 
12.01
 
14.15
 
12.45
 
5.16
 
(3.53)
May 31, 2009
 
11.90
 
7.50
 
12.34
 
10.51
 
(3.57)
 
(28.64)
February 28, 2009
 
11.26
 
8.71
 
12.31
 
11.04
 
(8.53)
 
(21.11)
November 30, 2008
 
16.13
 
8.05
 
16.33
 
11.89
 
(1.22)
 
(32.30)
August 31, 2008
 
17.06
 
14.36
 
17.46
 
16.46
 
(2.29)
 
(12.76)
 
(1)   Based on the Fund’s computations
 
(2)   Calculated based on the information presented. Percentages are rounded.
 
          The last reported sale price, NAV per Common Share and percentage premium to NAV per Common Share on July 2, 2010 was $18.15, $17.40 and 4.31%, respectively. The Fund cannot predict whether its shares will trade in the future at a premium to or discount from NAV, or the level of any premium or discount. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV. The Fund’s Common Shares have in the past traded below their NAV. As of [ ], 2010, [ ] Common Shares of the Fund were outstanding.
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
 
Investment Objective
 
          The Fund’s investment objective is to maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. The Fund’s investment objective is considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund. The Fund cannot ensure investors that it will achieve its investment objective.
 
Investment Philosophy and Investment Process
 
          The Fund will pursue a relative value-based investment philosophy, which utilizes quantitative and qualitative analysis to seek to identify securities or spreads between securities that deviate from their fair value and/or historical norms. The Sub-Adviser seeks to combine a credit-managed fixed-income portfolio with access to a diversified pool of alternative investments and equity strategies. The Fund’s investment philosophy is predicated upon the belief that thorough research and independent thought is rewarded with performance that has the potential to outperform benchmark indexes with both lower volatility and lower correlation of returns as compared to such benchmark indexes. The Fund cannot ensure that the perceived fair value of the Fund’s portfolio investments will be achieved.
 
          The Sub-Adviser’s investment process is a collaborative effort between its Portfolio Construction Group, which utilizes tools such as Guggenheim’s Dynamic Financial Analysis Model to determine allocation of assets among a variety of sectors, and its Sector Specialists, who are responsible for security selection within these sectors and for implementing securities transactions, including the structuring of certain securities directly with the issuer or with investment banks and dealers involved in the origination of such securities.
 
Investment Policies

          The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in a wide range of fixed-income and other debt and senior equity securities (“Income Securities”) selected from a variety of sectors, including, but not limited to, U.S. government and agency securities, corporate bonds, loans and loan participations, structured finance investments (including residential and commercial mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and risk-linked securities), mezzanine and preferred securities and convertible securities. The Fund may invest in non-U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities issued by sovereign entities and corporations, including Income Securities of issuers in emerging market countries. The Fund may invest in Income Securities of any credit

 
28

 

quality, including Income Securities rated below-investment grade (commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds), which are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.
 
          The Fund may also invest in common stocks, limited liability company interests, trust certificates and other equity investments (“Common Equity Securities”) that the Sub-Adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential. As part of its Common Equity Securities strategy, the Fund currently intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options and may, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual Common Equity Securities. In addition to its covered call option strategy, the Fund may, to a lesser extent, pursue a strategy that includes the sale (writing) of both covered call and put options on indices of securities and sectors of securities.
 
          The Fund may allocate its assets among a wide variety of Income Securities and Common Equity Securities, provided that, under normal market conditions, the Fund will not invest more than:
   
60% of its total assets in Income Securities rated below-investment grade;
   
50% of its total assets in Common Equity Securities;
   
30% of its total assets in other investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles;
   
20% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar-denominated fixed-income securities; and
   
10% of its total assets in emerging markets.
 
          These policies may be changed by the Board of Trustees, but no change is anticipated. If the Fund’s policies change, the Fund will provide shareholders at least 60 days’ notice before implementation of the change.
 
          Percentage limitations described in this prospectus are as of the time of investment by the Fund and could thereafter be exceeded as a result of market value fluctuations of the Fund’s portfolio.
 
          Credit Quality . The Fund may invest up to 60% of its total assets in Income Securities rated below-investment grade ( e.g. , securities rated below Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or below BBB- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (“S&P”)) or, if unrated, determined by the Sub-Adviser to be of comparable quality. The Fund will not invest in Income Securities rated below CCC by Moody’s or Caa2 by S&P or that at the time of purchase are in default. Securities rated below-investment grade are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” or “high-yield bonds.” Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse effect on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.
 
          These credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of a security if a rating agency or the Sub-Adviser downgrades its assessment of that security. In determining whether to retain or sell a security that a rating agency or the Sub-Adviser has downgraded, the Sub-Adviser may consider such factors as its assessment of the credit quality of the security, the price at which the security could be sold, and the rating, if any, assigned to the security by other ratings agencies. When the Sub-Adviser believes it to be in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders, the Fund will reduce its investment in lower grade securities and, in certain market conditions, the Fund may invest none of its assets in lower grade securities.
 
          The ratings of Moody’s and S&P represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Sub-Adviser also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Fund invests in unrated lower grade securities, the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Sub-Adviser’s credit analysis than would be the case when the Fund invests in rated securities.

 
29

 

          Please refer to Appendix A to the SAI for more information regarding Moody’s and S&P’s ratings of fixed-income securities.
 
THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS
 
          The Fund will seek to achieve its investment objective by investing in the following categories of securities:
 
           Income Securities . The Fund may invest in a wide range of Income Securities selected from a variety of sectors, including, but not limited to, corporate bonds, loans and loan participations (including senior secured floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”), “second lien” secured floating rate loans (“Second Lien Loans”), and other types of secured and unsecured loans with fixed and variable interest rates) (collectively, “Loans”), structured finance investments (including residential and commercial mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities, collateralized debt obligations and risk-linked securities), U.S. government and agency securities, mezzanine and preferred securities and convertible securities. The Fund may invest in non-U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities issued by sovereign entities and corporations, including Income Securities of issuers in emerging market countries. The Fund may invest in Income Securities of any credit quality, including Income Securities rated below-investment grade (commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds), which are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.
 
          Common Equity Securities and Covered Call Option Strategy . The Fund may invest in Common Equity Securities that the Sub-Adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential. As part of its Common Equity Securities strategy, the Fund currently intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options and may, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual Common Equity Securities. In addition to its covered call option strategy, the Fund may, to a lesser extent, pursue a strategy that includes the sale (writing) of both covered call and put options on indices of securities and sectors of securities. This option strategy is intended to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Fund’s Common Shareholders. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. A substantial portion of the options written by the Fund may be over-the-counter options (“OTC options”).
 
          Real Property Asset Companies . The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “real property assets,” such as real estate and the natural resources upon or within real estate (“Real Property Asset Companies”). These Real Property Asset Companies include:
   
Companies engaged in the ownership, construction, financing, management and/or sale of commercial, industrial and/or residential real estate (or that have assets primarily invested in such real estate), including real estate investment trusts (“REITs”); and
   
Companies engaged in energy, natural resources and basic materials businesses and companies engaged in associated businesses. These companies include, but are not limited to, those engaged in businesses such as oil and gas exploration and production, gold and other precious metals, steel and iron ore production, energy services, forest products, chemicals, coal, alternative energy sources and environmental services, as well as related transportation companies and equipment manufacturers.
 
          Personal Property Asset Companies . The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by companies that own, produce, refine, process, transport and market “personal property assets” (“Personal Property Asset Companies”). Personal (as opposed to real) property assets include any tangible, movable chattel or asset. The Fund will typically seek to invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities of Personal Property Asset Companies with investment performance that is not highly correlated with traditional market indexes, such as special situation transportation assets ( e.g. , railcars, ships, airplanes and automobiles) and collectibles ( e.g. , antiques, wine and fine art).
 
          Private Securities . The Income Securities and Common Equity Securities in which the Fund may invest include privately issued securities of both public and private companies (“Private Securities”). Private Securities have additional risk considerations than comparable public securities, including availability of financial information about the issuer and valuation and liquidity issues.

 
30

 

          Investment Funds . As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to Income Securities and Common Equity Securities by investing in other investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles (collectively, “Investment Funds”). The Fund may invest up to 30% of its total assets in Investment Funds that primarily hold (directly or indirectly) investments in which the Fund may invest directly, of which amount up to 20% of its total assets may be invested in Investment Funds that are registered as investment companies (“Registered Investment Funds”) under the 1940 Act. As used in this prospectus, “Private Investment Funds” means privately offered Investment Funds that are excluded from the definition of “investment company” under the 1940 Act, including by operation of Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) thereof. Investments in other Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees at the Investment Fund level that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund and are borne indirectly by holders of the Fund’s Common Shares.
 
          Affiliated Investment Funds . Affiliates of the Sub-Adviser and of Guggenheim may act as investment adviser or manager of Private Investment Funds and other pooled or structured vehicles, including Investment Funds utilized in connection with structured finance investments (collectively, “Affiliated Investment Funds”). The Fund would only invest in Affiliated Investment Funds that offer their securities to unaffiliated third parties (including to existing security holders) and only on the same terms and at the same times as such securities are offered to such unaffiliated third parties. The Fund would pay its pro rata share of the fees and expenses allocable to its investments in Affiliated Investment Funds. However, investments in Affiliated Investment Funds would not constitute Managed Assets for purposes of determining the amount of management fees payable by the Fund to the Sub-Adviser. The Fund may only invest in Affiliated Investment Funds to the extent permitted by applicable law and related interpretations of the staff of the SEC. The Fund may seek exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit the Fund to co-invest in Private Securities, including Private Investment Funds managed by third parties, with Affiliated Investment Funds. There can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain such relief or that, if obtained, the terms will be acceptable to the Fund.
 
          Synthetic Investments . As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to Income Securities and Common Equity Securities through the use of customized derivative instruments (including swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or other financial instruments) to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities (including interests in Investment Funds and, in certain circumstances, Affiliated Investment Funds). The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks should the Sub-Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies, including a lack of liquidity in such derivative instruments and additional expenses associated with using such derivative instruments.
 
Portfolio Contents

          The Fund’s investment portfolio consists of investments in the following types of securities:
 
          Corporate Bonds . Corporate bonds are debt obligations issued by corporations. Corporate bonds may be either secured or unsecured. Collateral used for secured debt includes, but is not limited to, real property, machinery, equipment, accounts receivable, stocks, bonds or notes. If a bond is unsecured, it is known as a debenture.Bondholders, as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the corporation for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors if liens or mortgages are involved. Interest on corporate bonds may be fixed or floating, or the bonds may be zero coupons. Interest on corporate bonds is typically paid semi-annually and is fully taxable to the bondholder. Corporate bonds contain elements of both interest-rate risk and credit risk. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates and may also be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. Corporate bonds usually yield more than government or agency bonds due to the presence of credit risk.
 
          Investment Grade Bonds . The Fund may invest in a wide variety of fixed-income securities rated or determined by the Sub-Adviser to be investment grade quality that are issued by corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers (“Investment Grade Bonds”). Investment Grade Bonds are subject to market and credit risk. Market risk relates to changes in a security’s value. Investment Grade Bonds have varying levels of sensitivity to changes in interest rates and varying degrees of credit quality. In general, bond prices rise when interest rates fall, and fall when interest rates rise. Longer-term and zero coupon bonds are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes. Credit risk relates to the ability of the issuer to make payments of principal and interest. The values of Investment Grade

 
31

 

Bonds, like those of other fixed-income securities, may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of an issuer. Investment Grade Bonds are generally considered medium- and high-quality securities. Some, however, may possess speculative characteristics, and may be more sensitive to economic changes and changes in the financial condition of issuers. The market prices of Investment Grade Bonds in the lowest investment grade categories may fluctuate more than higher-quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general or regional economic difficulty. Investment Grade Bonds in the lowest investment grade categories may be thinly traded, making them difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Investment Grade Bonds include certain investment grade quality mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities, and other hybrid securities and instruments that are treated as debt obligations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
          Below-Investment Grade Bonds . The Fund may invest up to 60% of its total assets in a wide variety of fixed-income securities that are rated or determined by the Sub-Adviser to be below-investment grade quality (“Below-Investment Grade Bonds”). The credit quality of most Below-Investment Grade Bonds reflects a greater than average possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of an issuer, or in general economic conditions, or both, may impair the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal. The inability (or perceived inability) of issuers to make timely payment of interest and principal would likely make the values of Below-Investment Grade Bonds held by the Fund more volatile and could limit the Fund’s ability to sell such Bonds at favorable prices. In the absence of a liquid trading market for its Below-Investment Grade Bonds, the Fund may have difficulties determining the fair market value of such investments. Below-Investment Grade Bonds include certain investment grade quality mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities, and other hybrid securities and instruments that are treated as debt obligations for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
          In addition to pre-existing outstanding debt obligations of below-investment grade issuers, the Fund may also invest in “debtor-in-possession” or “DIP” Loans newly issued in connection with “special situation” restructuring and refinancing transactions. DIP Loans are Loans to a debtor-in-possession in a proceeding under the U.S. bankruptcy code that have been approved by the bankruptcy court. DIP Loans are typically fully secured by a lien on the debtor’s otherwise unencumbered assets or secured by a junior lien on the debtor’s encumbered assets (so long as the Loan is fully secured based on the most recent current valuation or appraisal report of the debtor). DIP Loans are often required to close with certainty and in a rapid manner in order to satisfy existing creditors and to enable the issuer to emerge from bankruptcy or to avoid a bankruptcy proceeding. The Sub-Adviser believes that DIP Loans can offer holders thereof the opportunity to achieve attractive rates of return relative to the risk assumed.
 
          Senior Loans . Senior Loans are floating rate Loans made to corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers. Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the issuing entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and typically have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. The proceeds of Senior Loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, dividends, and, to a lesser extent, to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior Loans typically have rates of interest that are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. Base lending rates in common usage today are primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks (the “Prime Rate”) and the certificate of deposit (“CD”) rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.
 
          Second Lien Loans . Second Lien Loans are Loans made by public and private corporations and other non-governmental entities and issuers for a variety of purposes. Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to one or more Senior Loans of the related borrower. Second Lien Loans typically are secured by a second priority security interest or lien to or on specified collateral securing the borrower’s obligation under the Loan and typically have similar protections and rights as Senior Loans. Second Lien Loans are not (and by their terms cannot) become subordinate in right of payment to any obligation of the related borrower other than Senior Loans of such borrower. Second Lien Loans, like Senior Loans, typically have adjustable floating rate interest payments. Because Second Lien Loans are second to Senior Loans, they present a greater degree of investment risk but often pay interest at higher rates reflecting this additional risk. Such investments generally are of below-investment grade quality. Other than their subordinated status, Second Lien Loans have many characteristics and risks similar to Senior Loans discussed above. In addition, Second Lien Loans and debt securities of below-investment grade quality share many of the risk characteristics of Non-Investment Grade Bonds.

 
32

 

          Mezzanine Investments . The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security ( e.g. , with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments may be issued with or without registration rights. Similar to other lower grade securities, maturities of Mezzanine Investments are typically seven to ten years, but the expected average life is significantly shorter at three to five years. Mezzanine Investments are usually unsecured and subordinated to other obligations of the issuer.
 
          Convertible Securities . Convertible securities include bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks and other securities that entitle the holder to acquire common stock or other equity securities of the same or a different issuer. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest or preferred dividends paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt obligations. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a debt obligation. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a predetermined price. If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption, the Fund would be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security and convert it to underlying common stock, or would sell the convertible security to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives. The price of a convertible security often reflects variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that non-convertible debt may not. The value of a convertible security is a function of (i) its yield in comparison to the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (ii) its worth if converted into the underlying common stock.
 
          Preferred Stocks . Preferred stocks represent the senior residual interest in the assets of an issuer after meeting all claims, with priority to corporate income and liquidation payments over the issuer’s common stock. As such, preferred stock is inherently more risky than the bonds and loans of the issuer, but less risky than its common stock. Preferred stocks often contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuers’ call. Preferred stocks typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period. Preferred stock in some instances is convertible into common stock.
 
          Although they are equity securities, preferred stocks have certain characteristics of both debt and common stock. They are debt-like in that their promised income is contractually fixed. They are common stock-like in that they do not have rights to precipitate bankruptcy proceedings or collection activities in the event of missed payments. Furthermore, they have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows. In order to be payable, dividends on preferred stock must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. In addition, distributions on preferred stock may be subject to deferral and thus may not be automatically payable. Income payments on some preferred stocks are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accrue even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. Other preferred stocks are non-cumulative, meaning that skipped dividends and distributions do not continue to accrue. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred stocks in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. If the Fund owns preferred stock that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes while it is not receiving cash payments corresponding to such income. When interest rates fall below the rate payable on an issue of preferred stock or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem the preferred stock, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the stock is not redeemable. Preferred stocks may be significantly less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities, corporate bonds and common stock.
 
          Structured Finance Investments . The Fund may invest in structured finance investments, which are Income Securities and Common Equity Securities typically issued by special purpose vehicles that hold income-producing securities ( e.g. , mortgage loans, consumer debt payment obligations and other receivables) and other financial assets. Structured finance investments are tailored, or packaged, to meet certain financial goals of investors. Typically, these investments provide investors with capital protection, income generation and/or the opportunity to generate capital growth. The Sub-Adviser believes that structured finance investments provide attractive risk-adjusted returns,

 
33

 

frequent sector rotation opportunities and prospects for adding value through security selection. Structured finance investments include:
 
   
 
Mortgage-Related Securities . Mortgage-related securities are a form of derivative collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. These securities may include complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations, REITs (including debt and preferred stock issued by REITs), and other real estate-related securities. The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates, and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Fund may invest in residential and commercial mortgage-related securities issued by governmental entities and private issuers, including subordinated mortgage-related securities. The underlying assets of certain mortgage-related securities may be subject to prepayments, which shorten the weighted average maturity and may lower the return of such securities.
   
 
Asset-Backed Securities . Asset-backed securities are a form of derivative issued by governmental entities and private issuers which utilizes securitization techniques similar to those used for mortgage-related securities. The collateral for these securities may include home equity loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Fund may invest in these and other types of asset-backed securities that may be developed in the future. Asset-backed securities are subject to the same risk of prepayment described above with respect to mortgage-related securities. Asset-backed securities may provide the Fund with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do mortgage-related securities, and thus it is possible that recovery on repossessed collateral might be unavailable or inadequate to support payments on these securities.
   
 
Collateralized Debt Obligations . A collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) is an asset-backed security whose underlying collateral is typically a portfolio of bonds, bank loans, other structured finance securities and/or synthetic instruments. Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bonds, a CDO is referred to as a collateralized bond obligation (“CBO”). Where the underlying collateral is a portfolio of bank loans, a CDO is referred to as a collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”). Investors in CDOs bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral. Multiple tranches of securities are issued by the CDO, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine, and subordinated/equity, according to their degree of risk. If there are defaults or the CDO’s collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. CDOs are subject to the same risk of prepayment described with respect to certain mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. The value of CDOs may be affected by changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement.
   
 
Risk-Linked Securities . Risk-linked securities (“RLS”) are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. RLS are typically debt obligations for which the return of principal and the payment of interest are contingent on the non-occurrence of a pre-defined “trigger event.” Depending on the specific terms and structure of the RLS, this trigger could be the result of a hurricane, earthquake or some other catastrophic event. Insurance companies securitize this risk to transfer to the capital markets the truly catastrophic part of the risk exposure. A typical RLS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but would involve full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. RLS typically have relatively high yields compared with similarly rated fixed-income securities, and also have low correlation with the returns of traditional securities. The Sub-Adviser believes that inclusion of RLS in the Fund’s portfolio could lead to significant improvement in its overall risk-return profile. Investments in RLS may be linked to a broad range of insurance risks, which can be broken down into three major categories: natural risks (such as hurricanes and earthquakes), weather risks (such as insurance based on a regional average temperature) and non-natural events (such as aerospace and shipping catastrophes). Although property-casualty RLS have been in existence for over a decade, significant developments have started to occur in securitizations done by life insurance companies. In general, life insurance industry securitizations could fall into a number of

 
34

 
 
 
categories. Some are driven primarily by the desire to transfer risk to the capital markets, such as the transfer of extreme mortality risk (mortality bonds). Others, while also including the element of risk transfer, are driven by other considerations. For example, a securitization could be undertaken to relieve the capital strain on life insurance companies caused by the regulatory requirements of establishing very conservative reserves for some types of products. Another example is the securitization of the stream of future cash flows from a particular block of business, including the securitization of embedded values of life insurance business or securitization for the purpose of funding acquisition costs.
 
          U.S. Government Securities . The Fund may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities including: (1) U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, such as U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years), and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years), including the principal components or the interest components issued by the U.S. government under the separate trading of registered interest and principal securities program ( i.e. , “STRIPS”), all of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and (2) obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, including government guaranteed mortgage-related securities, some of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, some of which are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. government, and some of which are backed only by the credit of the issuer itself.
 
          Foreign Securities . While the Fund invests primarily in securities of U.S. issuers, the Fund may invest up to 20% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar-denominated fixed-income securities of corporate and governmental issuers located outside the United States, including up to 10% in emerging markets. Foreign securities include securities issued or guaranteed by companies organized under the laws of countries other than the United States and securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, their agencies or instrumentalities and supra-national governmental entities, such as the World Bank. Foreign securities also may be traded on foreign securities exchanges or in over-the-counter capital markets. The value of foreign securities and obligations is affected by changes in currency rates, foreign tax laws (including withholding tax), government policies (in this country or abroad), relations between nations and trading, settlement, custodial and other operational risks. In addition, the costs of investing abroad are generally higher than in the United States, and foreign securities markets may be less liquid, more volatile and less subject to governmental supervision than markets in the United States. Foreign investments also could be affected by other factors not present in the United States, including expropriation, armed conflict, confiscatory taxation, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards, less publicly available financial and other information and potential difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations.
 
          Since the Fund may invest in securities and obligations that are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, the Fund may be affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates (and exchange control regulations) which affect the value of investments in the Fund and the accrued income and appreciation or depreciation of the investments in U.S. dollars. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets denominated in that currency and the Fund’s return on such assets as well as any temporary uninvested reserves in bank deposits in foreign currencies. In addition, the Fund will incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. The Fund may seek to fully hedge its exposures to foreign currencies but may, at the discretion of the Sub-Adviser, at any time limit or eliminate foreign currency hedging activity.
 
          Common Stocks and Other Common Equity Securities . The Fund may also invest in common stocks and other Common Equity Securities that the Sub-Adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential. Common stock represents the residual ownership interest in the issuer. Holders of common stocks and other Common Equity Securities are entitled to the income and increase in the value of the assets and business of the issuer after all of its debt obligations and obligations to preferred stockholders are satisfied. The Fund may invest in companies of any market capitalization.
 
          Options . As part of its Common Equity Securities strategy, the Fund currently intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options and may, from time to time, buy or sell put options on individual Common Equity Securities. In addition to its covered call option strategy, the Fund may, to a lesser extent, pursue a strategy that includes the sale (writing) of both covered call and put options on indices of securities and sectors of securities. This option strategy is intended to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions

 
35

 

payable to the Fund’s Common Shareholders. An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or “strike” price. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Certain options, known as “American style” options may be exercised at any time during the term of the option. Other options, known as “European style” options, may be exercised only on the expiration date of the option.
 
          If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium received by the Fund at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, underlying security, exercise price and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires. The Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option when purchased. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. Net gains from the Fund’s option strategy will be short-term capital gains which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will constitute net investment company taxable income.
 
         The Fund will follow a strategy known as “covered call option writing,” which is a strategy designed to generate current gains from option premiums as a means to enhance distributions payable to the Fund’s Common Shareholders. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited.
 
          As part of its strategy, the Fund may not sell “naked” call options on individual securities, i.e. , options representing more shares of the stock than are held in the portfolio. A call option written by the Fund on a security is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser (in accordance with procedures established by the board of trustees) in such amount are segregated by the Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser as described above.
 
          Put options are contracts that give the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to sell to the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. These strategies may produce a considerably higher return than the Fund’s primary strategy of covered call writing, but involve a higher degree of risk and potential volatility.
 
          The Fund will write (sell) put options on individual securities only if the put option is “covered.” A put option written by the Fund on a security is “covered” if the Fund segregates or earmarks assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser, as described above, equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated or earmarked assets determined to be liquid by the Sub-Adviser, as described above.
 
          The Fund may sell put and call options on indices of securities. Options on an index differ from options on securities because (i) the exercise of an index option requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities, (ii) the holder of an index option has the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option and (iii) index options reflect price-fluctuations in a group of securities or segments of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

 
36

 

TALF Program

          The Fund may invest a portion of its total assets through participation in the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility program (the “TALF Program”), a program developed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the U.S. Department of the Treasury and operated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”). Under the TALF Program, the FRBNY may provide loans to the Fund to purchase certain investment-grade, asset-backed securities which must be backed by auto loans, student loans, credit card loans, small business loans or certain commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of May 31, 2010, the Fund’s borrowings under the TALF Program represented [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.
 
          In order to obtain a loan under the TALF Program, the Fund is required to put up a certain percentage of the purchase price or value of the eligible collateral (called the “haircut”). In addition, it will be required to pay an administrative fee to the New York Fed on the settlement date of each TALF Program loan received by the Fund. The interest rate under the loan will vary and will be determined under the terms of the TALF Program. The term of a loan under the TALF Program will depend on the nature of the eligible collateral, and are currently three years or five years.
 
          The Fund pledges eligible collateral, which consists of either certain eligible asset-backed securities that the Fund currently owns or other asset-backed securities that the Fund purchases with the loan proceeds. Except in limited circumstances, TALF loans by the New York Fed to the Fund are non-recourse, and if the Fund does not repay the loan, the New York Fed may enforce its rights only against the eligible collateral pledged by the Fund and not against any other assets of the Fund. TALF loans are prepayable at the option of the Fund without penalty, and the Fund may satisfy its loan obligation in full at any time by surrendering the eligible collateral to the New York Fed. If the securities constituting eligible collateral default and lose all their value, under the current terms of the TALF Program the New York Fed cannot look to the Fund to cover the principal on the loan. Generally, under the terms of the TALF Program a payment of principal on eligible collateral must be used immediately to reduce the principal amount of the TALF loan in proportion to the haircut (for example, if the original haircut was 10%, 90% of any principal repaid must be immediately paid to the New York Fed).
 
          The risk of leverage to the Fund under the TALF Program is the same risk of leverage that applies to other types of borrowings the Fund may engage in. The Fund will borrow under the TALF Program only if it maintains segregated liquid assets (in addition to any assets pledged as eligible collateral), marked-to-market daily, in an amount equal to the Fund’s outstanding principal and interest under the TALF loan, treating the loans under the TALF Program similar to other financial instruments (such as reverse repurchase agreements) that obligate a fund to “cover” its obligation to purchase or deliver cash or securities at a future time.
 
          The New York Fed reserves the right to reject any request for a loan, in whole or in part, in its sole discretion, even if the Fund meets all requirements of the TALF Program. The Federal Reserve may also change the terms of the TALF Program at its discretion. While the current terms of the TALF Program state that amendments will only apply to future participations, there is no guarantee that retroactive changes to the TALF Program will not occur. The Fund cannot predict the form any such changes or modifications might take and, if the Fund participates in the TALF Program, such changes may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s assets and the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objectives. Any changes to the TALF Program may, among other things, further limit or expand the types of securities that may be purchased with the proceeds of a TALF Program loan.
 
          Participation in the TALF Program requires the Fund to contract with a primary dealer that will be authorized to act as agent for the Fund. A primary dealer may receive direct or indirect fees for its services. Any such fees incurred will be borne by the Fund. Under the terms of the TALF Program, any interest and principal payments from TALF eligible collateral will be directed first to a custodial account in the name of the primary dealer prior to remittance to the Fund. As a result, the Fund will be subject to the counterparty risk of the primary dealer. Any voting rights held in respect of TALF eligible collateral under a TALF Program loan currently are subject to the consent of the New York Fed, whose consent must be obtained via the primary dealer, which may delay the Fund’s voting ability.
 
          Under certain circumstances, loans under the TALF Program may be become recourse to the Fund, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. In connection with any borrowing by the Fund under the TALF Program, the Fund will be required to represent, among other things, that at the time of borrowing the Fund is an eligible borrower and that the collateral is eligible collateral. A determination that the Fund is, at any time,

 
37

 

not an eligible borrower (based on the criteria that is applicable at the time of borrowing), or a determination that certain representations made by the Fund under the TALF Program were untrue when made, will cause the loan to become full recourse to the Fund, and the Fund must then repay the loan or surrender the eligible collateral at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so, which may result in losses to the Fund. Additionally, the loan may become recourse to the Fund if certain persons acquire more than 25% of the Fund’s outstanding securities or if the Fund fails to make certain timely filings under the TALF Program. If loans under the TALF Program become recourse against the Fund and the value of the eligible collateral pledged to the New York Fed does not at least equal the amount of principal and interest the Fund owes to the New York Fed under the loan, then the Fund will be required to pay the difference to the New York Fed. In order to make this payment, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio securities during adverse market conditions or at other times it would not otherwise choose to sell such securities. Finally, if the Fund were to surrender its eligible collateral under the terms of the TALF Program, it would lose the amount of the haircut.
 
          Under the terms of its agreement with the Fund, the primary dealer generally disclaims all liability for losses that may occur in connection with the TALF Program, the risk of which is borne by the Fund. Further, the Fund indemnifies for any losses that the primary dealer may incur under the terms of the TALF Program. The primary dealer may terminate its agreement with the Fund at any time. If the Fund is not able to find a replacement primary dealer within the requisite period of time, it may be required to either repay the loan, sell the eligible collateral, or surrender the eligible collateral at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so, which may result in losses to the Fund. Agreements with the primary dealer are subject to amendment by the primary dealer without the Fund’s consent, in order to conform to any future amendments of the TALF Program by the Federal Reserve.
 
Temporary Defensive Investments

          At any time when a temporary defensive posture is believed by the Investment Adviser to be warranted (a “temporary defensive period”), the Fund may, without limitation, hold cash or invest its assets in money market instruments and repurchase agreements in respect of those instruments. The money market instruments in which the Fund may invest are obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; commercial paper rated A-1 or higher by S&P or Prime-1 by Moody’s; and certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. During a temporary defensive period, the Fund may also invest in shares of money market mutual funds. Money market mutual funds are investment companies, and the investments in those companies by the Fund are in some cases subject to certain fundamental investment restrictions and applicable law. See “Investment Restrictions” in the Fund’s SAI. As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Fund will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the fees to the Investment Adviser, with respect to assets so invested. See “Management of the Fund.” The Fund may not achieve its investment objective during a temporary defensive period or be able to sustain its historical distribution levels.
 
Certain Other Investment Practices

          Derivative Transactions . The Fund may, but is not required to, use various strategic transactions in futures, options and other derivative contracts in order to earn income, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. These strategies may be executed through the use of derivative contracts. In the course of pursuing these investment strategies, the Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, equity and fixed-income indices and other instruments, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, and enter into various transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars. In addition, derivative transactions may also include new techniques, instruments or strategies that are permitted as regulatory changes occur. For a more complete discussion of the Fund’s investment practices involving transactions in derivatives and certain other investment techniques, see “Investment Objective and Policies. Derivative Instruments” in the Fund’s SAI.
 
          When Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments . The Fund may enter into forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities, including on a “when issued” or “delayed delivery” basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security involved. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring ( i.e. , a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future, generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward commitment with the intention of

 
38

 

actually acquiring the security, the Fund may sell the security before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no interest (or dividends) accrues to the Fund prior to the settlement date. The Fund will segregate with its custodian cash or liquid securities in an aggregate amount at least equal to the amount of its outstanding forward commitments.
 
          Loans of Portfolio Securities . To increase income, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions if (i) the loan is collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and (ii) no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the value of the Fund’s total assets. If the borrower fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the loan automatically terminates and the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over the value of the collateral. As with any extension of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. There can be no assurance that borrowers will not fail financially. On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund, and any gain or loss in the market price during the loan would inure to the Fund. If the other party to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral and the Fund would suffer a loss. See “Investment Objective and Policies Loans of Portfolio Securities” in the Fund’s SAI.
 
          Repurchase Agreements . Repurchase agreements may be seen as loans by the Fund collateralized by underlying debt securities. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the Fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the Fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed price and time. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return to the Fund that is not subject to market fluctuations during the holding period. The Fund bears a risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the Fund is delayed in or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities, including the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which it seeks to assert these rights. The Investment Adviser, acting under the supervision of the Board of Trustees of the Fund, reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the Fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks and monitors on an ongoing basis the value of the securities subject to repurchase agreements to ensure that the value is maintained at the required level. The Fund will not enter into repurchase agreements with the Investment Adviser or its affiliates.
 
          Reverse Repurchase Agreements . The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another party, such as a bank or broker-dealer, in return for cash. At the same time, the Fund agrees to repurchase the instrument at an agreed upon time (normally within seven days) and price, which reflects an interest payment. The Fund may enter into such agreements when it is able to invest the cash acquired at a rate higher than the cost of the agreement, which would increase earned income. When the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, any fluctuations in the market value of either the instruments transferred to another party or the instruments in which the proceeds may be invested would affect the market value of the Fund’s assets. As a result, such transactions may increase fluctuations in the market value of the Fund’s assets. While there is a risk that large fluctuations in the market value of the Fund’s assets could affect net asset value, this risk is not significantly increased by entering into reverse repurchase agreements, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser. Because reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be the practical equivalent of borrowing funds, they constitute a form of leverage. Such agreements will be treated as subject to investment restrictions regarding “borrowings.” If the Fund reinvests the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement at a rate lower than the cost of the agreement, entering into the agreement will lower the Fund’s cash available for distribution.
 
Portfolio Turnover

          The Fund will buy and sell securities to seek to accomplish its investment objective. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. The portfolio turnover rate is computed by dividing the lesser of the amount of the securities purchased or securities sold by the average monthly value of securities owned during the year (excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one year or less). Higher portfolio turnover

 
39

 

may decrease the after-tax return to individual investors in the Fund to the extent it results in a decrease of the long-term capital gains portion of distributions to shareholders.
 
Investment Restrictions

          The Fund has adopted certain other investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares, as defined in the 1940 Act (and preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class). See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental investment policies of the Fund.
 
USE OF FINANCIAL LEVERAGE
 
          The Fund may seek to enhance the level of its current distributions by utilizing financial leverage through the issuance of senior securities such as preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”), through borrowing or the issuance of commercial paper or other forms of debt (“Borrowings”), through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls or similar transactions or through a combination of the foregoing (collectively “Financial Leverage”). The Fund’s total Financial Leverage may vary over time; however, the aggregate amount of Financial Leverage is not currently expected to exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the Fund’s Managed Assets after such issuance and/or borrowing; however, the Fund may utilize Financial Leverage up to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. The Fund may also utilize Borrowings in excess of such limit for temporary purposes such as the settlement of transactions. So long as the net rate of return on the Fund’s investments purchased with the proceeds of Financial Leverage exceeds the cost of such Financial Leverage, such excess amounts will be available to pay higher distributions to holders of the Fund’s Common Shares. Any use of Financial Leverage must be approved by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be implemented or that it will be successful during any period during which it is employed.
 
          The Fund has entered into a committed facility agreement with BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. pursuant to which the Fund may borrow up to $30 million. On May 31, 2010, outstanding Borrowings under the committed facility agreement were $[ ] million, which represented [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of such date. The Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets through participation in the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility program (the “TALF Program”), a program developed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the U.S. Department of the Treasury and operated by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”). Under the TALF Program, the FRBNY may provide loans to the Fund to purchase certain investment-grade, asset-backed securities which must be backed by auto loans, student loans, credit card loans, small business loans or certain commercial mortgage-backed securities. As of May 31, 2010, the Fund’s borrowings under the TALF Program represented [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets. In addition, as of May 31, 2010, the Fund had reverse repurchase agreements outstanding representing approximately [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed assets (including the leverage obtained through the use of the instruments), such that the Fund’s total Financial Leverage represented approximately [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets, as of May 31, 2010.
 
Borrowing

          As noted above, the Fund is authorized to borrow or issue debt securities for financial leveraging purposes and for temporary purposes such as the settlement of transactions. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund generally is not permitted to issue commercial paper or notes or engage in other Borrowings unless, immediately after the Borrowing, the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by commercial paper, notes or other Borrowings, is at least 300% of such principal amount. In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on the Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets, less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by Borrowings, is at least 300% of such principal amount after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution. If the Fund borrows, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of any outstanding commercial paper, notes or other Borrowings to the extent necessary to maintain the required asset coverage.
 
          The terms of any such Borrowings may require the Fund to pay a fee to maintain a line of credit, such as a commitment fee, or to maintain minimum average balances with a lender. Any such requirements would increase the cost of such Borrowings over the stated interest rate. Such lenders would have the right to receive interest on and repayment of principal of any such Borrowings, which right will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders. Any such Borrowings may contain provisions limiting certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to

 
40

 

Common Shareholders in certain circumstances. Any Borrowings will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future Borrowings of the Fund.
 
          Certain types of Borrowings subject the Fund to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. Certain Borrowings issued by the Fund also may subject the Fund to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for such Borrowings. Such guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Sub-Adviser from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.
 
          The 1940 Act grants to the lenders to the Fund, under certain circumstances, certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Trustees.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements

          Borrowings may be made by the Fund through reverse repurchase agreements under which the Fund sells portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers and agrees to repurchase them at a particular date and price. Such agreements are considered to be borrowings under the Investment Company Act. The Fund may utilize reverse repurchase agreements when it is anticipated that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the transaction.
 
Dollar Roll Transactions

          Borrowings may be made by the Fund through dollar roll transactions. A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Fund of a mortgage-backed or other security concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed-upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and stated maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Fund, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Fund. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls.
 
Effects of Financial Leverage

          Assuming the Fund’s total Financial Leverage represented approximately [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets and interest costs to the Fund at a combined average annual rate of [ ]% with respect to such Financial Leverage, then the incremental income generated by the Fund’s portfolio (net of estimated expenses including expenses related to the Financial Leverage) must exceed approximately [ ]% to cover such interest expense. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates used for illustration. The amount of Financial Leverage used by the Fund as well as actual interest expenses on such Financial Leverage will vary.
 
          The following table is furnished pursuant to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income, net expenses and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of what the Fund’s investment portfolio returns will be. The table further assumes Financial Leverage representing approximately [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets and interest costs to the Fund at a combined average annual rate of [ ]% with respect to such Financial Leverage.
           
Assumed portfolio total return (net of expenses) 
(10.00)%
(5.00)%
0.00%
5.00%
10.00%
           
Common Share total return
[ ]%
[ ]%
[ ]%
[ ]%
[ ]%

          Common Share total return is composed of two elements—the Common Share dividends paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the Fund’s net investment income after paying the carrying cost of Financial Leverage) and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As

 
41

 

required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules, the table assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital loss than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Fund must assume that the net investment income it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses on the value of those investments. This table reflects the hypothetical performance of the Fund’s portfolio and not the performance of the Fund’s Common Shares, the value of which will be determined by market and other factors.
 
          During the time in which the Fund is utilizing Financial Leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser for investment advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not utilize Financial Leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser and the Common Shareholders. Because the Financial Leverage costs will be borne by the Fund at a specified rate, only the Fund’s Common Shareholders will bear the cost of the Fund’s fees and expenses.
 
Interest Rate Transactions

          In connection with the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage, the Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions. Interest rate swaps involve the Fund’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed-rate payment in exchange for the counterparty’s paying the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate all or a portion of the Fund’s variable-rate payment obligation on the Fund’s Financial Leverage.
 
          The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap, which will not exceed the amount of the Fund’s Financial Leverage. The Fund may use an interest rate cap, which would require it to pay a premium to the cap counterparty and would entitle it, to the extent that a specified variable-rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, to receive payment from the counterparty of the difference based on the notional amount. The Fund would use interest rate swaps or caps only with the intent to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could have on Common Share net earnings as a result of leverage.
 
          The Fund will usually enter into swaps or caps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund’s receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Fund intends to segregate cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the Fund’s net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily. The Fund will treat such amounts as illiquid.
 
          The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Fund’s use of interest rate instruments could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the net amount receivable by the Fund under the interest rate swap or cap could decline and could thus result in a decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares. In addition, if short-term interest rates are lower than the Fund’s fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will reduce Common Share net earnings if the Fund must make net payments to the counterparty. If, on the other hand, short-term interest rates are higher than the fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will enhance Common Share net earnings if the Fund receives net payments from the counterparty. Buying interest rate caps could enhance the performance of the Common Shares by limiting the Fund’s maximum leverage expense. Buying interest rate caps could also decrease the net earnings of the Common Shares if the premium paid by the Fund to the counterparty exceeds the additional cost of the Financial Leverage that the Fund would have been required to pay had it not entered into the cap agreement.
 
          Interest rate swaps and caps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the swap or cap to offset the costs of the Financial Leverage. Depending on whether the Fund would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap or cap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such a default could negatively impact the performance of the Common Shares.
 
          Although this will not guarantee that the counterparty does not default, the Fund will not enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with any counterparty that the Sub-Adviser believes does not have the financial resources

 
42

 
to honor its obligation under the interest rate swap or cap transaction. Further, the Sub-Adviser will regularly monitor the financial stability of a counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap transaction in an effort to proactively protect the Fund’s investments.
 
          In addition, at the time the interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Fund will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as on the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the Common Shares.
 
          The Fund may choose or be required to redeem some or all Fund Preferred Shares or prepay any Borrowings. Such a redemption or prepayment would likely result in the Fund’s seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transaction. Such early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund. An early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Fund. There may also be penalties associated with early termination.
 
RISKS
 
          Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations associated with investing in the Fund. An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest.
 
Not a Complete Investment Program
 
          The Fund is intended for investors seeking current income and capital appreciation. The Fund is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to play short-term swings in the stock market. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program. Each Common Shareholder should take into account the Fund’s investment objective as well as the Common Shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Fund.
 
Investment and Market Risk
 
          An investment in Common Shares of the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. The value of those securities may fluctuate, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The value of the securities owned by the Fund will affect the value of the Common Shares. At any point in time, your Common Shares may be worth less than your original investment, including the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.
 
Management Risk
 
          The Fund is subject to management risk because it has an actively managed portfolio. The Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.
 
Income Risk
 
          The income investors receive from the Fund is based primarily on the interest it earns from its investments in Income Securities, which can vary widely over the short and long-term. If prevailing market interest rates drop, investors’ income from the Fund could drop as well. The Fund’s income could also be affected adversely when prevailing short-term interest rates increase and the Fund is utilizing leverage, although this risk is mitigated to the extent the Fund’s investments include floating-rate obligations.
 
Dividend Risk
 
          Dividends on common stock and other Common Equity Securities which the Fund may hold are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the equity securities in which the Fund invests will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, they will remain at current levels or increase over time. The dividend income from the Fund’s investment in Common Equity Securities will be influenced by both general economic activity and issuer-specific factors. In the event of adverse changes in economic conditions or adverse events effecting a specific industry or issuer, the issuers of the Common Equity Securities held by the Fund may reduce the dividends paid on such securities.

 
43

 

Income Securities Risk
 
          In addition to the risks discussed above, Income Securities, including high-yield bonds, are subject to certain risks, including:
 
          Issuer Risk . The value of Income Securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.
 
          Credit Risk . Credit risk is the risk that one or more debt obligations in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation experiences a decline in its financial status.
 
          Interest Rate Risk . Interest rate risk is the risk that Income Securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates. When market interest rates rise, the market value of Income Securities generally will fall. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of Income Securities may be extended because of slower than expected prepayments. This may lock in a below market yield, increase the security’s duration and reduce the value of the security. Investments in Income Securities with long-term maturities may experience significant price declines if long-term interest rates increase.
 
          Reinvestment Risk . Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called Income Securities at market interest rates that are below the Fund portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Fund.
 
          Prepayment Risk . During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. Income Securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to repurchase the security prior to its stated maturity. An issuer may redeem an obligation if the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer.
 
          Liquidity Risk . The Fund may invest without limitation in Income Securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid, including certain high-yield bonds. The Fund may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities and obligations at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell such securities and obligations if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. In addition, limited liquidity could affect the market price of Income Securities, thereby adversely affecting the Fund’s net asset value and ability to make distributions.
 
          Valuation of Certain Income Securities . The Sub-Adviser normally uses an independent pricing service to value most Income Securities held by the Fund. The Sub-Adviser may use the fair value method to value investments if market quotations for them are not readily available or are deemed unreliable, or if events occurring after the close of a securities market and before the Fund values its assets would materially affect net asset value. Because the secondary markets for certain investments may be limited, they may be difficult to value. Where market quotations are not readily available, valuation may require more research than for more liquid investments. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available.
 
          Duration and Maturity Risk . The Fund has no set policy regarding portfolio maturity or duration. Holding long duration and long maturity investments will expose the Fund to certain magnified risks. These risks include interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risks as discussed above.
 
Below-Investment Grade Securities Risk
 
          The Fund may invest in Income Securities rated below-investment grade or, if unrated, determined by the Sub-Adviser to be of comparable credit quality, which are commonly referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds. Investment in securities of below-investment grade quality involves substantial risk of loss. Income Securities of below-investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default or decline in market value due to adverse

 
44

 

economic and issuer-specific developments. Income Securities of below-investment grade quality display increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to a deteriorating economic environment. The market values for Income Securities of below-investment grade quality tend to be more volatile and such securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade debt securities.
 
Senior Loans Risk
 
          The risks associated with Senior Loans of below-investment grade quality are similar to the risks of other lower grade Income Securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to subordinated and unsecured Income Securities. Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest payments are adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, investments in Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than other lower grade Income Securities, which may have fixed interest rates. The Fund’s investments in Senior Loans are typically below-investment grade and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. Such companies are more likely to default on their payments of interest and principal owed to the Fund, and such defaults could reduce the Fund’s net asset value and income distributions. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate, and a debt obligation may lose significant value before a default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a Senior Loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the Senior Loan’s value.
 
          Economic and other events (whether real or perceived) can reduce the demand for certain Senior Loans or Senior Loans generally, which may reduce market prices and cause the Fund’s net asset value per share to fall. The frequency and magnitude of such changes cannot be predicted.
 
          Loans and other debt instruments are also subject to the risk of price declines due to increases in prevailing interest rates, although floating-rate debt instruments are substantially less exposed to this risk than fixed-rate debt instruments. Interest rate changes may also increase prepayments of debt obligations and require the Fund to invest assets at lower yields. No active trading market may exist for certain Senior Loans, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded Senior Loans.
 
Second Lien Loans Risk
 
          Second Lien Loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans and other lower grade Income Securities. However, Second Lien Loans are second in right of payment to Senior Loans and therefore are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the Loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. Second Lien Loans are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in Second Lien Loans, which would create greater credit risk exposure.
 
Mezzanine Investments Risk
 
          Mezzanine Investments are subject to the same risks associated with investment in Senior Loans, Second Lien Loans and other lower grade Income Securities. However, Mezzanine Investments may rank lower in right of payment than any outstanding Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans of the borrower, or may be unsecured ( i.e. , not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral), and are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and available assets may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to any higher ranking obligations of the borrower. Mezzanine Investments are expected to have greater price volatility and exposure to losses upon default than Senior Loans and Second Lien Loans and may be less liquid.
 
Convertible Securities Risk
 
          Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. As with all Income Securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the

 
45

 

underlying common stock. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.
 
Preferred Stock Risks
 
          Preferred stock represents the senior residual interest in the assets of an issuer after meeting all claims, with priority to corporate income and liquidation payments over the issuer’s common stock. As such, preferred stock is inherently more risky than the bonds and other debt instruments of the issuer, but less risky than its common stock. Certain preferred stocks contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip (in the case of “non-cumulative” preferred stocks) or defer (in the case of “cumulative” preferred stocks) dividend payments. Preferred stocks often contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. Preferred stocks typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred stocks in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. If the Fund owns preferred stock that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes while it is not receiving cash payments corresponding to such income. When interest rates fall below the rate payable on an issue of preferred stock or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem the preferred stock, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the stock is not redeemable. Preferred stocks may be significantly less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities, corporate debt and common stock.
 
Structured Finance Investments Risk
 
          The Fund’s structured finance investments may include residential and commercial mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities issued by governmental entities and private issuers. These securities entail considerable risk, i.e. , credit risk, market risk, prepayment risk and interest rate risk.
 
          Prepayment Risks . The yield and maturity characteristics of mortgage-related securities and other asset-backed securities differ from traditional debt securities. A major difference is that the principal amount of the obligations may normally be prepaid at any time because the underlying assets ( i.e. , loans) generally may be prepaid at any time (although certain mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may limit prepayments). In calculating the average weighted maturity of the Fund, the maturity of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities held by the Fund will be based on estimates of average life, which take prepayments into account. These estimates, however, may not accurately predict actual prepayment rates. Prepayment risks include the following:
 
 
The relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some lower grade mortgage-related and asset-backed securities less potential for growth in value than conventional bonds with comparable maturities.
     
 
In addition, when interest rates fall, the rate of prepayments tends to increase, and during such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Fund will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid.
     
 
Because of these and other reasons, a mortgage-related or asset-backed security’s total return and maturity may be difficult to predict.
     
 
To the extent that the Fund purchases mortgage-related or asset-backed securities at a premium, prepayments may result in loss of the Fund’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid.
 
         Risks Associated With Mortgage-Related Securities . The risks associated with mortgage-related securities include:
 
     
 
credit risks associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties;
     
 
adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-related securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties;
     
 
prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in value of the mortgage-related security; and
     
 
loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid if there is a decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral.

 
46

 


 
         Risks Associated With Asset-Backed Securities . Asset-backed securities involve certain risks in addition to those presented by mortgage-related securities:
 
     
 
Primarily, these securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay.
     
 
Credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and Federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due.
     
 
Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. There is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be able to support payments on these securities.
 
          Risks Associated with CDOs . The credit quality of CDO securities depends primarily upon the quality of the underlying assets and the level of credit support and/or enhancement provided. The underlying assets ( e.g. , debt obligations) of a CDO are subject to prepayments, which shorten the weighted average maturity and may lower the return of the securities issued by the CDO. If the credit support or enhancement is exhausted, losses or delays in payment may result if the required payments of principal and interest are not made. The value of CDO securities also may change because of changes in market value, that is changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement.
 
          Risks Associated with Risk-Linked Securities. Risk-linked securities (“RLS”) are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. Unlike other insurable low-severity, high-probability events (such as auto collision coverage), the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical RLS are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. RLS represent a method of reinsurance, by which insurance companies transfer their own portfolio risk to other reinsurance companies and, in the case of RLS, to the capital markets. A typical RLS provides for income and return of capital similar to other fixed-income investments, but involves full or partial default if losses resulting from a certain catastrophe exceeded a predetermined amount. In essence, investors invest funds in RLS and if a catastrophe occurs that “triggers” the RLS, investors may lose some or all of the capital invested. In the case of an event, the funds are paid to the bond sponsor — an insurer, reinsurer or corporation — to cover losses. In return, the bond sponsors pay interest to investors for this catastrophe protection. RLS can be structured to pay-off on three types of variables—insurance-industry catastrophe loss indicies, insure-specific catastrophe losses and parametric indices based on the physical characteristics of catastrophic events. Such variables are difficult to predict or model, and the risk and potential return profiles of RLS may be difficult to assess.  Catastrophe-related RLS have been in use since the 1990s, and the securitization and risk-transfer aspects of such RLS are beginning to be employed in other insurance and risk-related areas. The RLS market is thus in the early stages of development. No active trading market may exist for certain RLS, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets.
 
Foreign Securities Risk

          The Fund may invest in non-U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities of foreign issuers. Investing in foreign issuers may involve certain risks not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers due to increased exposure to foreign economic, political and legal developments, including favorable or unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations (including currency blockage), expropriation or nationalization of assets, imposition of withholding taxes on payments, and possible difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against foreign entities. Furthermore, issuers of foreign securities and obligations are subject to different, often less comprehensive, accounting, reporting and disclosure requirements than domestic issuers. The securities and obligations of some foreign companies and foreign markets are less liquid and at times more volatile than comparable

 
47

 

U.S. securities, obligations and markets. Foreign brokerage commissions and other fees are also generally higher than in the United States. The laws of some foreign countries may limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities and obligations of certain issuers located in these foreign countries. There are also special tax considerations which apply to securities and obligations of foreign issuers and securities and obligations principally traded overseas. These risks may be more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests a significant amount of its assets in companies located in one region and to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers in emerging markets. The Fund may also invest in U.S. dollar-denominated Income Securities of foreign issuers, which are subject to many of the risks described above regarding Income Securities of foreign issuers denominated in foreign currencies.

Emerging Markets Risk
 
          The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in Income Securities the issuers of which are located in countries considered to be emerging markets, and investments in such securities are considered speculative. Heightened risks of investing in emerging markets government debt include: smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity; significant price volatility; restrictions on foreign investment; and potential restrictions on repatriation of investment income and capital. Furthermore, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales and future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization or creation of government monopolies. The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by the Fund. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
          The value of securities denominated or quoted in foreign currencies may be adversely affected by fluctuations in the relative currency exchange rates and by exchange control regulations. The Fund’s investment performance may be negatively affected by a devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s investments are denominated or quoted. Further, the Fund’s investment performance may be significantly affected, either positively or negatively, by currency exchange rates because the U.S. dollar value of securities denominated or quoted in another currency will increase or decrease in response to changes in the value of such currency in relation to the U.S. dollar. Finally, the Fund’s distributions are paid in U.S. dollars, and to the extent the Fund’s assets are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, there is a risk that the value of any distribution from such assets may decrease if the currency in which such assets or distributions are denominated falls in relation to the value of the U.S. dollar. The Fund expects initially to seek to hedge its exposures to foreign currencies but may, at the discretion of the Investment Adviser, at any time limit or eliminate foreign currency hedging activity. To the extent the Fund does not hedge (or is unsuccessful in seeking to hedge) its foreign currency risk, the value of the Fund’s assets and income could be adversely affected by currency exchange rate movements.
 
Common Equity Securities Risk

          The Fund may invest up to 50% of its total assets in Common Equity Securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, the prices of equity securities are sensitive to general movements in the stock market, so a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of equity securities to which the Fund has exposure. Common Equity Securities’ prices fluctuate for a number of reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer, the general condition of the relevant stock market, and broader domestic and international political and economic events. In addition, Common Equity Securities’ prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. At times, stock markets can be volatile and stock prices can change substantially. While broad market measures of Common Equity Securities have historically generated higher average returns than Income Securities, Common Equity Securities have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. Common Equity Securities in which the Fund may invest are structurally subordinated to preferred stock, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and are therefore inherently more risky than preferred stock or debt instruments of such issuers.

 
48

 

Risks Associated with the Fund’s Covered Call Option Strategy
 
          The ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective is partially dependent on the successful implementation of its option strategy. Risks that may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to successfully implement its option strategy include the following:
 
          Risks Associated with Options on Securities . There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities used in connection with the Fund’s option strategy. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
 
          Risks Associated with Covered Call and Put Options . As the writer of a covered call option, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. As the Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.
 
          When the Fund writes covered put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Fund received when it wrote the option. While the Fund’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to distributions earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.
 
          Exchange-Listed Option Risk . There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position on an options exchange. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the Options Clearing Corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
 
          The hours of trading for options on an exchange may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Fund’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.
 
          OTC Option Risk . The Fund may write (sell) OTC options. Options written by the Fund with respect to non-U.S. securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that
 
 
49

 

they are two-party contracts, with exercise price, premium and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. The counterparties to these transactions typically will be major international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions. The Fund may be required to treat as illiquid securities being used to cover certain written OTC options. The OTC options written by the Fund will not be issued, guaranteed or cleared by the Options Clearing Corporation. In addition, the Fund’s ability to terminate the OTC options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transaction may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund may be unable to liquidate an OTC option position.
 
Risks of Real Property Asset Companies
 
          The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by Real Property Asset Companies.
 
          Real Estate Risks. Because of the Fund’s ability to make indirect investments in real estate and in the securities of companies in the real estate industry, it is subject to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate. These risks include:
 
     
 
declines in the value of real estate;
     
 
general and local economic conditions;
     
 
unavailability of mortgage funds;
     
 
overbuilding;
     
 
extended vacancies of properties;
     
 
increased competition;
     
 
increases in property taxes and operating expenses;
     
 
changes in zoning laws;
     
 
losses due to costs of cleaning up environmental problems and contamination;
     
 
limitations on, or unavailability of, insurance on economic terms;
     
 
liability to third parties for damages resulting from environmental problems;
     
 
casualty or condemnation losses;
     
 
limitations on rents;
     
 
changes in neighborhood values and the appeal of properties to tenants;
     
 
changes in valuation due to the impact of terrorist incidents on a particular property or area, or on a segment of the economy; and
     
 
changes in interest rates.

 
National Resources and Commodities Risks. Because of the Fund’s ability to make indirect investments in natural resources and physical commodities, and in Real Property Asset Companies engaged in oil and gas exploration and production, gold and other precious metals, steel and iron ore production, energy services, forest products, chemicals, coal, alternative energy sources and environmental services, as well as related transportation companies and equipment manufacturers, the Fund is subject to risks associated with special risks, which include:

   
 
Supply and Demand Risk . A decrease in the production of a physical commodity or a decrease in the volume of such commodity available for transportation, mining, processing, storage or distribution may adversely impact the financial performance of an energy, natural resources, basic materials or an associated company that devotes a portion of its business to that commodity. Production declines and volume decreases could be caused by various factors, including catastrophic events affecting production, depletion of resources, labor difficulties, environmental proceedings, increased regulations, equipment failures and unexpected maintenance problems, import supply disruption, governmental expropriation, political upheaval or conflicts or increased competition from alternative energy sources or commodity prices. Alternatively, a sustained decline in demand for such commodities could also adversely affect the financial performance of energy, natural resources, basic materials or associated companies. Factors that could lead to a decline in demand include economic recession or other adverse economic conditions, higher taxes on commodities or increased


 
50

 

governmental regulations, increases in fuel economy, consumer shifts to the use of alternative commodities or fuel sources, changes in commodity prices, or weather.

Depletion and Exploration Risk . Many energy, natural resources, basic materials and associated companies are engaged in the production of one or more physical commodities or are engaged in transporting, storing, distributing and processing these items on behalf of shippers. To maintain or grow their revenues, these companies or their customers need to maintain or expand their reserves through exploration of new sources of supply, through the development of existing sources, through acquisitions or through long-term contracts to acquire reserves. The financial performance of energy, natural resources, basic materials and associated companies may be adversely affected if they, or the companies to whom they provide the service, are unable to cost-effectively acquire additional reserves sufficient to replace the natural decline.

Operational and Geological Risk . Energy, natural resources, basic materials companies and associated companies are subject to specific operational and geological risks in addition to normal business and management risks. Some examples of operational risks include mine rock falls, underground explosions and pit wall failures. Geological risk would include faulting of the ore body and misinterpretation of geotechnical data.

Regulatory Risk . Energy, natural resources, basic materials and associated companies are subject to significant federal, state and local government regulation in virtually every aspect of their operations, including how facilities are constructed, maintained and operated, environmental and safety controls, and the prices they may charge for the products and services they provide. Various governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including civil fines, injunctions or both. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may adversely affect the operations and financial performance of energy, natural resources and basic materials companies.

Commodity Pricing Risk . The operations and financial performance of energy, natural resources and basic materials companies may be directly affected by commodity prices, especially those energy, natural resources, basic materials and associated companies that own the underlying commodity. Commodity prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in market and economic conditions, the impact of weather on demand, levels of domestic production and imported commodities, energy conservation, domestic and foreign governmental regulation and taxation, the availability of local, intrastate and interstate transportation systems, governmental expropriation and political upheaval and conflicts. Volatility of commodity prices, which may lead to a reduction in production or supply, may also negatively impact the performance of energy, natural resources, basic materials and associated companies that are solely involved in the transportation, processing, storing, distribution or marketing of commodities. Volatility of commodity prices may also make it more difficult for energy, natural resources, basic materials and associated companies to raise capital to the extent the market perceives that their performance may be directly or indirectly tied to commodity prices.

Precious Metals Pricing Risk . The Fund may invest in companies that have a material exposure to precious metals, such as gold, silver and platinum and precious metals related instruments and securities. The price of precious metals can fluctuate widely and is affected by numerous factors beyond the Fund’s control including: global or regional political, economic or financial events and situations; investors’ expectations with respect to the future rates of inflation and movements in world equity, financial and property markets; global supply and demand for specific precious metals, which is influenced by such factors as mine production and net forward selling activities by precious metals producers, central bank purchases and sales, jewelry demand and the supply of recycled jewelry, net investment demand and industrial demand, net of recycling; interest rates and currency exchange rates, particularly the strength of and confidence in the U.S. dollar; and investment and trading activities of hedge funds, commodity funds and other speculators. The Fund does not intend to hold physical precious metals

 
51

 

Risks of Personal Property Asset Companies
 
          The Fund may invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities issued by Personal Property Asset Companies. Personal (as opposed to real) property includes any tangible, movable chattel or asset. The Fund will typically seek to invest in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities of Personal Property Asset Companies that are associated with personal property assets with investment performance that is not highly correlated with traditional market indexes, such as special situation transportation assets ( e.g. , railcars, airplanes and ships) and collectibles ( e.g. , antiques, wine and fine art).
 
          Special Situation Transportation Assets Risks. The risks of special situation transportation assets include:
   
 
Cyclicality of Supply and Demand for Transportation Assets . The transportation asset leasing and sales industry has periodically experienced cycles of oversupply and undersupply of railcars, aircraft and ships. The oversupply of a specific type of transportation asset in the market is likely to depress the values of that type of transportation asset. The supply and demand of transportation assets is affected by various cyclical factors that are not under the Fund’s control, including: (i) passenger and cargo demand; (ii) commercial demand for certain types of transportation assets, (iii) fuel costs and general economic conditions affecting lessees’ operations; (iv) government regulation, including operating restrictions; (v) interest rates; (vi) the availability of credit; (vii) manufacturer production level; (viii) retirement and obsolescence of certain classes of transportation assets; (ix) re-introduction into service of transportation assets previously in storage; and (x) traffic control infrastructure constraints.
   
 
Risk of Decline in Value of Transportation Assets and Rental Values . In addition to factors linked to the railway, aviation and shipping industries, other factors that may affect the value of transportation assets, and thus of the Personal Property Asset Companies in which the Fund invests, include: (i) manufacturers merging or exiting the industry or ceasing to produce specific types of transportation asset; (ii) the particular maintenance and operating history of the transportation assets; (iii) the number of operators using that type of transportation asset; (iv) whether the railcar, aircraft or ship is subject to a lease; (v) any regulatory and legal requirements that must be satisfied before the transportation asset can be operated, sold or re-leased, (vi) compatibility of parts and layout of the transportation asset among operators of particular asset; and (vii) any renegotiation of a lease on less favorable terms.
   
 
Technological Risks . The availability for sale or lease of new, technologically advanced transportation assets and the imposition of stringent noise, emissions or environmental regulations may make certain types of transportation assets less desirable in the marketplace and therefore may adversely affect the owners’ ability to lease or sell such transportation assets. Consequently, the owner will have to lease or sell many of the transportation assets close to the end of their useful economic life. The owners’ ability to manage these technological risks by modifying or selling transportation assets will likely be limited.
   
 
Risks Relating to Leases of Transportation Assets . Owner/lessors of transportation assets will typically require lessees of assets to maintain customary and appropriate insurance. There can be no assurance that the lessees’ insurance will cover all types of claims that may be asserted against the owner, which could adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investment in the Personal Property Asset Company owning such transportation asset. Personal Property Asset Companies will be subject to credit risk of the lessees’ ability to the provisions of the lease of the transportation asset. The Personal Property Asset Company will need to release or sell transportation assets as the current leases expire in order to continue to generate revenues. The ability to re-lease or sell transportation assets will depend on general market and competitive conditions. Some of the competitors of the Personal Property Asset Company may have greater access to financial resources and may have greater operational flexibility. If the Personal Property Asset Company is not able to re-lease a transportation asset, it may need to attempt to sell the aircraft to provide funds for its investors, including the Fund.

          Collectible Assests Risks . The risks of collectible assets include:

 
Valuation of Collectible Assets . The market for collectible assets as a financial investment is in the early stages of development. Collectible assets are typically bought and sold through auction houses, and estimates of prices of collectible assets at auction are imprecise. Accordingly, collectible assets are difficult to value.

 
52

 

   
 
Liquidity of Collectible Assets . There are relatively few auction houses in comparison to brokers and dealers of traditional financial assets. The ability to sell collectible assets is dependent on the demand for particular classes of collectible assets, which demand has been volatile and erratic in the past. There is no assurance that collectible assets can be sold within a particular timeframe or at the price at which such collectible assets are valued, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value of Personal Property Asset Companies in the event of the need to liquidate such assets.
   
 
Authenticity of Collectible Assets . The value of collectible assets often depends on its rarity or scarcity, or of its attribution as the product of a particular artisan. Collectible Assets are subject to forgery and to the inabilities to assess the authenticity of the collectible asset, which may significantly impair the value of the collectible asset.
   
 
High Transaction and Related Costs . Collectible assets are typically bought and sold through auction houses, which typically charge commissions to the purchaser and to the seller which may exceed 20% of the sale price of the collectible asset. In addition, holding collectible assets entails storage and insurance costs, which may be substantial.
 
Private Securities Risk
 
          The Income Securities and Common Equity Securities in which the Fund may invest include privately issued securities of both public and private companies. Private Securities have additional risk considerations than investments in comparable public investments. Whenever the Fund invests in companies that do not publicly report financial and other material information, it assumes a greater degree of investment risk and reliance upon the Sub-Adviser’s ability to obtain and evaluate applicable information concerning such companies’ creditworthiness and other investment considerations. Because there is often no readily available trading market for Private Securities, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Fund could sell them if they were more widely traded. Private Securities are also more difficult to value. Valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation of Private Securities as compared to public securities because there is less reliable objective data available. Private Securities that are debt securities generally are of below-investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below-investment grade public debt securities. Investing in private debt instruments is a highly specialized investment practice that depends more heavily on independent credit analysis than investments in other types of obligations.
 
Investment Funds Risk
 
          As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to Income Securities and Common Equity Securities by investing up to 30% of its total assets in Investment Funds, of which amount up to 20% of its total assets may be invested in Registered Investment Funds. Investments in Investment Funds present certain special considerations and risks not present in making direct investments in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities. Investments in Investment Funds involve operating expenses and fees that are in addition to the expenses and fees borne by the Fund. Such expenses and fees attributable to the Fund’s investment in another Investment Fund are borne indirectly by Common Shareholders. Accordingly, investment in such entities involves expense and fee layering. Fees charged by other Investment Funds in which the Fund invests may be similar to the fees charged by the Fund and can include asset-based management fees and administrative fees payable to such entities’ advisers and managers, thus resulting in duplicative fees. To the extent management fees of Investment Funds are based on total gross assets, it may create an incentive for such entities’ managers to employ financial leverage, thereby adding additional expense and increasing volatility and risk. Fees payable to advisers and managers of Investment Funds may include performance-based incentive fees calculated as a percentage of profits. Such incentive fees directly reduce the return that otherwise would have been earned by investors over the applicable period. A performance-based fee arrangement may create incentives for an adviser or manager to take greater investment risks in the hope of earning a higher profit participation. Investments in Investment Funds frequently expose the Fund to an additional layer of financial leverage. Investments in Investment Funds expose the Fund to additional management risk. The success of the Fund’s investments in Investment Funds will depend in large part on the investment skills and implementation abilities of the advisers or managers of such entities. Decisions made by the advisers or managers of such entities may cause the Fund to incur losses or to miss profit opportunities. While the Sub-Adviser will seek to evaluate managers of Investment Funds and where possible independently evaluate the underlying assets, a substantial degree of reliance on such entities’ managers is nevertheless present with such investments.

 
53

 
 
Private Investment Funds Risk
 
In addition to those risks described above with respect to all Investment Funds, investing in Private Investment Funds may pose additional risks to the Fund. Certain Private Investment Funds in which the Fund participates may involve capital call provisions under which the Fund is obligated to make additional investments at specified levels even if it would otherwise choose not to. Investments in Private Investment Funds may have very limited liquidity. Often there will be no secondary market for such investments and the ability to redeem or otherwise withdraw from a Private Investment Fund may be prohibited during the term of the Private Investment Fund or, if permitted, may be infrequent. Certain Private Investment Funds may be subject to “lock-up” periods of a year or more. The valuation of investments in Private Investment Funds often will be based upon valuations provided by the adviser or manager and it may not always be possible to effectively assess the accuracy of such valuations, particularly if the fund holds substantial investments the values of which are determined by the adviser or manager based upon a fair valuation methodology. Incentive fee considerations may cause conflicts in the fair valuation of investment holdings by a Private Investment Fund’s adviser or manager.
 
          The amount of management fees and incentive allocations varies among Private Investment Funds, but the management fees are generally expected to be between 1%-2.5%, on an annual basis, of the total assets managed by a Private Investment Fund manager, and the performance allocations are generally expected to be between 15%-25% of the net capital appreciation (if any) in the assets managed by a Private Investment Fund manager. Interests in Private Investment Funds will generally be valued in accordance with accepted methods for securities and instruments included in the Private Investment Fund. These valuations may be provided by the manager of the Private Investment Fund to the Fund based on interim unaudited financial statements. Accordingly, these figures may be subject to an upward or downward adjustment following the auditing of such financial records, which will be reflected in the net asset value calculation of the Fund’s Common Shares at the time of such adjustment.
 
          Private Investment Funds in which the Fund invests may employ a number of investment techniques, including short sales, investment in non-investment grade or nonmarketable securities, uncovered option transactions, forward transactions, futures and options on futures transactions, foreign currency transactions and highly concentrated portfolios, among others, which could, under certain circumstances, magnify the impact of any negative market, sector or investment development. As the Fund may not, on a day-to-day basis, be privy to the precise holdings of any Private Investment Fund in which it invests, the Fund may inadvertently be exposed to concentration risk if it invests in a number of Private Investment Funds which have overlapping strategies and accumulate large positions in the same or related instruments without the Sub-Adviser’s knowledge.
 
          The Fund may be exposed to increased leverage risk, as the Private Investment Funds in which it invests may borrow and may utilize various lines of credit, reverse repurchase agreements, “dollar” rolls, issuance of debt securities, swaps, forward purchases and other forms of leverage. The Fund will not have the ability to direct or influence the management of the Private Investment Funds in which it invests, so the returns of on such investments will primarily depend on the performance of the Private Investment Funds’ managers and could suffer substantial adverse effects by the unfavorable performance of such managers. Some of the Private Investment Funds may provide very limited information with respect to their operation and performance to the Fund, thereby severely limiting the Fund’s ability to verify initially or on a continuing basis any representations made by the Private Investment Funds or the investment strategies being employed. This may result in significant losses to the Fund based on investment strategies and positions employed by the Private Investment Funds or other actions of which the Sub-Adviser has limited or no knowledge.
 
          Certain of the managers of Private Investment Funds may engage in other forms of related and unrelated activities in addition to advising a Private Investment Fund. They may also make investments in securities for their own account. Activities such as these could detract from the time a manager devotes to the affairs of a Private Investment Fund. In addition, certain of the managers may engage affiliated entities to furnish brokerage services to Private Investment Funds and may themselves provide market-making services, including those of counterparty in securities and OTC transactions. As a result, in such instance the choice of broker, market maker or counterparty and the level of commissions or other fees paid for such services (including the size of any mark-up imposed by a counterparty) may not have been made at arm’s length.
 
          The Fund’s interest in a Private Investment Fund is valued at an amount equal to the Fund’s capital account in the limited partnership or other entity which issued such interest, as determined pursuant to the instrument governing such

 
54

 
 
issuance.  As a general matter, the governing instruments of the Private Investment Funds in which the Fund invests provide that any securities or investments which are illiquid, not traded on an exchange or in an established market or for which no value can be readily determined, will be assigned such fair value as the respective investment managers may determine in their judgment based on various factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to, aggregate dealer quotes or independent appraisals. Such valuations may not be indicative of what actual fair market value would be in an active, liquid or established market. Valuations may be provided by the managers of a Private Investment Fund to the Fund based on interim unaudited financial statements. These figures may be subject to a subsequent upward or downward adjustment following the auditing of such financial records.
 
Affiliated Investment Funds Risk
 
          In addition to those risks described above with respect to all Private Investment Funds, investing in Affiliated Investment Funds may pose additional risks to the Fund. The Fund would only invest in Affiliated Investment Funds that offer their securities to unaffiliated third parties (including to existing security holders) and only on the same terms and at the same times as such securities are offered to such unaffiliated third parties. Similarly, the Fund may only redeem shares of Affiliated Investment Funds on the same terms and at the same times as redemptions are offered to such unaffiliated third parties. The Fund may therefore be limited in the Affiliated Investment Funds in which it can invest. The Fund may only invest in Affiliated Investment Funds to the extent permitted by applicable law and related interpretations of the staff of the SEC. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund will be prohibited from co-investing with Affiliated Investment Funds in certain Private Securities. The Fund may seek exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit the Fund to co-invest in Private Securities (including Private Investment Funds managed by third parties) with Affiliated Investment Funds. There can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain such relief or that, if obtained, the terms will be acceptable to the Fund.
 
Synthetic Investments Risk
 
          As an alternative to holding investments directly, the Fund may also obtain investment exposure to Income Securities and Common Equity Securities through the use of customized derivative instruments (including swaps, options, forwards, notional principal contracts or other financial instruments) to replicate, modify or replace the economic attributes associated with an investment in Income Securities and Common Equity Securities (including interests in Investment Funds and, in certain circumstances, Affiliated Investment Funds). The Fund may be exposed to certain additional risks to the extent the Sub-Adviser use derivatives as a means to synthetically implement the Fund’s investment strategies. If the Fund enters into a derivative instrument whereby it agrees to receive the return of a security or financial instrument or a basket of securities or financial instruments, it will typically contract to receive such returns for a predetermined period of time. During such period, the Fund may not have the ability to increase or decrease its exposure. In addition, such customized derivative instruments will likely be highly illiquid, and it is possible that the Fund will not be able to terminate such derivative instruments prior to their expiration date or that the penalties associated with such a termination might impact the Fund’s performance in a material adverse manner. Furthermore, derivative instruments typically contain provisions giving the counterparty the right to terminate the contract upon the occurrence of certain events. Such events may include a decline in the value of the reference securities and material violations of the terms of the contract or the portfolio guidelines as well as other events determined by the counterparty. If a termination were to occur, the Fund’s return could be adversely affected as it would lose the benefit of the indirect exposure to the reference securities and it may incur significant termination expenses.
 
          In the event the Fund seeks to participate in Investment Funds (including Private Investment Funds and, in certain circumstances, Affiliated Investment Funds) through the use of such synthetic derivative instruments, the Fund will not acquire any voting interests or other shareholder rights that would be acquired with a direct investment in the underlying Investment Fund. Accordingly, the Fund will not participate in matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. In addition, the Fund may not receive all of the information and reports to shareholders that the Fund would receive with a direct investment in such Investment Fund. Further, the Fund will pay the counterparty to any such customized derivative instrument structuring fees and ongoing transaction fees, which will reduce the investment performance of the Fund. Finally, certain tax aspects of such customized derivative instruments are uncertain and a Common Shareholder’s return could be adversely affected by an adverse tax ruling.
 
Inflation/Deflation Risk
 
          Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions

 
55

 
 
can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, the dividend rates or borrowing costs associated with the Fund’s use of Financial Leverage would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse affect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.
 
Market Discount Risk
 
          The Fund’s Common Shares have a limited trading history and have traded both at a premium and at a discount in relation to NAV. The Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade in the future at a premium or discount to NAV. The Fund’s Common Shares have recently traded at a premium to NAV per share, which may not be sustainable. If the Common Shares are trading at a premium to net asset value at the time you purchase Common Shares, the NAV per share of the Common Shares purchased will be less than the purchase price paid. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV, but in some cases have traded above NAV. The risk of the Common Shares trading at a discount is a risk separate from the risk of a decline in the Fund’s NAV as a result of the Fund’s investment activities. The Fund’s NAV will be reduced immediately following an offering of the Common Shares due to the costs of such offering, which will be borne entirely by the Fund. The sale of Common Shares by the Fund (or the perception that such sales may occur) may have an adverse effect on prices of Common Shares in the secondary market. An increase in the number of Common Shares available may put downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. The Fund may, from time to time, seek the consent of holders of Common Shares to permit the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below the Fund’s then current NAV, subject to certain conditions, and such sales of Common Shares at price below NAV, if any, may increase downward pressure on the market price for Common Shares. These sales, if any, also might make it more difficult for the Fund to sell additional Common Shares in the future at a time and price it deems appropriate.
 
          Whether Common Shareholder will realize a gain or loss upon the sale of Common Shares depends upon whether the market value of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the price the Common Shareholder paid, taking into account transaction costs for the Common Shares, and is not directly dependent upon the Fund’s NAV. Because the market value of the Common Shares will be determined by factors such as the relative demand for and supply of the shares in the market, general market conditions and other factors outside the Fund’s control, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at, below or above NAV, or at, below or above the public offering price for the Common Shares. Common Shares of the Fund are designed primarily for long-term investors; investors in Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.
 
Dilution Risk
 
          The voting power of current Common Shareholders will be diluted to the extent that current Common Shareholders do not purchase Common Shares in any future offerings of Common Shares or do not purchase sufficient Common Shares to maintain their percentage interest. If the Fund is unable to invest the proceeds of such offering as intended, the Fund’s per Common Share distribution may decrease and the Fund may not participate in market advances to the same extent as if such proceeds were fully invested as planned. If the Fund sells Common Shares at a price below NAV pursuant to the consent of holders of Common Shares, shareholders will experience a dilution of the aggregate NAV per Common Share because the sale price will be less than the Fund’s then-current NAV per Common Share. This dilution will be experienced by all shareholders, irrespective of whether they purchase Common Shares in any such offering. See “Description of Capital Structure—Common Shares—Issuance of Additional Common Shares.”
 
Financial Leverage Risk
 
          Although the use of Financial Leverage by the Fund may create an opportunity for increased after-tax total return for the Common Shares, it also results in additional risks and can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on securities purchased with Financial Leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of Financial Leverage, the Fund’s return will be greater than if Financial Leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or gains from the securities purchased with such proceeds does not cover the cost of Financial Leverage, the return to the Fund will be less than if Financial Leverage had not been used.
 
          Financial Leverage involves risks and special considerations for shareholders, including the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of and dividends on the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio

 
56

 
 
without leverage; the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on Borrowings or in the dividend rates on any Preferred Shares that the Fund must pay will reduce the return to the Common Shareholders; and the effect of Financial Leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Shares.
 
          It is also possible that the Fund will be required to sell assets, possibly at a loss, in order to redeem or meet payment obligations on any Financial Leverage. Such a sale would reduce the Fund’s net asset value and also make it difficult for the net asset value to recover. The Fund in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to continue to use Financial Leverage if it expects that the benefits to the Fund’s shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return.
 
          Because the fees received by the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser are based on the Managed Assets of the Fund (including the proceeds of any Financial Leverage), the Investment Adviser and Sub-Adviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to utilize Financial Leverage, which may create a conflict of interest between the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser on the one hand and the Common Shareholders on the other. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be implemented or that it will be successful during any period during which it is employed.
 
          The Fund may enter into a swap or cap transaction to attempt to protect itself from increasing dividend or interest expenses resulting from increasing short-term interest rates. A decline in interest rates may result in a decline in net amounts receivable by the Fund from the counterparty under the swap or cap (or an increase in the net amounts payable by the Fund to the counterparty under the swap), which may result in a decline in the net asset value of the Fund. See “Use of Financial Leverage—Interest Rate Transactions.”
 
          Financial leverage may also be achieved through the purchase of certain derivative instruments. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments exposes the Fund to special risks. See “Investment Objective and Policies—Certain Other Investment Practices—Derivative Transactions” and “—Derivative Transactions Risk” below.
 
          Recent economic and market event have contributed to severe market volatility and caused severe liquidity strains in the credit markets. If dislocations in the credit markets continue, the Fund’s leverage costs may increase and there is a risk that the Fund may not be able to renew or replace existing leverage on favorable terms or at all. If the cost of leverage is no longer favorable, or if the Fund is otherwise required to reduce its leverage, the Fund may not be able to maintain distributions on Common Shares at historical levels and Common Shareholders will bear any costs associated with selling portfolio securities.
 
Derivative Transactions Risks
 
          Participation in options, futures and other derivative transactions involves investment risks and transaction costs to which the Fund would not be subject absent the use of such strategies. If the Sub-Adviser’s prediction of movements in the direction of the securities and interest rate markets is inaccurate, the consequences to the Fund may leave the Fund in a worse position than if it had not used such strategies. Positions in derivatives (such as options, swaps, and futures and forward contracts and options thereon) may subject the Fund to substantial loss of principal in relation to the Fund’s investment amount. The Fund also will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative positions held by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk
 
          The Fund’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Fund. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Fund. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Fund which, when distributed to Common Shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses. See “Taxation.”

 
57

 
 
Recent Market Developments
 
          Recent instability in the credit markets has made it more difficult for a number of issuers to obtain financings or refinancings for their investment or lending activities or operations. There is a risk that such issuers will be unable to successfully complete such financings or refinancings. In particular, issuers of debt securities may be subject to increased cost for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they issue. There is also a risk that developments in sectors of the credit markets in which the Fund does not invest may adversely affect the liquidity and the value of securities in sectors of the credit markets in which the Fund does invest, including securities owned by the Fund.
 
          The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting United States federal government actions led to worsening general economic conditions, which materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular. These events may adversely affect the willingness of some lenders to extend credit, in general, which may make it more difficult for issuers of Senior Loans to finance their operations. These developments may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Fund. These developments also may make it more difficult for the Fund to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis. These developments could adversely affect the ability of the Fund to utilize Financial Leverage and increase the cost of such Financial Leverage, which would reduce returns to the holders of Common Shares. These developments have adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so, which in turn may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Fund to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings and increased defaults. Such developments could, in turn, reduce the value of securities owned by the Fund and adversely affect the net asset value of the Fund’s common shares.
 
          The current financial market situation, as well as various social, political, and psychological tensions in the United States and around the world, may continue to contribute to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets; and may cause further economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. The prolonged continuation or further deterioration of the current U.S. and global economic downturn could adversely impact the Fund’s portfolio. The Sub-Adviser does not know how long the financial markets will continue to be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets in the Fund’s portfolio. The Sub-Adviser intends to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so. Given the risks described above, an investment in Common Shares may not be appropriate for all prospective investors. A prospective investor should carefully consider his or her ability to assume these risks before making an investment in the Fund.
 
Government Intervention in Financial Markets
 
          The recent instability in the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. Government to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity. Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which the Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable.
 
          Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Fund’s portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Fund to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by the Fund. The Sub-Adviser will monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.

 
58

 
 
Legislation Risk
 
          At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the Fund entities in which the Fund invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective.
 
TALF, TARP, PPIP and Other Government Programs Risks
 
          In response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and the financial markets, the United States government, the Treasury, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other governmental and regulatory bodies have taken action in an attempt to stabilize the financial markets.
 
          The TALF Program and the Legacy Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility program (“Legacy TALF Program”) are operated by the established by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and the U.S. Treasury as a credit facility designed to restore liquidity to the market for asset-backed securities and operated by the FRBNY.
 
          Pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”), the Troubled Asset Relief Program (the “TARP”) was established. The purpose of this legislation was to stabilize financial markets and institutions in light of the financial crisis affecting the United States. In connection with the TARP, the Treasury announced the creation of the Financial Stability Plan in early 2009. The Financial Stability Plan outlined a series of key initiatives to help restore the United States economy, one of which was the creation of the Public-Private Investment Program (“PPIP”). The PPIP is designed to encourage the transfer of eligible assets, which include certain illiquid real estate-related assets issued prior to 2009 (which may be rated below investment grade, have no readily available trading market (or otherwise be considered illiquid), may be difficult to value and may be backed in part by non-performing mortgages), from banks and other financial institutions in an effort to restart the market for these assets and support the flow of credit and other capital into the broader economy.
 
          Other such programs may be sponsored, established or operated by U.S. or non U.S. governments from time to time. It is unclear what effect these programs, and their eventual termination, may have on the markets for credit securities in which the fund may invest over the near- and long-term. Such programs may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of the Fund’s portfolio holdings.
 
          The Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets through participation in the TALF Program. Under the TALF Program, the FRBNY may provide loans to the Fund to purchase certain investment-grade, asset-backed securities which must be backed by auto loans, student loans, credit card loans, small business loans or certain commercial mortgage-backed securities. The Fund may seek to participate in other government programs from time to time. Participation in such programs may expose the Fund to additional risks and may limit the Fund’s ability to engage in certain of the investment strategies or transactions described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. There can be no assurance that the Trust will be able to participate in any such program.
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk
 
          The aftermath of the war in Iraq and the continuing occupation of Iraq, instability in the Middle East and terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world may result in market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Fund does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of the occupation or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
          The Fund’s Certificate of Trust, Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws (the “Governing Documents”) include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents.”

 
59

 
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Trustees and Officers
 
The Board of Trustees is broadly responsible for the management of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed by the Investment Adviser. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.
 
The Investment Adviser
 
          Claymore Advisors, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Guggenheim, acts as the Fund’s Investment Adviser pursuant to an advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”). As of March 31, 2010, Claymore entities have provided supervision, management and/or servicing on approximately $15.9 billion in assets through closed-end funds, unit investment trusts and exchange-traded funds. The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532.
 
          Guggenheim is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim with the supervision of more than $100 billion of assets. Guggenheim is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia.
 
          Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund; furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Fund; oversees the activities of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser; provides personnel, including certain officers required for the Fund’s administrative management; and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates.
 
          As compensation for its services, the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (from which the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser’s fee as described under “—The Sub-Adviser” below). “Managed Assets” of the Fund means the total assets of the Fund (other than assets attributable to any investments in Affiliated Investment Funds), including the assets attributable to the proceeds from any borrowings or other forms of Financial Leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any Financial Leverage.
 
          A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Advisory Agreement by the Board of Trustees is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the period ending May 31, 2010.
 
          In addition to the fees of the Investment Adviser, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with the Investment Adviser), custodial expenses, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, expenses of repurchasing shares, listing expenses, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, stockholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.
 
The Sub-Adviser
 
          Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC, a subsidiary of Guggenheim, acts as the Fund’s Sub-Adviser pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement with the Fund and the Investment Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). The Sub-Adviser is an investment manager specializing in innovative investment strategies that aim to add alpha relative to benchmarks in both up and down markets. The Sub-Adviser’s investment philosophy is predicated upon the belief that thorough research and independent thought are rewarded with performance that has the potential to outperform benchmark indexes with both lower volatility and lower correlation of returns over time as compared to such benchmark indexes. The Sub-Adviser manages more than $29 billion in investments for a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions. The Sub-Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company, with its principal offices located at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401.
 
          Guggenheim is a diversified financial services firm with wealth management, capital markets, investment management and proprietary investing businesses, whose clients are a mix of individuals, family offices, endowments, foundations, insurance companies and other institutions that have entrusted Guggenheim with the supervision of more

 
60

 
 
than $100 billion of assets. Guggenheim is headquartered in Chicago and New York with a global network of offices throughout the United States, Europe, and Asia.
 
          Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser, under the supervision of the Fund’s Board of Trustees, is responsible for the management of the Fund’s portfolio of securities and provides certain facilities and personnel related to such management. As compensation for the Sub-Adviser’s services, the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, less 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily assets attributable to any investments by the Fund in Affiliated Investment Funds.
 
          A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement by the Board of Trustees is available in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the period ending May 31, 2010.
 
Portfolio Management
 
          The Sub-Adviser’s investment process is a collaborative effort between its Portfolio Construction Group, which utilizes tools such as Guggenheim’s Dynamic Financial Analysis Model to determine allocation of assets among a variety of sectors, and its Sector Specialists, who are responsible for security selection within these sectors and for implementing securities transactions, including the structuring of certain securities directly with the issuer or with investment banks and dealers involved in the origination of such securities. The Sub-Adviser’s Portfolio Construction Group is led by B. Scott Minerd and Michael Curcio. The Sub-Adviser’s personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are:
 
          B. Scott Minerd, Chief Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer . Since 2001, Mr. Minerd has served as Chief Investment Officer of the Sub-Adviser, guiding the investment strategies of the sector portfolio managers. He was formerly a Managing Director with Credit Suisse First Boston in charge of trading and risk management for the Fixed Income Credit Trading Group. In this position, he was responsible for the corporate bond, preferred stock, money markets, U.S. government agency and sovereign debt, derivatives securities, structured debt and interest-rate swaps trading business units. Previously, Mr. Minerd was Morgan Stanley’s London-based European Capital Markets Products Trading and Risk Manager responsible for Eurobonds, Euro-MTNs, domestic European Bonds, FRNs, derivative securities and money market products in 12 European currencies and Asian markets. Mr. Minerd has also held capital markets positions with Merrill Lynch and Continental Bank and was a Certified Public Accountant working for Price Waterhouse. Mr. Minerd holds a BS degree in Economics from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and has completed graduate work at both the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business and the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.
 
          Anne Bookwalter Walsh, Senior Managing Director . Ms. Walsh joined Guggenheim and the Sub-Adviser in 2007. As a senior member of the Sub-Adviser’s Portfolio Construction Group, she will assist with the development of the Fund’s asset allocation strategies. Prior to joining Guggenheim, she was Senior Vice President and the Chief Investment Officer for Reinsurance Group of America, where she was employed from 2000 to 2007. Prior to that role, Ms. Walsh served as Vice President and Senior Investment Consultant for Zurich Scudder Investments. Earlier, she held roles at Lincoln Investment Management and American Bankers Insurance Group. Ms. Walsh received her BSBA and MBA from Auburn University and her JD from the University of Miami School of Law. She is a CFA Charter holder, a Fellow of the Life Management Institute and a member of the CFA Institute.
 
          Michael Curcio, Managing Director . Mr. Curcio joined Guggenheim in April 2002 and has been part of the Sub-Adviser since 2006. Mr. Curcio will assist with the development of the Fund’s asset allocation strategies as a member of the Portfolio Construction Group. Prior to joining Guggenheim, he traded equity index futures at the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. Mr. Curcio has 14 years of experience in the insurance industry and was an actuary for Aon, LaSalle Re, Bankers Life and Casualty and Coregis. He obtained an Associateship in the Society of Actuaries and in the Casualty Actuarial Society. He has an MS in mathematics and a BS in metallurgical engineering from the University of Illinois at Urbana Champaign.
 
          Robert N. Daviduk, Managing Director . Mr. Daviduk joined the Sub-Adviser in 2006 and is a member of the Sub-Adviser’s Portfolio Construction Group. In addition, he is currently head of the High Quality Corporate Credit Investment Sector. Mr. Daviduk will be primarily responsible for the management of the Fund, overseeing the implementation of the asset allocation strategies developed by the Porfolio Construction Group. Mr. Daviduk has over 20 years of portfolio management experience. Prior to joining the Sub-Adviser, he was a Partner and COO at Global

 
61

 
 
Fixed Income Partners, LLC from 2005-2006. Mr. Daviduk was responsible for the firm’s investments in the global structured finance sector and oversaw the operations of the firm. Mr. Daviduk was a Managing Director at Wells Capital Management from 2002-2005 and headed several investment teams responsible for the management of $25 billion of fixed-income assets across a full range of durations, asset classes and credit qualities. Before that, Mr. Daviduk was a Senior Vice President at Banc of America Capital Management from 1997-2002, where he headed the firm’s structured product investments, which included mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities. At Banc of America, he also served as a portfolio generalist and managed numerous portfolios with significant allocations to corporate and cross-over credits. While at Banc of America, Mr. Daviduk managed the Nation’s Short-Term Bond Fund, which was ranked in the top 10% of all funds in its peer group by Lipper Analytical Services. Mr. Daviduk was at Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. from 1985-1990, where he managed municipal, high-yield, investment-grade and non-U.S. dollar securities. Mr. Daviduk earned his MBA in Finance and International Business from New York University, where he graduated first in his class, and earned his BS in Business Administration and Accounting from Bucknell University.
 
          Eric Silvergold, Managing Director . Mr. Silvergold joined Guggenheim in June 2001 as a Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager in the firm’s fixed income division, and has been with the Sub-Adviser since 2006. Mr. Silvergold is a member of the Sub-Adviser’s Portfolio Construction Group and will oversee the execution of strategies relating to interest rate products, mortgage securities and insurance products. Mr. Silvergold has more than 19 years of experience in institutional asset management with an emphasis on quantitative fixed income investing. Prior to joining Guggenheim, Mr. Silvergold was a Senior Vice President and Senior Portfolio Manager with Lazard Asset Management where he headed Lazard’s Global Structured Products Group and served as a member of Lazard’s portfolio construction team. At Lazard, Mr. Silvergold pioneered the utilization of insurance-linked securities as an alternative investment strategy within institutional fixed income portfolios. Before joining Lazard in 1995, Mr. Silvergold was a Senior Fixed Income Engineer with Alliance Capital Management where he designed and developed fixed income trading, portfolio management, and analytic systems to enhance the performance of the mortgage, sector rotation, and municipal bond teams. Prior to that, Mr. Silvergold spent six years at MetLife as an investment analyst. While at MetLife, Mr. Silvergold initiated the early adoption of option-adjusted analytics, performance attribution techniques and key-rate duration based asset-liability management methodologies. Mr. Silvergold earned his MBA in Finance and Statistics from the Stern School of Business at New York University and earned his BA in Economics from Rutgers University.
 
          The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of securities of the Fund.
 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
          The net asset value of the Common Shares is calculated by subtracting the Fund’s total liabilities (including from Borrowings) and the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Shares from total assets (the market value of the securities the Fund holds plus cash and other assets). The per share net asset value is calculated by dividing its net asset value by the number of Common Shares outstanding and rounding the result to the nearest full cent. The Fund calculates its net asset value as of the close of business, usually 5:00 p.m. Eastern time, every day on which the NYSE is open. Information that becomes known to the Fund or its agent after the Fund’s net asset value has been calculated on a particular day will not be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or the Fund’s net asset value determined earlier that day.
 
          The Fund values equity securities at the last reported sale price on the principal exchange or in the principal OTC market in which such securities are traded, as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the day the securities are being valued or, if there are no sales, at the mean between the last available bid and asked prices on that day. Securities traded primarily on the Nasdaq Stock Market are normally valued by the Fund at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”) provided by Nasdaq each business day. The NOCP is the most recently reported price as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern time, unless that price is outside the range of the “inside” bid and asked prices ( i.e. , the bid and asked prices that dealers quote to each other when trading for their own accounts); in that case, Nasdaq will adjust the price to equal the inside bid or asked price, whichever is closer. Because of delays in reporting trades, the NOCP may not be based on the price of the last trade to occur before the market closes. The Fund values debt securities at the last available bid price for such securities or, if such prices are not available, at prices for securities of comparable

 
62

 
 
maturity, quality, and type. The Fund values exchange-traded options and other derivative contracts at the mean of the best bid and asked prices at the close on those exchanges on which they are traded.
 
          The Fund’s securities traded primarily in foreign markets may be traded in such markets on days that the NYSE is closed. As a result, the net asset value of the Fund may be significantly affected on days when holders of Common Shares have no ability to trade the Common Shares on the NYSE.
 
          The Fund values certain of its securities on the basis of bid quotations from independent pricing services or principal market makers, or, if quotations are not available, by a method that the Board of Trustees believes accurately reflects fair value. The Fund periodically verifies valuations provided by the pricing services. Short-term securities with remaining maturities of less than 60 days may be valued at cost which, when combined with interest earned, approximates market value.
 
          Any swap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating net asset value. Any cap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to the Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.
 
          The Fund values securities for which market quotations are not readily available, including restricted securities, by valuation guidelines that the Trustees of the Fund believe accurately reflects fair value. Under the valuation guidelines, interests in Investment Funds and other securities for which reliable market quotes are readily available generally will be valued at the mean of such bid and ask quotes and all other interests in Investment Funds (including Private Investment Funds and Affiliated Investment Funds) will be valued at fair value in good faith following procedures established by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. In general, these procedures provide that the value of any interests held by the Fund in an Investment Fund for which reliable market quotes are not readily available will be valued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the respective partnership agreement, investment advisory agreement or similar agreement governing each investment partnership, managed account or other pooled investment vehicle in which the Fund invests. The Fund may rely solely on the valuations provided by Investment Funds with respect to the investments such Investment Funds have made. Generally, Investment Funds provide information to investors as to the value of their interests on a limited periodic basis, such as quarterly, monthly or weekly. The Fund calculates its net asset value on a daily basis. The value of the Fund’s interest in a Investment Fund on days other than those that such value is provided by the Investment Fund will be valued by the Fund at their fair value, pursuant to procedures established and periodically reviewed by the Fund’s Board of Trustees. Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of an asset at the time such approximation is made. Valuations provided by Investment Funds may be subject to subsequent adjustments by the Fund to reflect changes in market conditions and other events subsequent to the determination of net capital appreciation, net capital depreciation, net assets and other accounting items of the Fund. Year-end net capital calculations are audited by the Fund’s independent auditors and may be revised as a result of such audit. Such revisions may also result from adjustments in valuations provided by Investment Funds.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
          The Fund intends to pay substantially all of its net investment income, if any, to Common Shareholders through monthly distributions. In addition, the Fund intends to distribute any net long-term capital gains to Common Shareholders as long-term capital gain dividends at least annually. The Fund expects that dividends paid on the Common Shares will consist of (i) investment company taxable income taxed as ordinary income, which includes, among other things, ordinary income, short-term capital gain (for example, premiums earned in connection with the Fund’s covered call option strategy) and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, (ii) qualified dividend income and (iii) long-term capital gain (gain from the sale of a capital asset held longer than one year). To the extent the Fund receives dividends with respect to its investments in Common Equity Securities that consist of qualified dividend income (income from domestic and certain foreign corporations), a portion of the Fund’s distributions to its Common Shareholders may consist of qualified dividend income. For individuals, the maximum U.S. federal income tax rate on qualified dividend income is currently 15%, on long-term capital gains is currently 15% and on other types of income, including income from premiums from the Fund’s covered call option strategy, is currently 35%. These tax rates are scheduled to apply through 2010. Thereafter, high tax rates will apply unless

 
63

 
 
further legislative action is taken by Congress. The Fund cannot assure you, however, as to what percentage of the dividends paid on the Common Shares, if any, will consist of qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates for individuals than ordinary income.
 
          Pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, in the event the Fund makes distributions from sources other than income, a notice will accompany each monthly distribution with respect to the estimated source of the distribution made. Such notices will describe the portion, if any, of the monthly dividend which, in the Fund’s good faith judgment, constitutes long-term capital gain, short-term capital gain, investment company taxable income or a return of capital. The actual character of such dividend distributions for U.S. federal income tax purposes, however, will only be determined finally by the Fund at the close of its fiscal year, based on the Fund’s full year performance and its actual net investment company taxable income and net capital gains for the year, which may result in a recharacterization of amounts distributed during such fiscal year from the characterization in the monthly estimates.
 
          Initial distributions to Common Shareholders are expected to be declared approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of the Common Share offering, and paid approximately 90 to 120 days after the completion of the Common Share offering, depending upon market conditions. The Fund expects that over time it will distribute all of its investment company taxable income. The investment company income of the Fund will consist of all dividend and interest income accrued on portfolio assets, short-term capital gain (for example, premiums earned in connection with the Fund’s covered call option strategy) and income from certain hedging and interest rate transactions, less all expenses of the Fund. Expenses of the Fund will be accrued each day.
 
          To permit the Fund to maintain more stable monthly distributions, the Fund may initially distribute less than the entire amount of the net investment income earned in a particular period. The undistributed net investment income may be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Fund during the period, and the Fund may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to make a distribution at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Undistributed net investment income is included in the Common Shares’ net asset value, and, correspondingly, distributions from net investment income will reduce the Common Shares’ net asset value.
 
          If you hold your Common Shares in your own name or if you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), unless you elect to receive cash, all dividends and distributions that are declared by the Fund will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund pursuant to the Plan. If you hold your Common Shares with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan, you will not be able to participate in the Plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above. Consult your financial adviser for more information. See “Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
          Under the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan, a shareholder whose Common Shares are registered in his or her own name will have all distributions reinvested automatically by The Bank of New York Mellon, which is agent under the Plan, unless the shareholder elects to receive cash. Distributions with respect to Common Shares registered in the name of a broker-dealer or other nominee (that is, in “street name”) will be reinvested by the broker or nominee in additional Common Shares under the Plan, unless the service is not provided by the broker or nominee or the shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash. Investors who own Common Shares registered in street name should consult their broker-dealers for details regarding reinvestment. All distributions to investors who do not participate in the Plan will be paid by check mailed directly to the record holder by The Bank of New York Mellon as dividend disbursing agent.
 
          Under the Plan, whenever the market price of the Common Shares is equal to or exceeds net asset value at the time Common Shares are valued for purposes of determining the number of Common Shares equivalent to the cash dividend or capital gains distribution, participants in the Plan are issued new Common Shares from the Fund, valued at the greater of (i) the net asset value as most recently determined or (ii) 95% of the then-current market price of the Common Shares. The valuation date is the dividend or distribution payment date or, if that date is not a NYSE trading day, the next preceding trading day. If the net asset value of the Common Shares at the time of valuation exceeds the

 
64

 
 
market price of the Common Shares, the Plan agent will buy the Common Shares for such Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts, except that the Plan agent will endeavor to terminate purchases in the open market and cause the Fund to issue Common Shares at the greater of net asset value or 95% of market value if, following the commencement of such purchases, the market value of the Common Shares exceeds net asset value. If the Fund should declare a distribution or capital gains distribution payable only in cash, the Plan agent will buy the Common Shares for such Plan in the open market, on the NYSE or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. There is no charge from the Fund for reinvestment of dividends or distributions in Common Shares pursuant to the Plan; however, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan agent when it makes open-market purchases.
 
          The Plan agent maintains all shareholder accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmations of all transactions in the account, including information needed by shareholders for personal and tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan agent in noncertificated form in the name of the participant.
 
          In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the shareholder as representing the total amount registered in the shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
 
          The automatic reinvestment of dividends and other distributions will not relieve participants of an income tax that may be payable or required to be withheld on such dividends or distributions.
 
          Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate its Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payments made and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to the members of such Plan at least 90 days before the record date for such dividend or distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the Plan agent on at least 90 days written notice to the participants in such Plan. All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to BNY Mellon Shareowner Services, PO Box 358015, Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8015, phone number: (866) 488-3559.
 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE
 
          The following is a brief description of the terms of the Common Shares, Borrowings and Preferred Shares which may be issued by the Fund. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the Fund’s Governing Documents.
 
Common Shares
 
          The Fund is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, dated as of November 13, 2006. Pursuant to the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated as of November 13, 2006, the Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share. Each Common Shared, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable, except that the Board of Trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay expenses of the Fund by setting off charges due from shareholders from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed the shareholders and/or by reducing the number of Common Shares owned by each respective shareholder. All Common Shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Fund will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.
 
          Listing and Symbol . The Fund’s Common Shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GOF.”
 
          Voting Rights . Until any Preferred Shares are issued, holders of the Common Shares will vote as a single class to elect the Fund’s Board of Trustees and on additional matters with respect to which the 1940 Act mandates a vote by the Fund’s shareholders. If Preferred Shares are issued, holders of Preferred Shares will have a right to elect two of the Fund’s Trustees, and will have certain other voting rights. See “Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Fund’s Governing Documents.”

 
65

 
 
          Book-Entry . The Common Shares will be held in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”). The Fund will treat Cede & Co. as the holder of record of the Common Shares for all purposes. In accordance with the procedures of DTC, however, purchasers of Common Shares will be deemed the beneficial owners of Common Shares purchased for purposes of dividends, voting and liquidation rights.
 
           Issuance of Additional Common Shares . The provisions of the 1940 Act generally require that the public offering price (less underwriting commissions and discounts) of common shares sold by a closed-end investment company must equal or exceed the NAV of such company’s common shares (calculated within 48 hours of the pricing of such offering), unless such sale is made with the consent of a majority of its common shareholders. The Fund may, from time to time, seek the consent of holders of Common Shares to permit the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below the Fund’s then-current NAV, subject to certain conditions. If such consent is obtained, the Fund may, contemporaneous with and in no event more than one year following the receipt of such consent, sell Common Shares at price below NAV in accordance with any conditions adopted in connection with the giving of such consent. Additional information regarding any consent of Common Shareholders obtained by the Fund and the applicable conditions imposed on the issuance and sale by the Fund of Common Shares at a price below NAV will be disclosed in the Prospectus Supplement relating to any such offering of Common Shares at a price below NAV. Until such consent of holders of Common Shares, if any, is obtained, the Fund may not sell Common Shares at a price below NAV. Because the Fund’s advisory fee and sub-advisory fee are based upon average Managed Assets, the Adviser’s and the Sub-Adviser’s interests in recommending the issuance and sale of Common Shares at a price below NAV may conflict with the interests of the Fund and its shareholders.
 
Borrowings
 
          The Fund is permitted, without prior approval of the Common Shareholders, to borrow money. The Fund may issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness (including bank borrowings or commercial paper) and may secure any such Borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting the Fund’s assets as security. In connection with such Borrowings, the Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with the lender or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Any such requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate. The Fund has entered into a committed facility agreement with BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. dated as of November 20, 2008, amended August 5, 2009, pursuant to which the Fund may borrow up to $30 million. Interest payable by the Fund on Borrowings under the committed facility agreement is based on the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 95 basis points. The amounts drawn under such facility may vary over time and such amounts will be reported in the Fund’s audited and unaudited financial statements contained in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. On May 31, 2010, outstanding Borrowings under the committed facility agreement were $[ ] million, which represented [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets as of such date. As of May 31, 2010, the interest rate payable by the Fund on Borrowings under the committed facility agreement was [ ]%. The Fund may invest a portion of its total assets through participation in the TALF Program. As of May 31, 2010, the Fund’s borrowings under the TALF Program represented [ ]% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.
 
          Limitations . Borrowings by the Fund are subject to certain limitations under the 1940 Act, including the amount of asset coverage required. In addition, agreements related to the Borrowings may also impose certain requirements, which may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. See “Use of Financial Leverage” and “Risks—Financial Leverage Risk.”
 
          Distribution Preference . The rights of lenders to the Fund to receive interest on, and repayment of, principal of any such Borrowings will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders, and the terms of any such Borrowings may contain provisions which limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances.
 
          Voting Rights . The 1940 Act does (in certain circumstances) grant to the lenders to the Fund certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on, or repayment of, principal. Any Borrowings will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future borrowings of the Fund.
 
Preferred Shares
 
          The Fund’s Governing Documents provide that the Board of Trustees may authorize and issue preferred shares with rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without prior approval of the holders of the Common Shares. Holders of Common Shares have no preemptive right to purchase any preferred

 
66

 
 
shares that might be issued. Any such preferred share offering would be subject to the limits imposed by the 1940 Act, which currently limits the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding preferred shares to 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities and indebtedness of the Fund. Any preferred shares issued by the Fund would have special voting rights and a liquidation preference over the Common Shares. If the Fund issues and has preferred shares outstanding, the holders of Common Shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on preferred shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to preferred shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the preferred shares have been met. Issuance of preferred shares would constitute financial leverage and would entail special risks to the common shareholders. The Fund has no present intention to issue preferred shares.
 
Capitalization
 
          The following table provides information about the outstanding securities of the Fund as of May 31, 2010:
                   
Title of Class
   
Amount
Authorized
   
Amount Held by the
Fund or for its Account
   
Amount Outstanding
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Common shares of
                 
beneficial interest, par
               
value $0.01 per share
   
Unlimited
   
0
   
9,215,636
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE
FUND’S GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
 
          The Fund presently has provisions in its Governing Documents which could have the effect of limiting, in each case, (i) the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, (ii) the Fund’s freedom to engage in certain transactions or (iii) the ability of the Fund’s Trustees or shareholders to amend the Governing Documents or effectuate changes in the Fund’s management. These provisions of the Governing Documents of the Fund may be regarded as “anti-takeover” provisions. The Board of Trustees is divided into two classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of Trustees is elected to a two-year term. This provision could delay for up to one year the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. A Trustee may be removed from office by the action of a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective Trustee.
 
          In addition, the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Fund’s Board of Trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Fund.
 
          The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
     
 
the merger or consolidation of the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund with or into any Principal Shareholder;
     
 
the issuance of any securities of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant of any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);
     
 
the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than $1,000,000, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or
     
 
the sale, lease or exchange to the Fund or any subsidiary of the Fund, in exchange for securities of the Fund, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than

 
67

 

   
$1,000,000, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
 
          To liquidate the Fund, the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Fund, voting separately as a class or series, unless such liquidation has been approved by at least 80% of Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund shall be required.
 
          For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Fund shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.
 
          The Board of Trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the Board of Trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the full text of these provisions. See “Additional Information.”
 
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
 
          Closed-end funds differ from open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a securities exchange and do not redeem their shares at the option of the shareholder. By comparison, mutual funds issue securities redeemable at net asset value at the option of the shareholder and typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Mutual funds are subject to continuous asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management, whereas closed-end funds generally can stay more fully invested in securities consistent with the closed-end fund’s investment objective and policies. In addition, in comparison to open-end funds, closed-end funds have greater flexibility in their ability to make certain types of investments, including investments in illiquid securities.
 
          However, shares of closed-end investment companies listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a discount from net asset value, but in some cases trade at a premium. The market price may be affected by trading volume of the shares, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund. The foregoing factors may result in the market price of the Common Shares being greater than, less than or equal to net asset value. The Board of Trustees has reviewed the structure of the Fund in light of its investment objective and policies and has determined that the closed-end structure is in the best interests of the shareholders. Investors should assume, therefore, that it is highly unlikely that the Board would vote to convert the Fund to an open-end investment company.
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
 
          The Board of Trustees will review periodically the trading range and activity of the Fund’s shares with respect to its net asset value and the Board may take certain actions to seek to reduce or eliminate any such discount. Such actions may include open market repurchases or tender offers for the Common Shares at net asset value. There can be no assurance that the Board will decide to undertake any of these actions or that, if undertaken, such actions would result in the Common Shares trading at a price equal to or close to net asset value per Common Share.
 
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
          The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its Common Shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for

 
68

 
 
investments). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal tax concerns affecting the Fund and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law).
 
          The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
 
Taxation of the Fund
 
          The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify annually as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, meet certain income, asset diversification and distribution requirements.

 
(i)
The Fund must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources: (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof).
     
 
(ii)
The Fund must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code).
 
          As long as the Fund qualifies as a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net realized capital gains. The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.
 
          The Fund will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on such retained amount. In that event, the Fund expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income.
 
          The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Fund’s fiscal year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the

 
69

 
 
previous year. While the Fund intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
          Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Fund intends to structure and monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC (which may adversely affect the net after-tax return to the Fund).
 
          If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of U.S. Common Shareholders taxed as corporations. The Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.
 
Taxation of Common Shareholders
 
          Distributions . Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net capital gains, which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, if any, that the Fund properly designates as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.
 
          In the case of corporate shareholders, ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period requirements are satisfied. Special rules apply to ordinary income dividends paid to individuals with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010. If you are an individual, any such ordinary income dividend that you receive from the Fund generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum rate of 15%) to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” ( i.e. , generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Fund, (ii) the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. The reduced rates for “qualified dividend income” are not applicable to dividends paid by a foreign corporation that is a PFIC. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses. In general, you may include as qualified dividend income only that portion of the dividends that may be and are so designated by the Fund as qualified dividend income. Dividend income from PFICs and, in general, dividend income from REITs is not eligible for the reduced rate for qualified dividend income and is taxed as ordinary income. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified dividend income.
 
          Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares. The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a tax-free

 
70

 
 
return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.
 
          Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even if they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
 
          The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.
 
          Sale of Common Shares . The sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Fund will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
 
          Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income (currently at a maximum of 35%) while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a maximum rate of 15% with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 (20% thereafter).
 
          Backup Withholding . The Fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you furnish the required information to the IRS.
 
          The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its Common Shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its Common Shareholders can be found in the Statement of Additional Information that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.

 
71

 
 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
          The Fund may sell up to $[ ] in aggregate initial offering price of Common Shares from time to time under this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement (1) directly to one or more purchases; (2) through agents; (3) through underwriters; (4) through dealers; or (5) pursuant to the Plan. Each Prospectus Supplement relating to an offering of Common Shares will state the terms of the offering, including:
     
 
the names of any agents, underwriters or dealers
     
 
any sales loads or other items constituting underwriters’ compensation;
     
 
any discounts, commissions, or fees allowed or paid to dealers or agents;
     
 
the public offering or purchase price of the offered Common Shares and the net proceeds the Fund will receive from the sale; and
     
 
any securities exchange on which the offered Common Shares may be listed.
 
Direct Sales
 
          The Fund may sell Common Shares directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the 1933 Act for any resales of the securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. The Fund may use electronic media, including the internet, to sell offered securities directly. The Fund will describe the terms of any of those sales in a Prospectus Supplement.
 
By Agents
 
          The Fund may offer Common Shares through agents that the Fund may designate. The Fund will name any agent involved in the offer and sale and describe any commissions payable by the Fund in the Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise indicated in the Prospectus Supplement, the agents will be acting on a best efforts basis for the period of their appointment.
 
By Underwriters
 
          The Fund may offer and sell Common Shares from time to time to one or more underwriters who would purchase the Common Shares as principal for resale to the public, either on a firm commitment or best efforts basis. If the Fund sells Common Shares to underwriters, the Fund will execute an underwriting agreement with them at the time of the sale and will name them in the Prospectus Supplement. In connection with these sales, the underwriters may be deemed to have received compensation from the Fund in the form of underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters also may receive commissions from purchasers of Common Shares for whom they may act as agent. Unless otherwise stated in the Prospectus Supplement, the underwriters will not be obligated to purchase the Common Shares unless the conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement are satisfied, and if the underwriters purchase any of the Common Shares, they will be required to purchase all of the offered Common Shares. The underwriters may sell the offered Common Shares to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters as well as from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Any public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.
 
          If a Prospectus Supplement so indicates, the Fund may grant the underwriters an option to purchase additional Common Shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of the Prospectus Supplement, to cover any overallotments.
 
By Dealers
 
          The Fund may offer and sell Common Shares from time to time to one or more dealers who would purchase the securities as principal. The dealers then may resell the offered Common Shares to the public at fixed or varying prices to be determined by those dealers at the time of resale. The Fund will set forth the names of the dealers and the terms of the transaction in the Prospectus Supplement.
 
General Information
 
          Agents, underwriters, or dealers participating in an offering of Common Shares may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commission received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the

 
72

 
 
offered Common Shares for whom they act as agent, may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the 1933 Act.
 
        The Fund may offer to sell securities either at a fixed price or at prices that may vary, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices.
 
        To facilitate an offering of Common Shares in an underwritten transaction and in accordance with industry practice, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Shares or any other security. Those transactions may include overallotment, entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate covering transactions, and reclaiming selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer.
     
 
An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the common stock for the underwriter’s own account.
     
 
An underwriter may place a stabilizing bid to purchase the Common Shares for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of the Common Shares.
     
 
Underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of the Common Shares by bidding for, and purchasing, the Common Shares or any other securities in the open market in order to reduce a short position created in connection with the offering.
     
 
The managing underwriter may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a selling concession in connection with an offering when the Common Shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in syndicate covering transactions or otherwise.
 
        Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common Shares above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.
 
        Any underwriters to whom the offered Common Shares are sold for offering and sale may make a market in the offered Common Shares, but the underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making at any time without notice. There can be no assurance that there will be a liquid trading market for the offered Common Shares.
 
        Under agreements entered into with the Fund, underwriters and agents may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the 1933 Act, or to contribution for payments the underwriters or agents may be required to make.
 
        The underwriters, agents, and their affiliates may engage in financial or other business transactions with the Fund in the ordinary course of business.
 
        Pursuant to a requirement of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, the maximum commission or discount to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer may not be greater than eight percent (8%) of the gross proceeds received by the Fund for the sale of any securities being registered pursuant to SEC Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
        The aggregate offering price specified on the cover of this Prospectus relates to the offering of the Common Shares not yet issued as of the date of this Prospectus.
 
        To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as a broker or dealer and receive fees in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions on behalf of the Fund after the underwriters have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an underwriter.
 
        A Prospectus and accompanying Prospectus Supplement in electronic form may be made available on the websites maintained by underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of Common Shares for internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Common Shares to online brokerage account holders.

 
73

 
 
Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
          The Fund may issue and sell Common Shares pursuant to the Plan.
 
CUSTODIAN, ADMINISTRATOR, TRANSFER AGENT
AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT
 
          The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the custodian of the Fund’s assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions. The Bank of New York Mellon serves as the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent, Plan Agent under the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan, transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares of the Fund. The Bank of New York Mellon is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.
 
          Claymore Advisors, LLC serves as administrator to the Fund. Pursuant to an administration agreement, Claymore Advisors, LLC is responsible for: (1) coordinating with the custodian and transfer agent and monitoring the services they provide to the Fund, (2) coordinating with and monitoring any other third parties furnishing services to the Fund, (3) supervising the maintenance by third parties of such books and records of the Funds as may be required by applicable federal or state law, (4) preparing or supervising the preparation by third parties of all federal, state and local tax returns and reports of the Fund required by applicable law, (5) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, filing and arranging for the distribution of proxy materials and periodic reports to shareholders of the Fund as required by applicable law, (6) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, arranging for the filing of such registration statements and other documents with the SEC and other federal and state regulatory authorities as may be required by applicable law, (7) reviewing and submitting to the officers of the Fund for their approval invoices or other requests for payment of the Fund’s expenses and instructing the custodian to issue checks in payment thereof and (8) taking such other action with respect to the Fund as may be necessary in the opinion of the administrator to perform its duties under the Administration Agreement. For the services, the Fund pays Claymore Advisors a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annualized rate of .0275% of the average daily Managed Assets of the Fund, reduced on assets over $200 million.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
          Certain legal matters will be passed on by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Chicago, Illinois (“Skadden”), as special counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of the Common Shares. If certain legal matters in connection with an offering of Common Shares are passed upon by counsel for the underwriters of such offering, that counsel will be named in the Prospectus Supplement related to that offering.
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
          [ ], [ ], is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Fund.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
          This prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act. This prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the Securities and Exchange Commission’s web site (http://www.sec.gov).

 
74

 
 
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE FUND
 
          The Fund is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Fund collects, how the Fund protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Fund may share information with select other parties.
 
          Generally, the Fund does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Fund. The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).
 
          The Fund restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Fund’s Investment Adviser and its delegates and affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.

 
75

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     
       
   
Page
   
 
 
       
The Fund
 
S-2
 
Investment Objective and Policies
 
S-2
 
Investment Restrictions
 
S-12
 
Management of the Fund
 
S-13
 
Portfolio Transactions
 
S-26
 
Portfolio Turnover
 
S-27
 
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
 
S-27
 
General Information
 
S-33
 
Financial Statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
S-35
 
Appendix A: Description of Securities Ratings of Investments
 
A-1
 
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Procedures
 
B-1
 

 
76

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
This page intentionally left blank.

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
This page intentionally left blank.

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
This page intentionally left blank.

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
 

 
$[ ]
 
Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
 
Common Shares
 
_____________
 
PROSPECTUS
_____________
 
 

 

 

 
, 2010

 

 
 
 
 
The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated July 9, 2010

Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund
__________________________

Statement of Additional Information

          Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to maximize total return through a combination of current income and capital appreciation. Under normal market conditions, the Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objective by investing in a wide range of fixed-income and other debt and senior equity securities selected from a variety of sectors and credit qualities, including, but not limited to, corporate bonds, loans and loan participations, structured finance investments, U.S. government and agency securities, mezzanine and preferred securities and convertible securities, and in common stocks, limited liability company interests, trust certificates and other equity investments that the Sub-Adviser believes offer attractive yield and/or capital appreciation potential, including employing a strategy of writing (selling) covered call and put options on such equities. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved.
 
          This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Fund dated , 2010 (the “Prospectus”), and any related supplement to the Prospectus (each a “Prospectus Supplement”). Investors should obtain and read the Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement prior to purchasing Common Shares. A copy of the Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement may be obtained without charge, by calling the Fund at (800) 345-7999.
 
          The Prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. The registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s office or via its website (www.sec.gov) at no charge. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
S-2
S-2
S-12
S-13
S-25
S-26
S-26
S-32
S-34
A-1
B-1

Statement of Additional Information dated              , 2010.
 
 
 

 

THE FUND
 
          The Fund is a diversified, closed-end management investment company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 (the “Common Shares”), have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “GOF.”
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
 
Additional Investment Policies
 
          The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus. The Fund may make the following investments, among others, some of which are part of its principal investment strategies and some of which are not. The principal risks of the Fund’s principal investment strategies are discussed in the prospectus. The Fund may not buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described.
 
          Mortgage REITs. Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Mortgage REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by mortgage REITs in which it invests. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. Mortgage REITs are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by borrowers. Mortgage REITs whose underlying assets are mortgages on real properties used by a particular industry or concentrated in a particular geographic region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. Real property mortgages may be relatively illiquid, limiting the ability of mortgage REITs to vary their portfolios promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions. Mortgage REITs may have limited financial resources, their securities may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies.
 
          Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property and include single- and multi-class pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. U.S. government mortgage-backed securities include mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest (but not as to market value) by the Government National Mortgage Association (also known as Ginnie Mae), the Federal National Mortgage Association (also known as Fannie Mae), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (also known as Freddie Mac) or other government-sponsored enterprises. Other mortgage-backed securities are issued by private issuers. Private issuers are generally originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers and special purpose entities. Payments of principal and interest (but not the market value) of such private mortgage-backed securities may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any government guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-government credit enhancement. Non-governmental mortgage-backed securities may offer higher yields than those issued by government entities, but may also be subject to greater price changes than governmental issues. Some mortgage-backed securities, such as collateralized mortgage obligations, make payments of both principal and interest at a variety of intervals; others make semi-annual interest payments at a predetermined rate and repay principal at maturity (like a typical bond). Mortgage-backed securities are based on different types of mortgages including those on commercial real estate or residential properties. These securities often have stated maturities of up to thirty years when they are issued, depending upon the length of the mortgages underlying the securities. In practice, however, unscheduled or early payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages may make the securities’ effective maturity shorter than this, and the prevailing interest rates may be higher or lower than the current yield of the Fund’s portfolio at the time the Fund receives the payments for reinvestment.

          Loans. The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in loan participations and other direct claims against a borrower. The Sub-Adviser believes corporate loans to be high-yield debt instruments if the issuer has outstanding
 
 
S - 2

 

debt securities rated below-investment grade or has no rated securities. The corporate loans in which the Fund invests primarily consist of direct obligations of a borrower and may include debtor in possession financings pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, obligations of a borrower issued in connection with a restructuring pursuant to Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, leveraged buy-out loans, leveraged recapitalization loans, receivables purchase facilities, and privately placed notes. The Fund may invest in a corporate loan at origination as a co-lender or by acquiring in the secondary market participations in, assignments of or novations of a corporate loan. By purchasing a participation, the Fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a corporate or government borrower. The participations typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with the lender, not the borrower. The Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. Many such loans are secured, although some may be unsecured. Such loans may be in default at the time of purchase. Loans that are fully secured offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the corporate borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. Direct debt instruments may involve a risk of loss in case of default or insolvency of the borrower and may offer less legal protection to the Fund in the event of fraud or misrepresentation. In addition, loan participations involve a risk of insolvency of the lending bank or other financial intermediary. The markets in loans are not regulated by federal securities laws or the Securities and Exchange Commission. As in the case of other high-yield investments, such corporate loans may be rated in the lower rating categories of the established rating services (such as “Ba” or lower by Moody’s or “BB” or lower by S&P), or may be unrated investments determined to be of comparable quality by the Sub-Adviser. As in the case of other high-yield investments, such corporate loans can be expected to provide higher yields than lower yielding, higher rated fixed-income securities, but may be subject to greater risk of loss of principal and income. There are, however, some significant differences between corporate loans and high-yield bonds. Corporate loan obligations are frequently secured by pledges of liens and security interests in the assets of the borrower, and the holders of corporate loans are frequently the beneficiaries of debt service subordination provisions imposed on the borrower’s bondholders. These arrangements are designed to give corporate loan investors preferential treatment over high-yield investors in the event of deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer. Even when these arrangements exist, however, there can be no assurance that the borrowers of the corporate loans will repay principal and/or pay interest in full. Corporate loans generally bear interest at rates set at a margin above a generally recognized base lending rate that may fluctuate on a day-to-day basis, in the case of the prime rate of a U.S. bank, or which may be adjusted on set dates, typically 30 days but generally not more than one year, in the case of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). Consequently, the value of corporate loans held by the Fund may be expected to fluctuate significantly less than the value of other fixed rate high-yield instruments as a result of changes in the interest rate environment; however, the secondary dealer market for certain corporate loans may not be as well developed as the secondary dealer market for high-yield bonds and, therefore, presents increased market risk relating to liquidity and pricing concerns.
 
          Mezzanine Investments. The Fund may invest in certain lower grade securities known as “Mezzanine Investments,” which are subordinated debt securities that are generally issued in private placements in connection with an equity security ( e.g. , with attached warrants) or may be convertible into equity securities. Mezzanine Investments may be issued with or without registration rights. Similar to other lower grade securities, maturities of Mezzanine Investments are typically seven to ten years, but the expected average life is significantly shorter at three to five years. Mezzanine Investments are usually unsecured and subordinated to other obligations of the issuer.
 
          In connection with its purchase of Mezzanine Investments, the Fund may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.
 
          Short Sales. Although the Fund has no present intention of doing so, the Fund is authorized to make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that

 
S - 3

 
 
the market price of that security will decline. To the extent the Fund engages in short sales, the Fund will not make a short sale, if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets. Also, the market value of the securities sold short of any one issuer will not exceed either 10% of the Fund’s total assets or 5% of such issuer’s voting securities. The Fund may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Fund owns, or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost, the identical security. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Fund, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although the Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
 
          Securities Subject To Reorganization. The Fund may invest in securities of companies for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Investment Adviser, there is a reasonable prospect of high total return significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved. In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or may also discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective portfolio company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Investment Adviser which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses as well as the assets or securities to be received as a result of the contemplated transaction but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer and/or the dynamics and business climate when the offer or proposal is in process. Since such investments are ordinarily short-term in nature, they will tend to increase the turnover ratio of the Fund, thereby increasing its brokerage and other transaction expenses. The Investment Adviser intends to select investments of the type described which, in its view, have a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation which is significant in relation to both the risk involved and the potential of available alternative investments.
 
          Warrants and Rights. The Fund may invest in warrants or rights (including those acquired in units or attached to other securities) that entitle the holder to buy equity securities at a specific price for a specific period of time but will do so only if such equity securities are deemed appropriate by the Investment Adviser for inclusion in the Fund’s portfolio.
 
          Restricted and Illiquid Securities. Although the Fund does not anticipate doing so to any significant extent, the Fund may invest in securities for which there is no readily available trading market or that are otherwise illiquid. Illiquid securities include securities legally restricted as to resale, such as commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A thereunder. Section 4(2) and Rule 144A securities may, however, be treated as liquid by the Investment Adviser pursuant to procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, which require consideration of factors such as trading activity, availability of market quotations and number of dealers willing to purchase the security. If the Fund invests in Rule 144A securities, the level of portfolio illiquidity may be increased to the extent that eligible buyers become uninterested in purchasing such securities.
 
          It may be difficult to sell such securities at a price representing the fair value until such time as such securities may be sold publicly. Where registration is required, a considerable period may elapse between a decision to sell the securities and the time when it would be permitted to sell. Thus, the Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable a price as that prevailing at the time of the decision to sell. The Fund may also acquire securities through private placements under which it may agree to contractual restrictions on the resale of such securities. Such restrictions might prevent their sale at a time when such sale would otherwise be desirable.
 
 
S - 4

 

Derivative Instruments
 
          Swaps. Swap contracts may be purchased or sold to obtain investment exposure and/or to hedge against fluctuations in securities prices, currencies, interest rates or market conditions, to change the duration of the overall portfolio or to mitigate default risk. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) on different currencies, securities, baskets of currencies or securities, indices or other instruments, which returns are calculated with respect to a “notional value,” i.e. , the designated reference amount of exposure to the underlying instruments. The Fund intends to enter into swaps primarily on a net basis, i.e. , the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The Fund may use swaps for risk management purposes and as a speculative investment.
 
          The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s swap obligations over its entitlements will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian. The Investment Adviser requires counterparties to have a minimum credit rating of A from Moody’s (or comparable rating from another Rating Agency) and monitors such rating on an on-going basis. If the other party to a swap contract defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss will consist of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive. Under such circumstances, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. Swap instruments are not exchange-listed securities and may be traded only in the over-the-counter market.
 
Interest rate swaps . Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of respective commitments to pay or receive interest ( e.g. , an exchange of fixed rate payments for floating rate payments).
 
Total return swaps . Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the designated underlying asset(s), which may include securities, baskets of securities, or securities indices, during the specified period, in return for receiving payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from the other designated underlying asset(s).
 
Currency swaps . Currency swaps involve the exchange of the two parties’ respective commitments to pay or receive fluctuations with respect to a notional amount of two different currencies ( e.g. , an exchange of payments with respect to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Japanese yen).
 
Credit default swaps . When the Fund is the buyer of a credit default swap contract, the Fund is entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would normally pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it normally receives a stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would add the equivalent of leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts and baskets thereof for investment and risk management purposes, including diversification.
 
          The use of interest rate, total return, currency, credit default and other swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would be unfavorably affected.
 
          Futures and Options on Futures. The Fund may purchase and sell various kinds of financial futures contracts and options thereon to obtain investment exposure and/or to seek to hedge against changes in interest rates or for other risk management purposes. Futures contracts may be based on various securities and securities indices. Such transactions involve a risk of loss or depreciation due to adverse changes in prices of the reference securities or indices, and such losses may exceed the Fund’s initial investment in these contracts. The Fund will only purchase or sell futures contracts or related options in compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Transactions in financial futures and options on futures involve certain costs. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of futures contracts will be advantageous. Financial covenants related to future Fund borrowings may limit use of these transactions.
 
 
S - 5

 

          Exchange Traded and Over-The-Counter Options. The Fund may purchase or write (sell) exchange traded and over-the-counter options. Writing call options involves giving third parties the right to buy securities from the Fund for a fixed price at a future date and writing put options involves giving third parties the right to sell securities to the Fund for a fixed price at a future date. Buying an options contract gives the Fund the right to purchase securities from third parties or gives the Fund the right to sell securities to third parties for a fixed price at a future date. In addition to options on individual securities, the Fund may buy and sell put and call options on currencies, baskets of securities or currencies, indices and other instruments. Options bought or sold by the Fund may be “cash settled,” meaning that the purchaser of the option has the right to receive a cash payment from the writer of the option to the extent that the value of the underlying position rises above (in the case of a call) or falls below (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s use of options will be successful.
 
          Options. The Fund may purchase or sell, i.e. , write, options on securities and securities indices or on currencies, which options are listed on a national securities exchange or in the OTC market, as a means of achieving additional return or of hedging the value of the Fund’s portfolio. The Fund my purchase call or put options as long as the aggregate initial margins and premiums, measured at the time of such investment, do not exceed 10% of the fair market value of the Fund’s total assets.
 
          A call option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right to buy from the writer of the call option, in return for a premium, the security or currency underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of the call option has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying security or currency upon payment of the exercise price during the option period. A put option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right, in return for a premium, to sell to the seller the underlying security or currency at a specified price. The seller of the put option has the obligation to buy the underlying security upon exercise at the exercise price.
 
          In the case of a call option on a common stock or other security, the option is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser (in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees) in such amount are segregated by the Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser as described above. A put option on a security is “covered” if the Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser as described above equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Adviser as described above.
 
          If the Fund has written an option, it may terminate its obligation by effecting a closing purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option previously written. However, once the Fund has been assigned an exercise notice, the Fund will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction. Similarly, if the Fund is the holder of an option it may liquidate its position by effecting a closing sale transaction. This is accomplished by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There can be no assurance that either a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.
 
          The Fund will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to purchase the option; the Fund will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is more than the premium received from writing the option or is less than the premium paid to purchase the option. Since call option prices generally reflect increases in the price of the underlying security or currency, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option may also be wholly or partially offset by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security or currency. Other principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security or currency and the time remaining until the expiration date. Gains and losses on investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of the Investment Adviser
 
 
S - 6

 

to predict correctly the effect of these factors. The use of options cannot serve as a complete hedge since the price movement of securities underlying the options will not necessarily follow the price movements of the portfolio securities subject to the hedge.
 
          An option position may be closed out only on an exchange that provides a secondary market for an option of the same series or in a private transaction. Although the Fund will generally purchase or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option. In such event it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, so that the Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur brokerage commissions upon the exercise of call options and upon the subsequent disposition of underlying securities for the exercise of put options. If the Fund, as a covered call option writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise or otherwise covers the position.
 
          Options on Securities Indices. The Fund may purchase and sell securities index options. One effect of such transactions may be to hedge all or part of the Fund’s securities holdings against a general decline in the securities market or a segment of the securities market. Options on securities indices are similar to options on stocks except that, rather than the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the securities index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option.
 
          The Fund’s successful use of options on indices depends upon its ability to predict the direction of the market and is subject to various additional risks. The correlation between movements in the index and the price of the securities being hedged against is imperfect and the risk from imperfect correlation increases as the composition of the Fund diverges from the composition of the relevant index. Accordingly, a decrease in the value of the securities being hedged against may not be wholly offset by a gain on the exercise or sale of a securities index put option held by the Fund.
 
          Futures Contracts and Options on Futures. The Fund may, without limit, enter into futures contracts or options on futures contracts. It is anticipated that these investments, if any, will be made by the Fund primarily for the purpose of hedging against changes in the value of its portfolio securities and in the value of securities it intends to purchase. Such investments will only be made if they are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks involved in the management of the Fund. In this regard, the Fund may enter into futures contracts or options on futures for the purchase or sale of securities indices or other financial instruments including but not limited to U.S. government securities.
 
          A “sale” of a futures contract (or a “short” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to deliver the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. A “purchase” of a futures contract (or a “long” futures position) means the assumption of a contractual obligation to acquire the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a specified future time. Certain futures contracts, including stock and bond index futures, are settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the securities underlying the futures contracts.
 
          No consideration will be paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as the “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or security underlying the futures contract fluctuates. At any time prior to the expiration of the futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract.
 
          An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option. Upon
 
 
S - 7

 

exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account attributable to that contract, which represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option purchased is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does change daily and that change would be reflected in the net assets of the Fund.
 
          Futures and options on futures entail certain risks, including but not limited to the following: no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures can be offset at favorable prices, possible reduction of the yield of the Fund due to the use of hedging, possible reduction in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument, possible lack of liquidity due to daily limits on price fluctuations, imperfect correlation between the contracts and the securities being hedged, losses from investing in futures transactions that are potentially unlimited and the segregation requirements described below.
 
          In the event the Fund sells a put option or enters into long futures contracts, under current interpretations of the 1940 Act, an amount of cash or liquid securities equal to the market value of the contract must be deposited and maintained in a segregated account with the custodian of the Fund to collateralize the positions, in order for the Fund to avoid being treated as having issued a senior security in the amount of its obligations. For short positions in futures contracts and sales of call options, the Fund may establish a segregated account (not with a futures commission merchant or broker) with cash or liquid securities that, when added to amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant or a broker as margin, equal the market value of the instruments or currency underlying the futures contracts or call options, respectively (but are no less than the stock price of the call option or the market price at which the short positions were established).
 
          The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract or underlying debt securities. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when the Fund is not fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining interest rates.
 
          The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities. The Fund may purchase a put option on a futures contract to hedge the Fund’s portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates and consequent reduction in the value of portfolio securities.
 
          Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The Fund may purchase or sell interest rate futures contracts to take advantage of or to protect the Fund against fluctuations in interest rates affecting the value of securities that the Fund holds or intends to acquire. For example, if interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on securities, the values of which historically have a high degree of positive correlation to the values of the Fund’s portfolio securities. Such a sale would have an effect similar to selling an equivalent value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. If interest rates increase, the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities will decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund will increase at approximately an equivalent rate thereby keeping the net asset value of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling securities with longer maturities and investing in securities with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.
 
          Similarly, the Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts when it is expected that interest rates may decline. The purchase of futures contracts for this purpose constitutes a hedge against increases in the price of securities (caused by declining interest rates) that the Fund intends to acquire. Since fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should approximate that of the securities that will be purchased, the Fund can take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the securities without actually buying them. Subsequently, the Fund can make its intended purchase of the securities in the cash market and currently liquidate its futures
 
 
S - 8

 

position. To the extent the Fund enters into futures contracts for this purpose, it will maintain in a segregated asset account with the Fund’s custodian, assets sufficient to cover the Fund’s obligations with respect to such futures contracts, which will consist of cash or liquid securities from its portfolio in an amount equal to the difference between the fluctuating market value of such futures contracts and the aggregate value of the initial margin deposited by the Fund with its custodian with respect to such futures contracts.
 
          Securities Index Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. Purchases or sales of securities index futures contracts are used for hedging purposes to attempt to protect the Fund’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Fund may sell securities index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the Fund’s securities portfolio that might otherwise result. If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part, by gains on the futures position. When the Fund is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase securities index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the Fund intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding positions in securities index futures contracts will be closed out. The Fund may write put and call options on securities index futures contracts for hedging purposes.
 
Additional Risks Relating to Derivative Instruments
 
          Neither the Investment Adviser nor the Sub-Adviser is registered as a commodity pool operator. The Fund has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act. Accordingly, the Fund’s investments in derivative instruments described in the prospectus and this SAI are not limited by or subject to regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act or otherwise regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
          Risks Associated with Options on Securities. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.
 
          There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. The Fund’s ability to terminate over-the-counter options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
 
          The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits,
 
 
S - 9

 

merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Fund’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.
 
          The number of call options the Fund can write is limited by the amount of Fund assets that can cover such options, and further limited by the fact that call options normally represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. The Fund will not write “naked” or uncovered call options. Furthermore, the Fund’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Fund may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Investment Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
 
          To the extent that the Fund writes covered put options, the Fund will bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price. If the option is exercised, the Fund could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise. While the Fund’s potential gain in writing a covered put option is limited to the interest earned on the liquid assets securing the put option plus the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Fund risks a loss equal to the entire value of the stock.
 
          To the extent that the Fund purchases options, the Fund will be subject to the following additional risks. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it had purchased. If the Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless.
 
          Call Option Writing Risks. To the extent that the Fund writes covered call option, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. Thus, the use of options may require the Fund to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on an investment or may cause the Fund to hold a security that it might otherwise sell.
 
          Special Risk Considerations Relating to Futures and Options Thereon. The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in futures contracts and options thereon will be subject to the development and maintenance of liquid markets. Although the Fund generally will purchase or sell only those futures contracts and options thereon for which there appears to be a liquid market, there is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. In the event no liquid market exists for a particular futures contract or option thereon in which the Fund maintains a position, it will not be possible to effect a closing transaction in that contract or to do so at a satisfactory price, and the Fund would either have to make or take delivery under the futures contract or, in the case of a written option, wait to sell the underlying securities until the option expires or is exercised or, in the case of a purchased option, exercise the option. In the case of a futures contract or an option thereon that the Fund has written and that the Fund is unable to close, the Fund would be required to maintain margin deposits on the futures contract or option thereon and to make variation margin payments until the contract is closed.
 
 
S - 10

 

          Successful use of futures contracts and options thereon by the Fund is subject to the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates. If the Investment Adviser’s expectations are not met, the Fund will be in a worse position than if a hedging strategy had not been pursued. For example, if the Fund has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates that would adversely affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may have to sell securities to meet the requirements. These sales may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices which reflect the rising market. The Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is disadvantageous to do so.
 
          Additional Risks of Foreign Options, Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts and Forward Contracts. Options, futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts on securities may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in the foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume.
 
          Exchanges on which options, futures and options on futures are traded may impose limits on the positions that the Fund may take in certain circumstances.
 
Loans of Portfolio Securities
 
          Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Fund’s investment restrictions, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are maintained in a segregated account pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Fund will not lend its portfolio securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Fund’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.
 
          A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day notice, or by the Fund on five business days notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five days after receipt of notice, the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Fund’s management to be creditworthy and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. The board of trustees of the Fund (the “Board of Trustees” or the “Board”) will oversee the creditworthiness of the contracting parties on an ongoing basis. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund. The risks associated with loans of portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements. Thus, if the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral, and the Fund would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Fund’s investment in such loaned securities. The Fund will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.

 
S - 11

 
 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
          The Fund operates under the following restrictions that constitute fundamental policies that, except as otherwise noted, cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund voting together as a single class, which is defined by the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the Fund’s voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action. These restrictions provide that the Fund shall not:
 
          1. Issue senior securities nor borrow money, except the Fund may issue senior securities or borrow money to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 
          2. Act as an underwriter of securities issued by others, except to the extent that, in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under applicable securities laws.
 
          3. Invest in any security if, as a result, 25% or more of the value of the Fund’s total assets, taken at market value at the time of each investment, are in the securities of issuers in any particular industry, except that this policy shall not apply to securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities or tax-exempt securities of state and municipal governments or their political subdivisions.
 
          4. Purchase or sell real estate except that the Fund may: (a) acquire or lease office space for its own use, (b) invest in securities of issuers that invest in real estate or interests therein or that are engaged in or operate in the real estate industry, (c) invest in securities that are secured by real estate or interests therein, (d) purchase and sell mortgage-related securities, (e) hold and sell real estate acquired by the Fund as a result of the ownership of securities and (f) as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
 
          5. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts and related options thereon, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other financial instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
 
          6. Make loans of money or property to any person, except (a) to the extent that securities or interests in which the Fund may invest are considered to be loans, (b) through the loan of portfolio securities in an amount up to 33% of the Fund’s total assets, (c) by engaging in repurchase agreements or (d) as may otherwise be permitted by applicable law.
 
 
S - 12

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Trustees and Officers
 
          Overall responsibility for management and supervision of the Fund rests with its Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees approves all significant agreements between the Fund and the companies that furnish the Fund with services, including agreements with the Investment Adviser.
 
          The Trustees are divided into two classes. Trustees serve until their successors have been duly elected. The Trustees’ occupations during the past five years and other directorships held by the Trustee are listed below.
 
Name,
Business Address (1)
and Age
 
Position Held
with the
Fund
 
Term of
Office (2) and
Length of
Time
Served
 
Principal
Occupation
During Past Five
Years
 
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund Complex (3)
Overseen
by Trustee
 
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee
During the Past
Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
 
               
Randall C. Barnes Year of Birth: 1951
 
Trustee
 
Trustee since 2006
 
Investor (2001-present). Formerly, Senior Vice President, Treasurer (1993-1997), President, Pizza Hut International (1991-1993) and Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and New Business Development (1987-1990) of PepsiCo, Inc. (1987-1997).
 
[ ]
 
None
                     
Roman Friedrich III Year of Birth: 1946
 
Trustee
 
Trustee since 2010
 
Founder of Roman Friedrich & Company, which specializes in the provision of financial advisory services to corporations in the resource sector (1998- present). Formerly, Managing Director of TD Securities (1996- present); Managing Director of Lancaster Financial Ltd. (1990- 1996); Managing Director of Burns Fry Ltd. (1980-1984); President of Chase Manhattan Bank (Canada) Ltd. (1975-1977).
 
[ ]
 
Director, Zincore Metals Inc. (2009- present); GFM Resources Ltd. (2005- present); StrataGold Corporation (2003-2009); Gateway Gold Corp. (2004-2008).
                     
Robert B. Karn III Year of Birth: 1942
 
Trustee
 
Trustee since 2010
 
Consultant (1998- present). Formerly, Partner of Arthur Andersen, LLP (1977-1997).
 
[ ]
 
Director, Peabody Energy Company (2003-present); Natural Resource Partners, LLC (2002-present); Kennedy Capital Management, Inc. (2002-present).
 
 
S - 13

 

Name,
Business Address (1)
and Age
 
Position Held
with the
Fund
 
Term of
Office (2) and
Length of
Time
Served
 
Principal
Occupation
During Past Five
Years
 
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex (3)
Overseen
by Trustee
 
Other Directorships
Held by Trustee
During the Past
Five Years
Ronald A. Nyberg Year of Birth: 1953
 
Trustee
 
Trustee since 2006
 
Partner of Nyberg & Cassioppi, LLC, a law firm specializing in corporate law, estate planning and business transactions (2000- present). Formerly, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Van Kampen Investments (1982-1999).
 
[ ]
 
None
                     
Ronald E. Toupin Jr. Year of birth: 1958
 
Trustee
 
Trustee since 2006
 
Formerly Vice President, Manager and Portfolio Manager of Nuveen Asset Management (1998- 1999), Vice President of Nuveen Investment Advisory Corporation (1992-1999), Vice President and Manager of Nuveen Unit Investment Trusts (1991-1999), and Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager of Nuveen Unit Trusts (1988-1999), each of John Nuveen & Company, Inc. (asset manager) (1982-1999).
 
[ ]
 
None
                     
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:
 
               
Kevin M. Robinson* Year of Birth: 1959
 
Trustee; Chief Legal Officer
 
Trustee since 2009; Chief Legal Officer since 2008
 
Senior Managing Director and General Counsel of Claymore Advisors, LLC and Claymore Group, Inc. (2007-present). Formerly, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Corporate Secretary of NYSE Euronext, Inc. (2000-2007).
 
[ ]
 
None

*
Mr. Robinson is an interested person of the Fund because of his position as an officer of the Investment Adviser and certain of its affiliates.
     
(1)
The business address of each Trustee of the Fund is 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, unless otherwise noted.
     
(2)
Each Trustee is expected to serve a two year term concurrent with the class of Trustees for which he serves.
     
 
Messrs. Barnes, Friedrich and Robinson are the Class I Trustees. It is currently anticipated that the Class I Trustees will next stand for election at the Fund’s annual meeting of Shareholders for the Fund’s fiscal year ending May 31, 2012.
     
 
Messrs. Karn, Nyberg and Toupin are the Class II Trustees. It is currently anticipated that the Class II Trustees will next stand for election at the Fund’s annual meeting of Shareholders for the Fund’s fiscal year ending May 31, 2011.
     
(3)
As of the date of this SAI, the “Fund Complex” consists of [ ] closed-end funds and [ ] exchange-traded funds advised or serviced by the Adviser

 
S - 14

 
 
Trustee Qualifications
 
          The Trustees were selected to serve and continue on the Board based upon their skills, experience, judgment, analytical ability, diligence, ability to work effectively with other Trustees, availability and commitment to attend meetings and perform the responsibilities of a Trustee and, for each Independent Trustee, a demonstrated willingness to take an independent and questioning view of management.
 
          The following is a summary of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion, as of the date of this proxy statement, that each Trustee should serve as a Trustee in light of the Fund’s business and structure. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise and shall not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
 
          Randall C. Barnes. Mr. Barnes has served as a Trustee of the Fund and other funds in the Claymore fund complex since 2003. Mr. Barnes also serves on the board of certain Claymore sponsored Canadian funds. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairman of the Audit Committee, employment experience as President of Pizza Hut International and as Treasurer of PepsiCo, Inc., and his personal investment experience, Mr. Barnes is experienced in financial, accounting, regulatory and investment matters.
 
          Roman Friedrich III. Mr. Friedrich has served as a Trustee of the Fund and other funds in the Claymore fund complex since 2003. Mr. Friedrich also serves on the board of certain Claymore sponsored Canadian funds. Through his service as a Trustee, his service on other public company boards, his experience as founder and chairman of Roman Friedrich & Company, a financial advisory firm and his prior experience as a senior executive of various financial securities firms, Mr. Friedrich is experienced in financial, investment and regulatory matters.
 
          Robert B. Karn III. Mr. Karn has served as a Trustee of the Fund and other funds in the Claymore fund complex since 2004. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairman of the Audit Committee, his service on other public and private company boards, his experience as an accountant and consultant, and his prior experience, including Managing Partner of the Financial and Economic Consulting Practice of the St. Louis office at Arthur Andersen, LLP, Mr. Karn is experienced in accounting, financial, investment and regulatory matters. The Board has determined that Mr. Karn is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC.
 
          Ronald A. Nyberg. Mr. Nyberg has served as a Trustee of the Fund and other funds in the Claymore fund complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairman of the Nominating & Governance Committee, his professional training and experience as an attorney and partner of a law firm, Nyberg & Cassioppi. LLC, and his prior employment experience, including Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Van Kampen Investments, an asset management firm, Mr. Nyberg is experienced in financial, regulatory and governance matters.
 
          Kevin M. Robinson. Mr. Robsinson has served as a Trustee of the Fund since 2009. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund, his professional training, employment experience as Senior Managing Director, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of the Adviser and Claymore Securities, Inc., and his prior employment experience, including Associate General Counsel of NYSE Euronext, Inc. and Senior Counsel of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Mr. Robinson is experienced in financial and governance matters.
 
          Ronald E. Toupin, Jr. Mr. Toupin has served as a Trustee of the Fund and other funds in the Claymore fund complex since 2003. Through his service as a Trustee of the Fund and as chairman of the Board, and his professional training and employment experience, including Vice President and Portfolio Manager for Nuveen Asset Management, an asset management firm, Mr. Toupin is experienced in financial, regulatory and investment matters.
 
          Each Trustee also now has considerable familiarity with the Fund, its adviser and other service providers, and their operations, as well as the special regulatory requirements governing regulated investment companies and the special responsibilities of investment company trustees as a result of his substantial prior service as a Trustee of the Fund.
 
 
S - 15

 

Executive Officers
 
          The following information relates to the executive officers of the Funds who are not Trustees. The Funds’ officers receive no compensation from the Funds but may also be officers or employees of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or affiliates of the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser and may receive compensation in such capacities.
             
Name, Business
Address (1) and Age
 
Position
 
Term of Office (2) and
Length of Time
Served
 
Principal Occupation
During the Past Five Years
J. Thomas Futrell Year of Birth: 1955
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
Officer since 2006
 
Senior Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of Claymore Advisors, LLC and Claymore Securities, Inc. (2008-present). Formerly, Managing Director of Research, Nuveen Asset Management (2000-2007).
             
Steven M. Hill Year of Birth: 1964
 
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
 
Officer since 2006
 
Senior Managing Director of Claymore Advisors, LLC and Claymore Securities Inc. (2005-present). Formerly, Chief Financial Officer of Claymore Group Inc. (2005-2006), Managing Director of Claymore Advisors, LLC and Claymore Securities. Inc. 92003-2005). Formerly, Treasurer of Henderson Global Funds and Operations Manager of Henderson Global Investors (NA) Inc. (2002-2003); Managing Director of FrontPoint Partners LLC (2001-2002); Vice President of Nuveen Investments (1999-2001).
             
Mark E. Mathiasen Year of Birth: 1978
 
Secretary
 
Officer since 2008
 
Vice President, Assistant General Counsel of Claymore Securities, Inc. (2007- present). Secretary of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Previously, Law Clerk, Idaho State Courts (2003-2006).
             
Bruce Saxon Year of Birth: 1957
 
Chief Compliance Officer
 
Officer since 2006
 
Vice President, Fund Compliance Officer of Claymore Group, Inc. (2006 to present). Formerly, Chief Compliance Officer/Assistant Secretary of Harris Investment Management, Inc. (2003-2006). Director-Compliance of Harrisdirect LLC (1999-2003).
             
James Howley Year of birth: 1972
 
Assistant Treasurer
 
Officer since 2007
 
Vice President, Fund Administration (2004-present) of Claymore Advisors, LLC and Claymore Securities, Inc.; Assistant Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Previously, Manager, Mutual Fund Administration of Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (2000-2004).
 
S - 16

 
Name, Business
Address (1)  and Age
 
Position
 
Term of Office (2) and
Length of Time
Served
 
Principal Occupation
During the Past Five Years
Mark J. Furjanic Year of birth: 1959
 
Assistant Treasurer
 
Officer since 2008
 
Vice President, Fund Administration- Tax (2005-present) of Claymore Advisors, LLC and Claymore Securities, Inc.; Assistant Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Formerly, Senior Manager (1999-2005) for Ernst & Young LLP.
             
Donald P. Swade Year of birth: 1972
 
Assistant Treasurer
 
Officer since 2008
 
Vice President, Fund Administration (2006-present) of Claymore Advisors, LLC and Claymore Securities, Inc.; Assistant Treasurer of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Formerly, Manager- Mutual Fund Financial Administration (2003-2006) for Morgan Stanley/Van Kampen Investments.
             
Melissa J. Nguyen Year of birth: 1978
 
Assistant Secretary
 
Officer since 2008
 
Vice President, Assistant General Counsel of Claymore Group Inc. (2005- present). Secretary of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Previously, Associate, Vedder Price P.C. (2003-2005).
             
Elizabeth H. Hudson Year of birth: 1980
 
Assistant Secretary
 
Officer since 2009
 
Assistant General Counsel of Claymore Group Inc. (2009-present) Assistant Secretary of certain funds in the Fund Complex. Previously, associate at Bell, Boyd & Lloyd LLP (nka K&L Gates LLP) (2007-2008).

   
(1)
The business address of each officer of the Fund is 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, unless otherwise noted.
   
(2)
Officers serve at the pleasure of the Board and until his or her successor is appointed and qualified or until his or her resignation or removal.

Board Leadership Structure
 
          The primary responsibility of the Board of Trustees is to represent the interests of the Fund and to provide oversight of the management of the Fund. The Fund’s day-to-day operations are managed by the Adviser, the Subadviser and other service providers who have been approved by the Board. The Board is currently comprised of six Trustees, five of whom (including the chairman) are classified under the 1940 Act as “non-interested” persons of the Fund (“Independent Trustees”) and one of whom is classified as an interested person of the Fund (“Interested Trustee”). Generally, the Board acts by majority vote of all the Trustees, including a majority vote of the Independent Trustees if required by applicable law.
 
          The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee, Mr. Toupin, as chairperson of the Board, who presides at Board meetings and who is responsible for, among other things, participating in the planning of Board meetings, setting the tone of Board meetings and seeking to encourage open dialogue and independent inquiry among the trustees and management. The Board has established two standing committees (as described below) and has delegated certain responsibilities to those committees, each of which is comprised solely of Independent Trustees. The Board and its committees meet periodically throughout the year to oversee the Fund’s activities, review contractual arrangements with service providers, review the Fund’s financial statements, oversee compliance with regulatory requirements, and review performance. The Independent Trustees are represented by independent legal counsel at Board and committee meetings. The Board has determined that this leadership structure, including an
 
 
S - 17

 

Independent Chairperson, a supermajority of Independent Trustees and committee membership limited to Independent Trustees, is appropriate in light of the characteristics and circumstances of the Fund.
 
Board Committees
 
Audit Committee. The Board has an Audit Committee, composed of Messrs. Barnes, Friedrich, Karn, Nyberg and Toupin. Mr. Barnes serves as chairperson of the Audit Committee. In addition to being “Independent Trustees” (defined for purposes herein as Trustees who: (1) are not “interested persons” of the Fund as defined by the 1940 Act and (2) are “independent” of the Fund as defined by the NYSE listing standards), each of these Trustees also meets the additional independence requirements for audit committee members as defined by the NYSE. The Audit Committee is charged with selecting the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing accounting matters with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm.
 
The Audit Committee presents the following report:
 
The Audit Committee has performed the following functions: (i) the Audit Committee reviewed and discussed the audited financial statements of the Fund with management of the Fund, (ii) the Audit Committee discussed with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm the matters required to be discussed by the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, (iii) the Audit Committee received the written disclosures and the letter from the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm required by Impendence Standards Board Standard No. 1 and has discussed with the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm’s independence and (iv) the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Trustees of the Fund that the financial statements be included in the Fund’s Annual Report for the past fiscal period.
 
                Nominating and Governance Committee. The Board has a Nominating and Governance Committee, composed of Messrs. Barnes, Friedrich, Karn, Nyberg and Toupin, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. Mr. Nyberg serves as chairperson of the Nominating and Governance Committee.
 
                As part of its duties, the Nominating and Governance Committee makes recommendations to the full Board with respect to candidates for the Board. The Nominating and Governance Committee will consider Trustee candidates recommended by shareholders. In considering candidates submitted by shareholders, the Nominating and Governance Committee will take into consideration the needs of the Board and the qualifications of the candidate. To have a candidate considered by the Nominating and Governance Committee, a shareholder must submit the recommendation in writing and must include the information required by the  procedures for shareholders to Submit Nominee Candidates, which are set forth as Appendix A to the Fund’s Nominating and Governance Committee Charter. The shareholder recommendation must be sent to the Fund’s Secretary, c/o Claymore Advisors, LLC, 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532.
 
 
          Board and Committee Meetings. During the Fund’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2010, the Board held 5 meetings, the Fund’s Audit Committee held 2 meetings and the Fund’s Nominating and Governance Committee held 5 meetings.
 
Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
 
          Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the Fund, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of the Fund’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure it has established. The Board has established the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee to assist in its oversight functions, including its oversight of the risks the Fund faces. Each committee reports its activities to the Board on a regular basis. Risks to the Fund include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk and operational risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Fund. The Board has adopted, and periodically reviews, policies, procedures and controls designed to address these different types of risks. Under the Board’s supervision, the officers of the Fund, the Adviser, the Subadviser and other service providers to the Fund also have implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address various risks. In addition, as part of the Board’s periodic review of the Fund’s advisory, subadvisory and other service provider agreements, the Board may consider risk management aspects of the service providers’ operations and the functions for which they are responsible.
 
 
S - 18

 
          The Board requires officers of the Fund to report to the full Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board and its committees, as applicable, including matters relating to risk management. The Audit Committee also receives reports from the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board meets with the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, including separate meetings with the Independent Trustees in executive session, to discuss compliance matters and, on at least an annual basis, receives a report from the Chief Compliance Officer regarding the effectiveness of the Fund’s compliance program. The Board, with the assistance of Fund management, reviews investment policies and risks in connection with its review of the Fund’s performance. In addition, the Board receives reports from the Adviser and Subadviser on the investments and securities trading of the Fund. With respect to valuation, the Board oversees a pricing committee comprised of Fund officers and Adviser personnel and has approved Fair Valuation procedures applicable to valuing the Fund’s securities, which the Board and the Audit Committee periodically review. The Board also requires the Adviser to report to the Board on other matters relating to risk management on a regular and as-needed basis.
 
Trustee Compensation
 
          The Fund pays an annual retainer and fee per meeting attended to each Trustee who is not affiliated with the Investment Adviser, Sub-Adviser or their respective affiliates and pays an additional annual fee to the chairman of the Board and of any committee of the Board, if any. The following table provides information regarding the compensation of the Fund’s Trustees for the Fund’s fiscal year ended May 31, 2010.
                 
Name (1)
 
Aggregate
Estimated
Compensation
from the Fund
 
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued
as Part of
Fund Expenses (2)
 
Estimated Annual
Benefits Upon
Retirement (2)
 
Total Compensation
from the Fund and
Fund Complex (3)
Paid to Trustee
Independent Trustees:
               
Randall C. Barnes
 
$25,000
 
None
 
None
 
$275,00
Roman Friedrich III
 
$1,000
 
None
 
None
 
$43,500
Robert B. Karn III
 
$1,000
 
None
 
None
 
$51,000
Ronald A. Nyberg
 
$25,000
 
None
 
None
 
$380,500
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
 
$28,000
 
None
 
None
 
$325,000

   
(1)
Trustees not entitled to compensation are not included in the table.
 
(2)
The Fund does not accrue or pay retirement or pension benefits to Trustees as of the date of this SAI.
 
(3)
As of the date of this SAI, the “Fund Complex” consists of [ ] closed-end funds and [ ] exchange-traded funds advised or serviced by the Adviser
 

Share Ownership
 
As of December 31, 2009, the most recently completed calendar year prior to the date of this SAI, each Trustee of the Fund beneficially owned equity securities of the Fund and all of the registered investment companies in the family of investment companies overseen by the Trustee in the dollar range amounts specified below.
         
Name
 
Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in the Fund
 
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Registered Investment
Companies Overseen by Trustee in
Fund Complex (1)s
Independent Trustees:
       
Randall C. Barnes
 
$10,001-$50,000
 
over $100,000
Roman Friedrich III
 
None
 
$1-$10,000
Robert B. Karn III
 
None
 
$10,001-$50,000
Ronald A. Nyberg
 
$1-$10,000
 
over $100,000
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
 
None
 
None
         
Interested Trustee:
       
Kevin Robinson
 
None
 
None

(1)
As of the date of this SAI, the “Fund Complex” consists of [ ] closed-end funds and [ ] exchange-traded funds advised or serviced by the Adviser
 
 
S - 19

 
 
Indemnification of Officers and Trustees; Limitations on Liability
 
          The governing documents of the Fund provide that the Fund will indemnify its Trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their positions with the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the governing documents of the Fund protects or indemnifies a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Fund against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her position.
 
          The Fund has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each Independent Trustee, which provides that the Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless such Trustee against any and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Fund, to the fullest extent permitted by the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, unless it has been finally adjudicated that (i) the Trustee is subject to such expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
Portfolio Management
 
          The Sub-Adviser’s personnel with the most significant responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio are B. Scott Minerd, Chief Investment Officer and Chief Executive Officer; Anne Bookwalter Walsh, Senior Managing Director; Michael Curcio, Managing Director; Robert N. Daviduk, Managing Director; and Eric Silvergold, Managing Director.
 
          Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers.
 
          As of May 31, 2010, Mr. Minerd managed or was a member of the management team for the following client accounts:
                 
   
Number of
Accounts
 
Assets of
Accounts
 
Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
 
Assets
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Other Accounts
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
 
S - 20

 

          As of May 31, 2010, Ms. Walsh managed or was a member of the management team for the following client accounts:
                 
   
Number of
Accounts
 
Assets of
Accounts
 
Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
 
Assets
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Other Accounts
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]

          As of May 31, 2010, Mr. Curcio managed or was a member of the management team for the following client accounts:
                 
   
Number of
Accounts
 
Assets of
Accounts
 
Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
 
Assets
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Other Accounts
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]

          As of May 31, 2010, Mr. Daviduk managed or was a member of the management team for the following client accounts:
                 
   
Number of
Accounts
 
Assets of
Accounts
 
Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
 
Assets
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Other Accounts
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]

          As of May 31, 2010, Mr. Silvergold managed or was a member of the management team for the following client accounts:
                 
   
Number of
Accounts
 
Assets of
Accounts
 
Number of
Accounts
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
 
Assets
Subject to a
Performance
Fee
Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Pooled Investment Vehicles Other Than Registered Investment Companies
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
Other Accounts
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
[ ]
 
$[ ]
 
 
S - 21

 

          Potential Conflicts of Interest. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account. More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple funds and/or other accounts may be presented with one or more of the following potential conflicts.
 
          The management of multiple funds and/or other accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each fund and/or other account. The Sub-Adviser seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of a portfolio manager by having the portfolio manager focus on a particular investment discipline. Most other accounts managed by a portfolio manager are managed using the same investment models that are used in connection with the management of the Fund.
 
          If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity which may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, a fund may not be able to take full advantage of the opportunity due to an allocation of filled purchase or sale orders across all eligible funds and other accounts. To deal with these situations, the Sub-Adviser has adopted procedures for allocating portfolio transactions across multiple accounts.
 
          The Sub-Adviser determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with its duty to seek best execution of the transaction. However, with respect to certain other accounts (such as mutual funds for which the Sub-Adviser acts as advisor, other pooled investment vehicles that are not registered mutual funds, and other accounts managed for organizations and individuals), the Sub-Adviser may be limited by the client with respect to the selection of brokers or may be instructed to direct trades through a particular broker. In these cases, trades for a fund in a particular security may be placed separately from, rather than aggregated with, such other accounts. Having separate transactions with respect to a security may temporarily affect the market price of the security for the execution of the transaction, or both, to the possible detriment of the Fund or other account(s) involved.
 
          The Sub-Adviser has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
 
          Portfolio Manager Compensation. The portfolio managers’ compensation consists of the following elements:
 
           Base Salary : The portfolio managers are paid a fixed base salary by the Sub-Adviser which is set at a level determined to be appropriate based upon the individual’s experience and responsibilities.
 
           Annual Bonus : The portfolio managers are paid a discretionary annual bonus by the Sub-Adviser, which is based on the overall performance and profitability of the Sub-Adviser and not on performance of the Funds or accounts managed by the portfolio managers. The portfolio managers also participate in benefit plans and programs generally available to all employees of the Sub-Adviser.
 

                Securities Ownership of the Portfolio Manager. As of May 31, 2010, the dollar range of equity securities of the Fund beneficially owned by the portfolio manager is shown below:
 
B. Scott Minerd: [ ]
 
Anne Bookwalter Walsh: [ ]
 
Michael Curcio: [ ]
 
Robert N. Daviduk: [ ]
 
Eric Silvergold: [ ]
 
 
S - 22

 
Advisory Agreement
 
          Claymore Advisors, LLC, a subsidiary of Guggenheim Partners, LLC (“Guggenheim”), acts as the Fund’s investment adviser (the “Investment Adviser”) pursuant to an advisory agreement with the Fund (the “Advisory Agreement”). The Investment Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company with principal offices located at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532. The Investment Adviser is a registered investment adviser.
 
          Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser is responsible for the management of the Fund; furnishes offices, necessary facilities and equipment on behalf of the Fund; oversees the activities of the Fund’s Sub-Adviser; provides personnel, including certain officers required for the Fund’s administrative management; and pays the compensation of all officers and Trustees of the Fund who are its affiliates. For services rendered by the Investment Adviser on behalf of the Fund under the Advisory Agreement, the Fund pays the Investment Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
          Pursuant to its terms, the Advisory Agreement will remain in effect until February 3, 2011, and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Fund’s Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of its outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto or by a vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund’s outstanding shares.
 
          The Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Investment Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund. As part of the Advisory Agreement, the Fund has agreed that the name “Claymore” is the Investment Adviser’s property and that in the event the Investment Adviser ceases to act as an investment adviser to the Fund, the Fund will change its name to one not including “Claymore.”
 
          Advisory Fee.
                     
   
Fiscal Year Ended May 30,
 
   
2010
 
2009
 
2008 (1)
 
The Investment Adviser received approximate advisory fees of
 
$
[ ]
 
$
1,690,591
 
$
1,966,137
 

(1)
For the period from July 27, 2007 (commencement of operations) through May 31, 2008.

 
 
Sub-Advisory Agreement
 
          Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC, a subsidiary of Guggenheim, acts as the Fund’s investment sub-adviser (the “Sub-Adviser”) pursuant to an investment sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) with the Fund and the Investment Adviser. The Sub-Adviser is a Delaware limited liability company with principal offices at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, Santa Monica, California 90401. The Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser.
 
          Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Adviser manages the portfolio of the Fund in accordance with its stated investment objective and policies, makes investment decisions for the Fund, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Fund and manages its other business and affairs, all subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board of Trustees and the Investment Adviser. For services rendered by the
 
S - 23

 

Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Fund under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser pays the Sub-Adviser a fee, payable monthly, in an annual amount equal to .50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, less .50% of the Fund’s average daily assets attributable to any investments by the Fund in Affiliated Investment Funds.
 
          The Sub-Advisory Agreement continues until February 3, 2011 and from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by the Fund’s Board of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of its outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Sub-Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto, by the Fund’s Board of Trustees or by a vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund’s outstanding shares.
 
          The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Sub-Adviser is not liable for any error or judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund. As part of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Fund has agreed that the name “Guggenheim” is the Sub-Adviser’s property, and that in the event the Sub-Adviser ceases to act as an investment sub-adviser to the Fund, the Fund will change its name to one not including “Guggenheim.”

           Sub-Advisory Fee.
                     
   
Fiscal Year Ended May 30,
 
   
2010
 
2009
 
2008 (1 )
 
           The Sub-Adviser received approximate sub-advisory fees of
 
$
[ ]
 
$
845,295
 
$
983,068
 

  
           (1)
For the period from July 27, 2007 (commencement of operations) through May 31, 2008.
 
Other Agreements
 
          Administration Agreement. Claymore Advisors, LLC serves as administrator to the Fund. Pursuant to an administration agreement, Claymore Advisors, LLC is responsible for: (1) coordinating with the custodian and transfer agent and monitoring the services they provide to the Fund, (2) coordinating with and monitoring any other third parties furnishing services to the Fund, (3) supervising the maintenance by third parties of such books and records of the Funds as may be required by applicable federal or state law, (4) preparing or supervising the preparation by third parties of all federal, state and local tax returns and reports of the Fund required by applicable law, (5) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, filing and arranging for the distribution of proxy materials and periodic reports to shareholders of the Fund as required by applicable law, (6) preparing and, after approval by the Fund, arranging for the filing of such registration statements and other documents with the SEC and other federal and state regulatory authorities as may be required by applicable law, (7) reviewing and submitting to the officers of the Fund for their approval invoices or other requests for payment of the Fund’s expenses and instructing the custodian to issue checks in payment thereof and (8) taking such other action with respect to the Fund as may be necessary in the opinion of the administrator to perform its duties under the Administration Agreement. For the services, the Fund pays Claymore Advisors a fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, at the annualized rate of .0275% of the average daily Managed Assets of the Fund, reduced on assets over $200 million.
 
 
S - 24

 

               Administration Fee.
                     
     
Fiscal Year Ended May 30,
 
   
2010
 
2009
 
2008 ( 1)
 
               Claymore Advisors, LLC received approximate administration fees of
 
$
[ ]
 
$
45,980
 
$
51,770
 

 
(1)
For the period from July 27, 2007 (commencement of operations) through May 31, 2008.
 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
 
          Subject to policies established by the Board of Trustees of the Fund, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and the allocation of brokerage on behalf of the Fund. Transactions in equity securities are in most cases effected on U.S. stock exchanges and involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. In general, there may be no stated commission in the case of securities traded in over-the-counter markets, but the prices of those securities may include undisclosed commissions or mark-ups. Principal transactions are not entered into with affiliates of the Fund. The Fund has no obligations to deal with any broker or group of brokers in executing transactions in portfolio securities. In executing transactions, the Sub-Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and execution for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price, size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm involved and the firm’s risk in positioning a block of securities. While the Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, the Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest commission available.
 
          Subject to obtaining the best price and execution, brokers who provide supplemental research, market and statistical information to the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates may receive orders for transactions by the Fund. The term “research, market and statistical information” includes advice as to the value of securities, and advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities, and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issues, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts. Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, and the expenses of the Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental information. Such information may be useful to the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates in providing services to clients other than the Fund, and not all such information is used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with the Fund. Conversely, such information provided to the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates by brokers and dealers through whom other clients of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates effect securities transactions may be useful to the Sub-Adviser in providing services to the Fund.
 
          Although investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of the other accounts managed by the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates, investments of the kind made by the Fund may also be made by those other accounts. When the same securities are purchased for or sold by the Fund and any of such other accounts, it is the policy of the Sub-Adviser and its affiliates to allocate such purchases and sales in the manner deemed fair and equitable to all of the accounts, including the Fund.

 
S - 25

 
 
          Commissions Paid. Unless otherwise disclosed below, the Fund paid no commissions to affiliated brokers during the last three fiscal years. The Fund paid approximately the following commissions to brokers during the fiscal years shown:
               
Fiscal Year Ended May 31,
   
All Brokers
   
Affiliated Brokers
 
               
2010
 
$
[ ]
 
$
[ ]
 
2009
 
$
189,357
 
$
0
 
2008 (1)
 
$
316,826
 
$
0
 

(1)
For the period from July 27, 2007 (commencement of operations) through May 31, 2008.
 
Fiscal Year Ended May 31, 2010 Percentages:
Percentage of aggregate brokerage commissions paid to affiliated broker
   
[ ]
%
Percentage of aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through affiliated broker
   
[ ]
%
 
          During the fiscal year ended May 31, 2010, the Fund paid $[ ] in brokerage commissions on transactions totaling $[ ] to brokers selected primarily on the basis of research services provided to the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser.
 
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
 
          Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of an investment company’s annual sales or purchases of portfolio securities by the monthly average value of securities in its portfolio during the year, excluding portfolio securities the maturities of which at the time of acquisition were one year or less. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commission expense than a lower rate, which expense must be borne by the Fund and indirectly by its shareholders. A higher rate of portfolio turnover may also result in taxable gains being passed to shareholders sooner than would otherwise be the case. For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2010 and May 31, 2009, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was [ ]% and 58%, respectively.
 
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
          The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person and that you hold your Common Shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Fund and its Common Shareholders (including Common Shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law).
 
          The discussions set forth herein and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
 
Taxation of the Fund
 
          The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a) dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code) (the “Gross Income Test”); and (ii) diversify its holdings so
 
 
S - 26

 

that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities of (I) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies), (II) any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof).
 
          As long as the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Fund distributes to its Common Shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of (i) the Fund’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) the Fund’s net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its Common Shareholders.
 
          The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Fund’s taxable year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. While the Fund intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Fund’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
          If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain, which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to Common Shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the Common Shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Such dividends, however, would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of Common Shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate Common Shareholders, subject, in each case, to certain holding period requirements. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund would be required to distribute to its Common Shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. If the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits for that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets ( i.e. , the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to elect to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.
 
The Fund’s Investments
 
          Certain of the Fund’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules) that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including
 
 
S - 27

 

the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or “qualified dividend income” into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to Common Shareholders. The Fund intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company. Additionally, the Fund may be required to limit its activities in derivative instruments in order to enable it to maintain its regulated investment company status.
 
          Certain types of income received by the Fund from real estate investment trusts (“REITS”), real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund Common Shareholders such excess inclusion income will (i) constitute taxable income, as “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”) for those Common Shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities, (ii) not be offset against net operating losses for tax purposes, (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. Common Shareholders even from tax treaty countries and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Code (which includes charitable remainder trusts), are Fund Common Shareholders.
 
          Gain or loss on the sales of securities by the Fund will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Fund for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
 
          Because the Fund may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. The Fund will not be eligible to elect to “pass-through” to Common Shareholders of the Fund the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid with respect to qualifying taxes.
 
          Private Investment Funds Taxed as Partnerships. Certain of the Private Investment Funds in which the Fund may invest will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, the Fund’s income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses will depend upon the corresponding items recognized by such Private Investment Funds. In addition, the Fund’s proportionate share of the assets of each such Private Investment Fund will be treated as if held directly by the Fund. In these instances, the Fund will be required to meet the diversification test with respect to the assets of such Private Investment Funds. The Fund generally will not invest in Private Investment Funds that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless the terms of such investment provide, or the managers of such Private Investment Funds agree to provide, the Fund with information on a regular basis as reasonably necessary to monitor the Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
          Private Investment Funds Taxed as PFICs. The Fund anticipates that certain of the Private Investment Funds in which it invests will be treated as “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, a PFIC is any foreign corporation that has 75% or more of its gross income for the taxable year which consists of passive income or that has 50% or more of the average fair market value of its assets which consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income.
 
          If the Fund makes an election to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF Election”), the Fund would be taxed currently on the PFIC’s income without regard to whether the Fund received any distributions from the PFIC. If the Fund makes a QEF Election with respect to a Private Investment Fund and the Private Investment Fund complies with certain annual reporting requirements, the Fund will be required to include in its gross income each year its pro rata share of the Private Investment Fund’s ordinary income and net capital gains (at ordinary income and capital gain rates, respectively) for each year in which the Private Investment Fund is a PFIC, regardless of whether the Fund receives distributions from the Private Investment Fund. The Fund believes that such income and gain inclusions resulting from a QEF Election constitute qualifying income for purposes of the income
 
 
S - 28

 

requirement applicable to regulated investment companies under Subchapter M of the Code. By reason of such inclusions, the Fund would be deemed to have received net investment income, which would be subject to the 90% distribution requirement, and to have received net capital gains, possibly without a corresponding receipt of cash. The Fund’s basis in the shares it owns in the Private Investment Fund will be increased to reflect any such deemed distributed income. Because some of the Private Investment Funds in which the Fund may invest may defer the payment of management and/or incentive compensation fees, during the deferral period the Fund’s pro rata share of the Private Investment Fund’s ordinary income will be higher than it would be if the Private Investment Fund had not deferred the payment of such fees. A QEF Election is subject to a number of specific rules and requirements, and not all of the Private Investment Funds in which the Fund may invest may provide their investors with the information required to satisfy the reporting requirements necessary for the Fund to make a QEF Election.
 
          In lieu of making a QEF Election, the Fund could elect to mark to market its PFIC stock and include in income any resulting gain or loss (a “Mark-to-Market Election”). The Fund anticipates that it will make a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to the stock of any PFICs in which it invests that do not provide the Fund with the information necessary for the Fund to make a QEF Election. Unlike in the case of a QEF Election, under a Mark-to-Market Election the Fund will not be deemed to have received distributions of net investment income or net capital gains from the PFIC. If the Fund makes a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to a PFIC, the Fund will be deemed to have sold the shares of that PFIC as of the last day of the Fund’s taxable year and will be required to include in the Fund’s net investment income the positive difference, if any, between the fair market value of shares as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year and the adjusted basis of such shares. All of such positive difference will be treated as ordinary income and will be a dividend in the hands of the Fund. Moreover, any gain from the Fund’s actual sale of PFIC shares with respect to which the Fund has made a Mark-to-Market Election will be ordinary income in the Fund’s hands. Thus, unlike the case of a QEF Election, the Fund cannot generate long-term capital gains with respect to PFIC stock for which the Fund has made a Mark-to-Market Election. The Fund will recognize income regardless of whether the PFIC has made any distributions to the Fund and such income will constitute net investment income subject to the 90% distribution requirement described above. The Fund’s basis in the shares it owns in the Private Investment Fund will be increased to reflect any such recognized income. The Fund may deduct any decrease in value equal to the excess of its adjusted basis in the shares over the fair market value of the shares of the Private Investment Fund as of the end of the Fund’s taxable year, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains included in the Fund’s income for prior taxable years.
 
          The Fund intends to borrow funds or to redeem a sufficient amount of its investments in Private Investment Funds that are PFICs and for which the Fund has made either a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election so that the Fund has sufficient cash to meet the distribution requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and minimize U.S. federal income and excise taxes.
 
          In the event that the Fund does not make a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to PFIC stock held by the Fund, the Fund would be taxed at ordinary income rates and pay an interest charge if it received an “excess distribution” (generally, a distribution in excess of a base amount) or if it realized gain on the sale of its PFIC stock. The amount of the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably to each day in the Fund’s holding period for the PFIC stock, and the Fund would be required to include the amount allocated to the current taxable year in its income as ordinary income for such year. The amounts allocated to prior taxable years generally would be taxed at the highest ordinary income tax rate in effect for each such prior taxable year and would also be subject to an interest charge computed as if such tax liability had actually been due with respect to each such prior taxable year. The Fund expects to make a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to the PFICs in which it invests and, accordingly, does not expect to be subject to this “excess distribution” regime.
 
          Risk-Linked Securities. The treatment of risk-linked securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes is uncertain and will depend on the particular features of each such securities. The Fund expects that it will generally treat the risk-linked securities in which it invests as equity of the issuer for U.S. federal income tax purposes, whether that treatment is mandated by the terms of the applicable bond indentures or otherwise, although this determination will necessarily be made on an investment by investment basis. It is possible that the IRS will provide future guidance with respect to the treatment of instruments like the risk-linked securities or challenge the treatment adopted by the Fund for one or more of its risk-linked securities investments. A change in the treatment of the Fund’s risk-linked securities investments that is required as a result of such guidance or an IRS challenge could affect the timing, character and
 
 
S - 29

 

amount of the Fund’s income from the risk-linked securities. This, in turn, could affect whether the Fund has satisfied the distribution requirements necessary to qualify as a regulated investment company and to avoid a Fund-level tax.
 
          Risk-linked securities that are treated as equity may be subject to special U.S. federal income tax rules applicable to equity investments in a PFIC, and will generally be subject to the PFIC rules described above under the caption “Private Investment Funds Taxed as PFICs.” In cases in which the Fund treats such risk-linked securities as an equity interest in a PFIC, the Fund generally expects to make a Mark-to-Market Election, which would require the Fund to recognized income or (subject to certain limitations) loss annually based on the difference between the fair market value of the risk-linked securities at the end of the year and the Fund’s adjusted basis in the risk-linked securities. Because the Mark-to-Market Election can result in recognition of income without the concurrent receipt of cash, the Fund may have to borrow funds or sell portfolio securities, thereby possibly resulting in the recognition of additional income or gain to satisfy the distribution requirements necessary to qualify as a regulated investment company and to avoid a Fund-level tax. If the Fund were not able to meet such distribution requirements, the Fund would run the risk of losing its qualification as a regulated investment company.
 
Taxation of Common Shareholders
 
          The Fund will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to a corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on such retained amount. In that event, the Fund expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its Common Shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its Common Shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such Common Shareholder’s gross income.
 
          Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its net capital gains, if any, that the Fund properly designates as capital gains dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Common Shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Fund (including dividends from net short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. Special rules apply, however, to ordinary income dividends paid to individuals with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010. For corporate taxpayers, both ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends are taxed at a maximum rate of 35%. Capital gain dividends are not eligible for the dividends received deduction.
 
          Ordinary income dividends received by corporate holders of Common Shares generally will be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent that the Fund’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and certain holding period requirements are satisfied. In the case of Common Shareholders who are individuals, any ordinary income dividends that you receive from the Fund generally will be eligible for taxation at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum rate of 15%) to the extent that (i) the ordinary income dividend is attributable to “qualified dividend income” ( i.e. , generally dividends paid by U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations) received by the Fund, (ii) the Fund satisfies certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the stock on which such qualified dividend income was paid and (iii) you satisfy certain holding period and other requirements with respect to your Common Shares. The reduced rates for “qualified dividend income” are not applicable to (i) dividends paid by a foreign corporation that is a PFIC, (ii) income inclusions from a QEF Election with respect to a PFIC and (iii) ordinary income from a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to a PFIC. Qualified dividend income eligible for these special rules is not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus will not be included in the computation of your net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset any capital losses. These special rules relating to the taxation of qualified dividend income paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders who are individuals generally apply to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010. Thereafter, the Fund’s dividends, other than capital gain dividends, will be fully taxable at ordinary income tax rates unless further Congressional action is taken. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified dividend income or will be eligible for the dividends received deduction.
 
 
S - 30

 
 
          A dividend (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Fund Common Shares) will not be treated as qualified dividend income (whether received by the Fund or paid by the Fund to a Common Shareholder) if (1) the dividend is received with respect to any share held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, (2) to the extent that the Common Shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, or (3) if the Common Shareholder elects to have the dividend treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest.
 
          Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of Common Shares (assuming the Common Shares are held as a capital asset). The amount of any Fund distribution that is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your Common Shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your Common Shares.
 
          Common Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital loss. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital loss may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of loss from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, Common Shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
 
          Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the Common Shareholder of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Fund’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Fund (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.
 
          The price of Common Shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing Common Shares just prior to a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.
 
          The Fund will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Fund.
 
          Ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends also may be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
 
          The sale or other disposition of Common Shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such Common Shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such Common Shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of Common Shares will be disallowed if you acquire other Common Shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the Common Shares. In such case, your tax basis in the Common Shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
 
          Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates
 
 
S - 31

 

applicable to ordinary income (currently at a maximum of 35%) while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a maximum rate of 15% with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 (20% thereafter).
 
          A Common Shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Fund’s Common Shares.
 
          In general, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distributions of net capital gain or upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares of the Fund.
 
          For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2008, properly-designated dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, however, the Fund may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of Common Shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Fund’s distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.
 
          The Fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate Common Shareholders who fail to provide the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you furnish the required information to the IRS.
 
          The foregoing is a general summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its Common Shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. Ordinary income and capital gain dividends may also be subject to state and local taxes. Common Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.
 
GENERAL INFORMATION
 
Book-Entry-Only Issuance
 
          The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) will act as securities depository for the Common Shares offered pursuant to the prospectus. The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system is based upon information obtained from DTC. The securities offered hereby initially will be issued only as fully-registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (as nominee for DTC). One or more fully-registered global security certificates initially will be issued, representing in the aggregate the total number of securities, and deposited with DTC.
 
 
S - 32

 

          DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. DTC holds securities that its participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilities the settlement among participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in participants’ accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant, either directly or indirectly through other entities.
 
          Purchases of securities within the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of a security, a beneficial owner, is in turn to be recorded on the direct or indirect participants’ records. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchases, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transactions, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect participants through which the beneficial owners purchased securities. Transfers of ownership interests in securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in securities, except as provided herein.
 
          DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the securities being offered pursuant to the prospectus; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts such securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.
 
          Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants, and by direct participants and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.
 
          Payments on the securities will be made to DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts on the relevant payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payments on such payment date. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such participant and not of DTC or the Fund, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of dividends to DTC is the responsibility of the Fund, disbursement of such payments to direct participants is the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the beneficial owners is the responsibility of direct and indirect participants. Furthermore each beneficial owner must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights under the securities.
 
          DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Fund. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates representing the securities will be printed and delivered.
 
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures and Proxy Voting Record
 
          The Fund has delegated the voting of proxies relating to its portfolio securities to the Sub-Adviser. The Sub-Adviser’s Proxy Voting Policy is included as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.
 
          Information on how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 851-0264. The information is also available on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.
 
 
S - 33

 

Legal Counsel
 
          Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Chicago, Illinois, is special counsel to the Fund in connection with the issuance of the Common Shares.
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
          [ ], [ ], is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Fund.
 
Codes of Ethics
 
          The Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser each have adopted a code of ethics. The codes of ethics set forth restrictions on the trading activities of trustees/directors, officers and employees of the Fund, the Investment Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and their affiliates, as applicable. The codes of ethics of the Fund, the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at (202) 551-8090. The codes of ethics are also available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies of the codes of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
          The Fund’s (i) audited financial statements appearing in the Fund’s annual report to shareholders for the period ended [ ], including accompanying notes thereto and the report of [ ] thereon, are incorporated by reference in this Statement of Additional Information. Shareholder reports are available upon request and without charge by calling (800) 345-7999 or by writing the Fund at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532. All other portions of the Fund’s annual report to shareholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the Fund’s registration statement, this SAI, the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement.

 
S - 34

 
 
This page intentionally left blank.

 

 

Appendix A
 
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS
 
STANDARD & POOR’S
 
A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:
 
A S&P issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion evaluates the obligor's capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default. The issue credit rating is not a statement of fact or recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation or make any investment decisions. Nor is it a comment regarding an issue's market price or suitability for a particular investor.
 
Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers reliable. S&P does not perform an audit in connection with any credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.
 
Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
 
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:
 
 
Likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
     
 
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
     
 
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
 
   
AAA
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
   
AA
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
 
 
A - 1

 

   
A
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
   
BBB
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
 
   
BB
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
B
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
CCC
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
   
CC
An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
   
C
A 'C' rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents, or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the 'C' rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument's terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
   
D
An obligation rated 'D' is in payment default. The 'D' rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The 'D' rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation's rating is lowered to 'D' upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
 
A - 2

 

MOODY’S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.
 
A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
 
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
 
Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
 
Moody’s Long-Term Rating Definitions
 
Aaa
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality with minimal credit risk.
   
Aa
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
   
A
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
   
Baa
Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
   
Ba
Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
   
B
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
   
Caa
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
   
Ca
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
   
C
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
 
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
Medium-Term Note Ratings
 
Moody’s assigns long-term ratings to individual debt securities issued from medium-term note (“MTN”) programs, in addition to indicating ratings to MTN programs themselves. Notes issued under MTN programs with such indicated ratings are rated at issuance at the rating applicable to all pari passu notes issued under the same program, at the program’s relevant indicated rating, provided such notes do not exhibit any of the characteristics listed below:
 
     
 
Notes containing features that link interest or principal to the credit performance of any third party or parties ( i.e. , credit-linked notes);
     
 
Notes allowing for negative coupons, or negative principal;
     
 
Notes containing any provision that could obligate the investor to make any additional payments;
     
 
Notes containing provisions that subordinate the claim.

 
A - 3

 
 
For notes with any of these characteristics, the rating of the individual note may differ from the indicated rating of the program.
 
For credit-linked securities, Moody’s policy is to “look through” to the credit risk of the underlying obligor. Moody’s policy with respect to non-credit linked obligations is to rate the issuer’s ability to meet the contract as stated, regardless of potential losses to investors as a result of non-credit developments. In other words, as long as the obligation has debt standing in the event of bankruptcy, we will assign the appropriate debt class level rating to the instrument.
 
Short-Term Ratings
 
Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
 
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
   
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
   
P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
   
P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
   
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.
 
 
A - 4

 

Appendix B
 
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
I. Introduction/Purpose
 
Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (“GPAM”) has adopted these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Proxy Policies”) to guide how GPAM votes proxies with respect to equity securities held in accounts of its clients. (Note, references herein to “client” shall refer to the various pooled investment vehicles as well as separate accounts for which GPAM acts as manager.)
 
II. Proxy Voting Responsibilities
 
The portfolio managers, in conjunction with the Director of Operations (or his designee, shall be responsible for evaluating and voting proxies in accordance with the guidelines hereunder.  The portfolio manager, in consultation with the Director of Operations, shall be responsible for identifying any material conflicts of interest on the part of GPAM or its personnel that may affect particular proxy votes and resolving any material conflicts identified.  The Director of Operations is responsible for administering, overseeing and recommending updates to these Proxy Policies as may be appropriate from time to time.
 
In addition, the Director of Operations (in consultation with senior management of GPAM, as may be necessary) shall be responsible for: assisting portfolio managers in analyzing and evaluating particular proposals presented for vote; facilitating when proxies should be voted other than in accordance with the general rules and criteria set forth below; implementing procedures reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are received and voted in a timely manner; and making and keeping all required records with respect to proxies voted by GPAM.
 
III. Proxy Guidelines
 
Generally, GPAM will vote proxies in accordance with the following guidelines. These are only guidelines, are not exhaustive and therefore do not cover all potential voting issues. They may be changed or supplemented from time to time. Voting decisions not covered by these guidelines will be made in accordance with other provisions of these Proxy Policies or as may be deemed reasonably appropriate by senior management of GPAM. In addition, because individual matters to be voted and the circumstances of issuers of the securities being voted vary, there may be instances when GPAM will not strictly adhere to these guidelines in making its voting decision. At any time, GPAM may seek voting instructions from its clients.
 
In reviewing proxy issues, GPAM will apply the following general policies:
 
          A. Corporate Governance
 
GPAM will vote for proposals providing for equal access to the proxy materials so that shareholders can express their views on various proxy issues. We also support the appointment of a majority of independent directors on key committees and separating the positions of chairman and chief executive officer.
 
          B. Elections of Directors
 
Unless there is a proxy fight for seats on the Board or we determine that there are other compelling reasons for withholding votes for directors, we will vote in favor of the management-proposed slate of directors. That being said, we may withhold votes for directors who fail to act on key issues such as failure to implement proposals to declassify boards, failure to implement a majority vote requirement, failure to submit a rights plan to a shareholder vote or failure to act on tender offers where a majority of shareholders have tendered their shares.
 
 
B - 1

 

          C. Appointment of Auditors
 
GPAM will generally support management’s recommendation.
 
          D. Changes in Legal and Capital Structure
 
Absent a compelling reason to the contrary, GPAM will cast its votes in accordance with the company’s management on such proposals.
 
          E. Corporate Restructurings, Mergers and Acquisitions
 
GPAM will analyze such proposals on a case-by-case basis, weighing heavily the views of the research analysts who cover the company and the investment professionals managing the portfolios in which the stock is held.
 
          F. Proposals Affecting Shareholder Rights
 
GPAM will generally vote in favor of proposals that give shareholders a greater voice in the affairs of the company and oppose any measure that seeks to limit those rights. However, when analyzing such proposals we will weigh the financial impact of the proposal against the impairment of shareholder rights.
 
          G. Anti-Takeover Measures
 
GPAM will generally oppose proposals, regardless of whether they are advanced by management or shareholders, the purpose or effect of which is to entrench management or dilute shareholder ownership. We will evaluate, on a case-by-case basis, proposals to completely redeem or eliminate such plans. Furthermore, we will generally oppose proposals put forward by management (including blank check preferred stock, classified boards and supermajority vote requirements) that appear to be intended as management entrenchment mechanisms.
 
          H. Executive Compensation
 
GPAM will review proposals relating to executive compensation plans on a case-by-case basis to ensure that the long-term interests of management and shareholders are properly aligned. We will generally oppose plans that permit repricing of underwater stock options without shareholder approval.
 
          I. Social and Corporate Responsibility
 
GPAM will review and analyze on a case-by-case basis proposals relating to social, political and environmental issues to determine whether they will have a financial impact on shareholder value. We will vote against proposals that are unduly burdensome or result in unnecessary and excessive costs to the company. We may abstain from voting on social proposals that do not have a readily determinable financial impact on shareholder value.
 
          J. Matters Not Covered
 
The Portfolio Manager and Director of Operations shall consider specific proxy voting matters as necessary. The Director of Operations and CCO may also evaluate proxies where we face a potential conflict of interest (as discussed below). Finally, the CCO monitors adherence to these policies.
 
IV. Conflicts of Interest
 
GPAM recognizes that there may be a potential conflict of interest when we vote a proxy. To that end, we have implemented additional procedures to ensure that our votes are not the product of a material conflict of interests, including: (i) on an annual basis, the Portfolio Manager, Director of Operations and CCO will take reasonable steps to evaluate the nature of GPAM’s and our employees’ material business and personal relationships (and those of our affiliates) with any company whose equity securities are held in client accounts and any client that has sponsored or has material interest in a proposal upon which we will be eligible to vote; (ii) requiring anyone involved in the decision making process to disclose to the CCO any potential conflict that they are aware of (including personal

 
B - 2

 
 
relationships); (iii) prohibiting employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties; and (iv) where a material conflict of interest exists, reviewing our proposed vote by applying a series of objective tests and, where necessary, considering the views of a third party research service to ensure that our voting decision is consistent with our clients' best interests.
 
Because under certain circumstances GPAM considers the recommendation of third party research services, the Director of Operations will take reasonable steps to verify that any third party research service is in fact independent, based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. This includes among other things, analyzing whether the third party research service: (i) has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues; and (ii) can make such recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of our clients.
 
V. When GPAM May Not Vote Proxies
 
GPAM may not vote proxies in certain circumstances, including situations where: (a) the securities being voted are no longer held by the client; (b) the proxy and other relevant materials are not received in sufficient time to allow adequate analysis or an informed vote by the voting deadline; or (c) GPAM concludes that the cost of voting the proxy is likely to exceed the expected benefit to the client.
 
VI. Proxies of Certain Non-U.S. Issuers
 
Voting proxies of issuers in non-U.S. markets may give rise to a number of administrative issues that may prevent GPAM from voting such proxies. For example, GPAM may receive meeting notices without enough time to fully consider the proxy or after the cut-off date for voting. Other markets require GPAM to provide local agents with power of attorney prior to implementing GPAM’s voting instructions. Although it is GPAM’s policy to seek to vote all proxies for securities held in client accounts for which we have proxy voting authority, in the case of non-U.S. issuers, we vote proxies on a best efforts basis.
 
VII. Proxy Voting Records
 
Clients may obtain information about how GPAM voted proxies on their behalf by contacting their GPAM administrative representative. Alternatively, clients may make a written request for proxy voting information to: Mike Sterling, Director of Operations  Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC  227 West Monroe Street, 48th Floor, Chicago, IL 60606
 
VIII. Maintenance of Proxy Voting Records
 
As required by Rule 204-2 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, GPAM will maintain the following records relating to proxy voting for a period of at least six years:
 
 
(i)
A copy of these Proxy Policies, as they may be amended from time to time;
     
 
(ii)
Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities, unless these materials are available electronically through the SEC’s EDGAR system;
     
 
(iii)
A record of each proxy vote cast on behalf of its clients;
     
 
(iv)
A copy of  internal documents created by GPAM that were material to making the decision how to vote proxies on behalf of its clients; and
     
 
(v)
Each written client request for information on how GPAM voted proxies on behalf of the client and all written responses by GPAM to oral or written client requests for such proxy voting information.
 
 
B - 3

 

IX. Disclosure
 
GPAM will provide clients a summary of these Policies, either directly or by delivering to each client of a copy of its Form ADV, Part II that contains a summary, and also will provide clients information on how a client may obtain a copy of the full text of these Proxy Policies and a record of how GPAM has voted the client’s proxies. A copy of these materials will be provided promptly to clients on request.
 
 
B - 4

 
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 25.                      Financial Statements And Exhibits
 
(1)           Financial Statements
 
Incorporated by reference into Part B of the Registration Statement, as described in the Statement of Additional Information, are the Registrant’s audited financial statements, notes to such financial statements and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon, by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report for the period ended [ ], as contained in the Registrant’s Form N-CSR filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on [ ].
 
(2)           Exhibits
 
 
(a)
 
Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant(1)
 
(b)
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant*
 
(c)
 
Not applicable
 
(d)
 
Not applicable
 
(e)
 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan of Registrant(1)
 
(f)
 
Not applicable
 
(g)
(i)
Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Claymore Advisors,
     
LLC (the “Investment Adviser”)*
   
(ii)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, the Investment
     
Adviser and Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (the “Sub-
     
Adviser”)*
 
(h)
(i)
Form of Underwriting Agreement and/or Sales Agreement++
 
(i)
 
Not applicable
 
(j)
(i)
Form of Custody Agreement(1)
   
(ii)
Form of Foreign Custody Manager Agreement(1)
 
(k)
(i)
Form of Stock Transfer Agency Agreement(1)
   
(ii)
Form of Fund Accounting Agreement(1)
   
(iii)
Form of Administration Agreement (1)
   
(iv) (1)
Committed Facility Agreement (the “Committed Facility Agreement”) between
     
Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“BNP Prime Brokerage”)*
           (2)  Amendment to Committed Facility Agreement
   
(vi)
Account Agreement between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage*
   
(vii)
Special Custody and Pledge Agreement among Registrant, BNP Prime
     
Brokerage and The Bank of New York Mellon*
 
(l)
 
Opinion and Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP+
 
(m)
 
Not applicable
 
(n)
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm+
 
(o)
 
Not applicable
 
(p)
 
Form of Initial Subscription Agreement(1)
 
(q)
 
Not applicable
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
(r)
(i)
Code of Ethics of the Registrant and the Investment Adviser*
   
(ii)
Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser*
 
(s)
 
Power of Attorney*
 

________________
*
Filed herewith
+
To be filed by further amendment
++
To be filed by post-effective amendment
(1)  
Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, filed June 26, 2007 (File No. 333-138686).

 
Item 26.                      Marketing Arrangements
 
Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement and/or sales agreement for the Registrant’s common shares to be filed in a post-effective amendment to the Registrant’s Registration Statement and the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” contained in Registrant’s Prospectus, filed herewith as Part A of Registrant’s Registration Statement.
 
Item 27.                      Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with all offering under this Registration Statement:
 
NYSE Listing Fees
$
SEC Registration Fees
$
Printing/engraving expenses
$
Accounting fees
$
NASD Fees
$
Legal fees
$
FINRA fees
$
Miscellaneous
$
Total
$

Item 28.                      Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant
 
None.
 
Item 29.                      Number of Holders of Securities
 
Title of Class
Number of Record Shareholders
as of [ ], 2010
   
Common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share
[ ]
 
 
 
 
C-2

 
 
 
Item 30.                      Indemnification
 
Article V of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:

5.1            No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.   No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

5.2            Mandatory Indemnification .  (a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who
 
 
 
C-3

 
 
 
at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

(c)           The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

(d)           The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are “disinterested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.

(e)           Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
 
 
 
C-4

 

5.3            No Bond Required of Trustees .  No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.
 
5.4            No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.   No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, its Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.

5.5            Reliance on Experts, etc.   Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.

In addition, the Registrant has entered into an Indemnification Agreement with each trustee who is not an “interested person,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of the Registrant, which provides as follows:

The Trust shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Trustee in any Proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by the Trust Agreement and By-Laws and the laws of the State of Delaware, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as now or hereafter in force, subject to the provisions of the following sentence and the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 4 of this Agreement. The Trustee shall be indemnified pursuant to this Section I against any and all of such Expenses unless (i) the Trustee is subject to such Expenses by reason of the Trustee’s not having acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust or (ii) the Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office, as defined in Section 17(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and with respect to each of (i) and (ii), there has been a final adjudication in a decision on the merits in the relevant Proceeding that the Trustee’s conduct fell within (i) or (ii).
 
 
 
C-5

 
 


Item 31.   Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser and the Sub-Adviser
 
The Investment Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 30 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Investment Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Investment Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Investment Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-62515).
 
The Sub-Adviser, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 30 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Sub-Adviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Sub-Adviser or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Investment Adviser filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-66786).
 
Item 32.    Location of Accounts and Records
 
The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained in part at the offices of the Fund at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, in part at the offices of the Investment Adviser at 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, Illinois 60532, in part at the offices of the Sub-Adviser at 100 Wilshire Boulevard, 5 th Floor, Santa Monica, California 90401   and in part at the offices of the Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent at The Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10216.
 
Item 33.    Management Services
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 34.    Undertakings
 
 
1.
Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of Common Shares until the prospectus is amended, if subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value, as of the effective date of the registration statement or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
 
2.
Not applicable.
 
 
3.
Not applicable.
 
 
4.
Registrant undertakes:
 
 
 
C-6

 
 
 
 
(a)
to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
 
(1)
to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
 
(2)
to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and
 
 
 (3)
to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
 
(b)
that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
 
 
(c)
to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
 
 
(d)
that, for the purpose of determining liability under the 1933 Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the 1933 Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectues filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the 1933 Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supercede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
 
(e)
that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the 1933 Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities: The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will
 
 
 
 
C-7

 
 
 
 
be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
 
 
(1)
any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act;
 
 
(2)
the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the 1933 Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
 
 
(3)
any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
 
 
5.
Registrant undertakes that:
 
 
(a)
for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the 1933 Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
 
 
(b)
for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
 
6.
Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.
 

 
C-8

 
 
 
Signatures
 
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed on behalf of the Registrant, in the City of Lisle, State of Illinois, on the 9th day of July, 2010.
 
By:       /s/  J. Thomas Futrell                                               
J. Thomas Futrell
Chief Executive Officer

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 9th day of July, 2010.
 
Principal Executive Officer:
 
/s/ J. Thomas Futrell                                  
J. Thomas Futrell
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
Principal Financial Officer:
 
/s/ Steven M. Hill                                       
Steven M. Hill
 
 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
 
Trustees:
 
*_____________________________                                       
Randall C. Barnes
 
*_____________________________  
Roman Friedrich III
 
*_____________________________  
Robert B. Karn III
 
*_____________________________  
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
 
*_____________________________  
Kevin M. Robinson
 
 
 
 
Trustee
 
 
Trustee
 
 
Trustee
 
 
Trustee
 
 
Trustee

* Signed by Mark E. Mathiasen pursuant to a power of attorney filed herewith.

By:            /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen                                                       
Mark E. Mathiasen
Attorney-In-Fact
July 9, 2010
 
 
 
 
C-9

 
 
 
Exhibit Index

(b)
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Registrant
     
(g)
(i)
Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Claymore Advisors, LLC (the “Investment Adviser”)
     
(g)
(ii)
Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement among Registrant, the Investment Adviser and Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”)
     
(k)
(iv) (1)
Committed Facility Agreement (the “Committed Facility Agreement”) between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“BNP Prime Brokerage”)
     
(k)  (iv) (2)  Amendment to Committed Facility Agreement 
     
(k)
(vi)
Account Agreement between Registrant and BNP Prime Brokerage
     
(k)
(vii)
Special Custody and Pledge Agreement among Registrant, BNP Prime Brokerage and The Bank of New York Mellon
     
(r)
(i)
Code of Ethics of the Registrant and the Investment Adviser
     
(r)
(ii)
Code of Ethics of the Sub-Adviser
     
(s)
 
Power of Attorney
     
 
 
 
 
C-10

 
 


AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND

 
 

 

CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
 
These By-Laws, amended and restated as of October 22, 2008, are made and adopted pursuant to Section 3.9 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust establishing Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund dated as of November 13, 2006, as from time to time amended (hereinafter called the “Declaration”). All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in the Declaration.

ARTICLE I
 
Shareholder Meetings
 

1.1 Chairman.  The Chairman, if any, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Shareholders; in the Chairman’s absence, the Trustee or Trustees present at each meeting may elect a temporary chairman for the meeting, who may be one of themselves.

1.2 Proxies; Voting.  Shareholders may vote either in person or by duly executed proxy and each full share represented at the meeting shall have one vote, all as provided in Article 10 of the Declaration.

1.3 Fixing Record Dates.  For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of or to vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to participate in any dividends, or for any other proper purpose, the Trustees may from time to time, without closing the transfer books, fix a record date in the manner provided in Section 10.3 of the Declaration. If the Trustees do not prior to any meeting of Shareholders so fix a record date or close the transfer books, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting or the date upon which the dividend resolution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date.

1.4 Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any meeting of Shareholders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If Inspectors of Election are not so appointed, the Chairman, if any, of any meeting of Shareholders may, and on the request of any Shareholder or Shareholder proxy shall, appoint Inspectors of Election of the meeting. The number of Inspectors of Election shall be either one or three. If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or more Shareholders or proxies, a majority of Shares present shall determine whether one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to allow such determination by the Shareholders shall not affect the validity of the appointment of Inspectors of Election. In case any person appointed as Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the person acting as chairman. The Inspectors of Election shall determine the number of Shares outstanding, the Shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the
 
2

 


authenticity, validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents, shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine the results, and do such other acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all Shareholders. If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. On request of the Chairman, if any, of the meeting, or of any Shareholder or Shareholder proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.

1.5 Records at Shareholder Meetings.  At each meeting of the Shareholders, there shall be made available for inspection at a convenient time and place during normal business hours, if requested by Shareholders, the minutes of the last previous Annual or Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Trust and a list of the Shareholders of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting or the date of closing of transfer books, as the case may be. Such list of Shareholders shall contain the name and the address of each Shareholder in alphabetical order and the number of Shares owned by such Shareholder. Shareholders shall have such other rights and procedures of inspection of the books and records of the Trust as are granted to shareholders of a Delaware business corporation.

1.6.   Notice of Shareholder Business and Nominations.
 
(A)   Annual Meetings of Shareholders .
 
(1)   Nominations of persons for election as a Trustee of the Trust and the proposal of other business to be considered by the Shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of Shareholders only (a) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any committee thereof or (c) by any Shareholder of the Trust who was a Shareholder of record of the Trust at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.6 is delivered to the Secretary of the Trust, who is entitled to make nominations or proposals at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.6.
 
(2)   For any nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Shareholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph (A) (1) of this Section 1.6, the Shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Trust and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Trust) must constitute a proper matter for Shareholder action.  To be timely, a Shareholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day, nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the Shareholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than
 
3

 


the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Trust).  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.  Such Shareholder’s notice shall set forth: (a) as to each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Trustee (i) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Trustees in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and (ii) such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a Trustee if elected; (b) as to any other business that the Shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the Shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such Shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of Shares which are owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such Shareholder and such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (iv) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Shareholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such Shareholder and such beneficial owners, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Shareholder or such beneficial owner, with respect to Shares of the Trust, (v) a representation that the Shareholder is a holder of record of Shares of the Trust entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, and (vi) a representation whether the Shareholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (a) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Trust’s outstanding Shares required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (b) otherwise to solicit proxies from Shareholders in support of such proposal or nomination.  The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 1.6 shall be deemed satisfied by a Shareholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the Shareholder has notified the Trust of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such Shareholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Trust to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.  The Trust may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may
 
4

 

reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Trustee of the Trust.
 
(3)   Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.6 to the contrary, in the event that the number of Trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees of the Trust is increased effective at the annual meeting and there is no public announcement by the Trust naming the nominees for the additional trusteeships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Shareholder’s notice required by this Section 1.6 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional trusteeships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Trust at the principal executive offices of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.
 
(B)   Special Meetings of Shareholders .  Special meetings of Shareholders shall be called only as contemplated by Section 10.1 of the Declaration.  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Trustees may be made at a special meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or any committee thereof or (2) by any Shareholder of the Trust who is a Shareholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.6 is delivered to the Secretary of the Trust, who is entitled to nominate persons for election as Trustees at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.6.  In the event a special meeting of Shareholders is called pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Declaration for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees to the Board of Trustees, any such Shareholder entitled to nominate persons at such election of Trustees may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting, if the Shareholder’s notice required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 1.6 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Trust not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Trustees to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Shareholder’s notice as described above.
 
(C)   General .
 
(1)   Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of Shareholders of the Trust to serve as Trustees and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of Shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6.  Except as
 
5

 


otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (a) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.6 (including whether the Shareholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies in support of such Shareholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such Shareholder’s representation as required by clause (A)(2)(c)(vi) of this Section 1.6) and (b) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 1.6, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.6, unless otherwise required by law, if the Shareholder (or a qualified representative of the Shareholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of Shareholders of the Trust to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Trust.  For purposes of this Section 1.6, to be considered a qualified representative of the Shareholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Shareholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such Shareholder delivered by such Shareholder to act for such Shareholder as proxy at the meeting of Shareholders and such person must produce such writing at the meeting of Shareholders.
 
(2)   For purposes of this Section 1.6, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
 
(3)   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.6, a Shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.6 ; provided however, that any references in these By-laws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.6 (including paragraphs A(1)(c) and B hereof), and compliance with paragraphs A(1)(c) and B of this Section 1.6 shall be the exclusive means for a Shareholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in the penultimate sentence of A(2), matters brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time).
 
(D)   Notwithstanding anything contrary in this Section 1.6 or otherwise in these By-laws, except with respect to nominations of persons for election as a Trustee of the Trust or as required by federal law, no proposal of other business may be considered or brought at a meeting of Shareholders unless such matter has been approved for these purposes by a majority of the Trustees.
 
 
 
6

 
1.7.   Manner of Giving Notice: Affidavit of Notice .  Notice of any meeting of Shareholders shall be (i) given by delivery, first-class mail, charges prepaid, and (ii) addressed to the Shareholder at the address of that Shareholder appearing on the books of the Trust or its transfer agent or given by the Shareholder to the Trust for the purpose of notice.  If no such address appears on the Trust’s books or is not given to the Trust, notice shall be deemed to have been given if sent to that Shareholder by first class mail to the Trust’s principal executive office, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the county where that office is located.  Notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or, where notice is given by publication, on the date of publication.
 
1.8.   Adjourned Meeting .  Subject to the requirements of Section 10.3 of the Declaration, any meeting of Shareholders, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by: (a) the vote of the majority of the Shares represented at that meeting, either in person or by proxy; or (b) in his or her discretion by the chairman of the meeting.  At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.
 

ARTICLE II
 
Trustees
 
2.1 Annual and Regular Meetings.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the Secretary or any two Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice and shall generally be held quarterly. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, and no notice need be given of action proposed to be taken by unanimous written consent.

2.2 Chairman.  The Board of Trustees may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board who shall at all times be a trustee of the Fund. The Chairman of the Board shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Trustees and shall have such other responsibilities in furthering the Board’s functions as may be prescribed from time to time by resolution of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to such person by the Trustees.  In absence of a chairman, the Trustees present shall elect one of their number to act as temporary chairman to preside over a meeting of the Trustees.   The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be elected by the Board of Trustees to hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as herein provided in these by-laws. Each Trustee, including the Chairman of the Board, if any, shall have one vote.
 
 
 
7

 

 
The Chairman of the Board, if any, may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the Board of Trustees. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  The Chairman of the Board, if any, may be removed by the Board of Trustees with or without cause at any time.

2.3           Records. The results of all actions taken at a meeting of the Trustees, or by unanimous written consent of the Trustees, shall be recorded by the person appointed by the Board of Trustees as the meeting secretary.

2.4           Standard of Care.  It shall be understood that each Trustee, including the Chairman of the Board of the Trust or any chairman or member of any committee of the Board created herein or by the Board of Trustees shall have the same level of responsibility to the Trust required of his or her being a Trustee, regardless of (a) any other position held with the Trust, (b) the Trustee’s individual training or expertise and (c) the role performed by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust in his or her capacity as Trustee even if such role requires the Trustee to possess specific or unique  qualifications under applicable law or regulation.  The Chairman of the Board of the Trust or any chairman or member of any committee of the Board created herein or by the Board of Trustees shall serve in such capacity for the Board of Trustees and does not serve in such capacity as an officer of the Trust.

ARTICLE III
 
Officers
 
3.1 Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the Trust shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers as may be elected or authorized by the Trustees. Any two or more of the offices may be held by the same Person, except that the same person may not be both President and Secretary.  No officer of the Trust need be a Trustee.

3.2 Election and Tenure.  At the initial organization meeting, the Trustees shall elect the President, Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the Trust. Such officers shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any additional officers at any time.

3.3 Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Trustees. This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal in breach of a contract of employment. Any officer may resign at any time by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the President, or
 
8

 

Secretary, and such resignation shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the President, or Secretary, or at a later date according to the terms of such notice in writing.

3.4 Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may determine.

3.5 President, and Vice Presidents.   Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the control of the Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a corporation. Subject to direction of the Trustees, the President shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loans, documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, registration statements, applications, requests, filings and other instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents of the Trust. Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President shall have full authority and power, on behalf of all of the Trustees, to attend and to act and to vote, on behalf of the Trust at any meetings of business organizations in which the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other persons, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such persons. The President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice-Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Trustees or, if more than one and not ranked, the Vice-President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the President. Subject to the direction of the Trustees, and of the President, each Vice-President shall have the power in the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all instruments in writing, and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

3.6 Secretary.  The Secretary shall maintain the minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Shareholders, Trustees and the Executive Committee, if any. The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Trust, if any, and the Secretary (and any other person so authorized by the Trustees) shall affix the seal, or if permitted, facsimile thereof, to any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a Delaware business corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust. The Secretary shall also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a Delaware business corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the Trustees shall from time to time determine.

3.7 Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally incident

 
9

 

to the office. The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or to its order. The Treasurer shall deposit all funds of the Trust in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate. The Treasurer shall be responsible for such disbursement of the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Trustees or the President. The Treasurer shall keep accurate account of the books of the Trust’s transactions which shall be the property of the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in the Treasurer’s possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the Trustees. Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall also be the principal financial officer of the Trust. The Treasurer shall have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to time determine. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustees may authorize any adviser, administrator, manager or transfer agent to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds of any series of the Trust on behalf of such series.

3.8 Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct the business of the Trust. Assistant officers shall act generally in the absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in the duties of the office. Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust shall have such other duties and authority as may be conferred upon such person by the Trustees or delegated to such person by the President.

ARTICLE IV
 
Miscellaneous
 
4.1 Depositories.  In accordance with Section 7.1 of the Declaration, the funds of the Trust shall be deposited in such custodians as the Trustees shall designate and shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such officer, officers, agent or agents (including the adviser, administrator or manager), as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

4.2 Signatures.  All contracts and other instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by its properly authorized officers, agent or agents, as provided in the Declaration or By-laws or as the Trustees may from time to time by resolution provide.

4.3 Seal.  The Trust is not required to have any seal, and the adoption or use of a seal shall be purely ornamental and be of no legal effect. The seal, if any, of the Trust may be affixed to any instrument, and the seal and its attestation may be lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if it had been imprinted and affixed manually in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if done by a Delaware business corporation. The presence or absence of a seal shall have no effect on the validity, enforceability or binding nature of any document or instrument that is otherwise duly authorized, executed and delivered.
 
 
10

 

 
ARTICLE V
 
Stock Transfers
 
5.1 Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like.  As provided in Section 6.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have authority to employ and compensate such transfer agents and registrars with respect to the Shares of the Trust as the Trustees shall deem necessary or desirable. In addition, the Trustees shall have power to employ and compensate such dividend disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the reinvestment of dividends as they shall deem necessary or desirable. Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to any of them by the Trustees.

5.2 Transfer of Shares.  The Shares of the Trust shall be transferable on the books of the Trust only upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of proper documentation as provided in Section 6.8 of the Declaration. The Trust, or its transfer agents, shall be authorized to refuse any transfer unless and until presentation of such evidence as may be reasonably required to show that the requested transfer is proper.

5.3 Registered Shareholders.  The Trust may deem and treat the holder of record of any Shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be required to take any notice of any right or claim of right of any other person.

ARTICLE VI
 
Amendment of By-Laws
 
6.1 Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In accordance with Section 3.9 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have the power to amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at any time; provided, however, that By-Laws adopted by the Shareholders may, if such By-Laws so state, be altered, amended or repealed only by the Shareholders by an affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, and not by the Trustees. Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees. The Trustees shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the Declaration, and any apparent inconsistency shall be construed in favor of the related provisions in the Declaration.

 
11


 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of February 3, 2010, between Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), and Claymore Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).

WHEREAS, the Adviser has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1.   IN GENERAL. The Adviser agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment adviser to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.
 
2.   DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO INVESTMENT OF ASSETS OF THE TRUST. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Adviser shall (i) act as investment adviser for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust’s assets and, in connection therewith, have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; and (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.  In performing its duties under this Section 2, the Adviser may delegate some or all of its duties and obligations under this Agreement to one or more sub-investment advisers; provided, however, that any such delegation shall be pursuant to an agreement with terms agreed upon by the Trust and approved in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and provided, further, that no such delegation shall relieve the Adviser from its duties and obligations of management and supervision of the management of the Trust’s assets pursuant to this Agreement and to applicable law.
 

3.   DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF ADVISER WITH RESPECT TO THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST. The Adviser also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than
 
 

 

such services, if any, provided by the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent and other service providers) for the Trust. To the extent requested by the Trust, the Adviser agrees to provide the following administrative services:
 
(a)   Oversee the determination and publication of the Trust’s net asset value in accordance with the Trust’s policy as adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees;
 
(b)   Oversee the maintenance by the Trust’s Custodian and Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(4) of the 1940 Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by the Trust’s Administrator or such other persons as approved by the Board of Trustees) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust;
 
(c)   Oversee the preparation and filing of the Trust’s federal, state and local income tax returns and any other required tax returns;
 
(d)   Review the appropriateness of and arrange for payment of the Trust’s expenses;
 
(e)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review and approval by officers of the Trust financial information for the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications with shareholders required or otherwise to be sent to Trust shareholders, and arrange for the printing and dissemination of such reports and communications to shareholders;
 
(f)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation) for review by an officer of the Trust the Trust’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-SAR, N-CSR and such other reports, forms and filings, as may be mutually agreed upon;
 
(g)   Prepare reports relating to the business and affairs of the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise appropriately prepared by the Trust’s Custodian, counsel or auditors;
 
(h)   Prepare (or oversee the preparation of) such information and reports as may be required by any stock exchange or exchanges on which the Trust’s shares are listed;
 
(i)   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 
(j)   Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance and fees of the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Administrator and Dividend Disbursing Agent as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 
 
 
2

 
(k)   Oversee and review calculations of fees paid to the Trust’s service providers;
 
(l)   Oversee the Trust’s portfolio and perform necessary calculations as required under Section 18 of the 1940 Act;
 
(m)   Consult with the Trust’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, Custodian, Administrator or other accounting agent, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust and monitor financial and shareholder accounting services;
 
(n)   Review implementation of any share purchase programs authorized by the Board of Trustees;
 
(o)   Determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders; and provide the Trust’s Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan;
 
(p)   Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds;
 
(q)   Provide such assistance to the Custodian and the Trust’s counsel and auditors as generally may be required to properly carry on the business and operations of the Trust;
 
(r)   Assist in the preparation and filing of Forms 3, 4, and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(f) of the 1940 Act for the officers and trustees of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons;
 
(s)   Respond to or refer to the Trust’s officers or Transfer Agent, shareholder (including any potential shareholder) inquiries relating to the Trust; and
 
(t)   Supervise any other aspects of the Trust’s administration as may be agreed to by the Trust and the Adviser.
 
All services are to be furnished through the medium of any directors, officers or employees of the Adviser or its affiliates as the Adviser deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder. The Trust will reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for all out-of- pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.


 

 

4.   COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Adviser:
 
(a)   shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by:  (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the SEC; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objective and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
 
(b)   will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Adviser will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Adviser, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law; and
 
(c)   will treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Adviser may be exposed to civil  or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
 
5.   SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Adviser will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
 
4

 
 
6.   BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
 
7.   AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which permits the Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Adviser.
 
8.   EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser.
 
9.   COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.
 
(a)   The Trust agrees to pay to the Adviser and the Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Adviser as such, a monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust (other than assets attributable to any investments by the Trust in Affiliated Investment Funds), including the assets attributable to the proceeds from any borrowings or other forms of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. “Affiliated Investment Funds” means investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles, advised or managed by Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, Inc., the Trust’s investment sub-adviser, or any of its affiliates. For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
 
 
 
5

 

(b)   For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
 

10.           LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.

(a)           The Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Adviser or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

(b)           The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Adviser under this Section (which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Adviser shall provide a security for such Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.

11.           DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of one year. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a
 
6

 


meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

12.           NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

13.           AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

14.           GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be per formed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

15.           USE OF THE NAME “CLAYMORE.” The Adviser has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Claymore” in the name of the Trust. Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Adviser as the investment adviser to the Trust. The name or identifying word “Claymore” may be used from time to time in other connections and for other purposes by the Adviser and any of its affiliates. The Adviser may require the Trust to cease using “Claymore” in the name of the Trust if the Trust ceases to employ, for any reason, the Adviser, any successor thereto or any affiliate thereof as investment adviser of the Trust.

16.           MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

 
7

 
17.           COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

 
 
 
  8

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.


CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND



By:               /s/ Mark E. Mathiasen                                                                                       
Name:         Mark E. Mathiasen
Title:           Secretary



CLAYMORE ADVISORS, LLC



By:             /s/ Kevin M. Robinson                                                                                       
Name:        Kevin M. Robinson
Title:          Senior Managing Director



 
9



INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
 
THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of February 3, 2010, among Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), Claymore Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Investment Adviser”), and Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Investment Sub-Adviser”).
 
WHEREAS, the Investment Adviser has agreed to furnish investment management and advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) with respect to the Trust Assets (defined below);
 
WHEREAS, the investment advisory agreement between the Investment Adviser and the Trust (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) contemplates that the Investment Adviser may sub-contract investment advisory services with respect to the Trust to a sub-adviser(s) pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement(s) agreeable to the Trust and approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act;
 
WHEREAS, the Investment Adviser wishes to retain the Investment Sub-Adviser to provide certain sub-advisory services;
 
WHEREAS, the Investment Sub-Adviser is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”); and
 
WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Investment Sub-Adviser is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
1.   APPOINTMENT. The Investment Adviser hereby appoints the Investment Sub-Adviser to act as a sub-adviser with respect to the Trust as set forth in this Agreement and the Investment Sub-Adviser accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.

2.   SERVICES OF THE INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER. Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Investment Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Investment Sub-Adviser will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust which may include one or more of the following services at the request of the Investment Adviser: (i)
 
 

 


managing the investment and reinvestment of the Trust Assets in accordance with the investment policies of the Trust; (ii) arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets for the Trust; (iii) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the Trust Assets; (iv) placing orders for purchases and sales of Trust Assets; (v) maintaining the books and records as are required to support Trust investment operations; (vi) monitoring on a daily basis the investment activities and portfolio holdings relating to the Trust; and (vii) voting proxies relating to the Trust’s portfolio securities in accordance with the proxy voting policies and procedures of the Investment Sub-Adviser. At the request of the Investment Adviser, the Investment Sub-Adviser will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Investment Adviser and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, consult with the Investment Adviser as to the overall management of the Trust Assets and the investment policies and practices of the Trust, including (but not limited to) the use by the Trust of financial leverage and elements (e.g., form, amount and costs) relating to such financial leverage and the utilization by the Trust of any interest rate or other hedging or risk management transactions in connection therewith, and will perform any of the services described in the Investment Advisory Agreement.  In addition, the Investment Sub-Adviser will keep the Trust and the Investment Adviser informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, upon request, furnish to the Trust all information relevant to such developments. The Investment Sub-Adviser will periodically communicate to the Investment Adviser, at such times as the Investment Adviser may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including: (i) the name of the issuer, (ii) the amount of the purchase or sale, (iii) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (iv) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (v) such other information as the Investment Adviser may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Investment Sub-Adviser will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.  The Trust shall maintain its books and records, and the Investment Sub-Adviser shall have no responsibility with respect thereto, other than its obligations under the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act or other applicable law.  In addition, the Investment Sub-Adviser may, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and other applicable law, aggregate purchase and sale orders being made simultaneously for other accounts managed by the Investment Sub-Adviser or its affiliates and allocate the securities so purchased or sold, as well as expenses incurred in the transaction, among the Trust and other accounts in an equitable manner.
 
 
3.   COVENANTS. In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Investment Sub-Adviser:

(a)           shall at all times comply and act in accordance with: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and all applicable Rules and Regulations
 
 
2

 
 

of the SEC thereunder; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Trust as set forth in the Trust’s Prospectus filed with the SEC as part of the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies, determinations and/or resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust or the Investment Adviser;
 
(b)           will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Investment Sub-Adviser will obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Investment Sub-Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Investment Sub-Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Investment Adviser or the Investment Sub-Adviser, as the case may be. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Investment Sub-Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Investment Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Investment Adviser and the Investment Sub-Adviser to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Investment Adviser, the Investment Sub-Adviser or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;
 
(c)           maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and render to the Investment Adviser and the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as they may reasonably request;  and
 
(d)           treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all non-public records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder.
 
4.           SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Investment Sub-Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Investment Sub-Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that any of the foregoing activities are consistent with applicable law and the Investment Sub-Adviser’s fiduciary obligations to the Trust.
 

 
 
3

 
5.           BOOKS AND RECORDS. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Investment Sub-Adviser hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request. The Investment Sub-Adviser further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

6.           AGENCY CROSS TRANSACTIONS. From time to time, the Investment Sub-Adviser or brokers or dealers affiliated with the Investment Sub-Adviser may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Investment Sub-Adviser’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Investment Sub-Adviser or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where a Investment Sub-Adviser is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Investment Sub-Adviser or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Investment Sub-Adviser’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits an Investment Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Investment Sub-Adviser or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account, consistent with any policies and procedures that may be adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, and this Agreement shall constitute executed, written consent of the Trust for the Investment Sub-Adviser engaging in agency cross transactions. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Investment Sub-Adviser.

7.           EXPENSES. During the term of this Agreement, the Investment Sub-Adviser will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Investment Sub-Adviser in connection with their duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees, fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Investment Sub-Adviser.  The Investment Sub-Adviser shall not be responsible for any expenses of the Investment Adviser or the Trust not specifically set forth in this Section 8 or otherwise in any written agreement between the Investment Sub-Adviser and the Trust or the Investment Adviser, as the case may be.

8.           COMPENSATION.

(a)           The Investment Adviser agrees to pay to the Investment Sub-Adviser and the Investment Sub-Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation for all
 
4

 

services rendered by the Investment Sub-Adviser as such, a monthly fee payable in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the Trust’s average daily Managed Assets, less 0.50% of the Trust’s average daily assets attributable to any investments by the Trust in Affiliated Investment Funds. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust (other than assets attributable to any investments by the Trust in Affiliated Investment Funds), including the assets attributable to the proceeds from any borrowings or other forms of financial leverage, minus liabilities, other than liabilities related to any financial leverage. “Affiliated Investment Funds” means investment companies, including registered investment companies, private investment funds and/or other pooled investment vehicles, advised or managed by the Investment Sub-Adviser or any of its affiliates. The liquidation preference of any preferred shares of the Trust, if any, constituting financial leverage shall not be considered a liability of the Trust. For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.

(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, the total assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.

9.           CERTAIN INFORMATION. The Investment Sub-Adviser shall promptly notify the Investment Adviser in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Investment Sub-Adviser failing to be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, (b) the Investment Sub-Adviser having been served or otherwise have notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Trust, (c) the occurrence of any change in control of the Investment Sub-Adviser or any parent of the Investment Sub-Adviser within the meaning of the 1940 Act, or (d) the occurrence of any material adverse change in the business or financial position of the Investment Sub-Adviser.

10.           LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.

(a)           The Investment Sub-Adviser will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Investment Adviser or by the Trust (or their respective agents) in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

(b)           The Trust may, but shall not be required to, make advance payments to the Investment Sub-Adviser in connection with the expenses of the Investment Sub-Adviser in defending any action with respect to which damages or equitable relief might be sought against the Investment Sub-Adviser under this Section
 
5

 


(which payments shall be reimbursed to the Trust by the Investment Sub-Adviser as provided below) if the Trust receives (i) a written affirmation of the Investment Sub-Adviser’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for the limitation of liability in this Section has been met and (ii) a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust whether or not the Investment Sub-Adviser shall be deemed to have liability under this Section, such reimbursement to be due upon (1) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought as to whether or not the Investment Sub-Adviser is liable under this Section or (2) in the absence of such a decision, upon the request of the Investment Sub-Adviser for reimbursement by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”). In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Investment Sub-Adviser shall provide a security for such Investment Sub-Adviser undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is a reasonable belief that the Investment Sub-Adviser ultimately will be found not to be liable under this Section.

11.           DURATION AND TERMINATION. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and shall continue (unless terminated automatically as set forth below) in effect for a period of one year. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Investment Sub-Adviser 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Investment Sub-Adviser), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Investment Sub-Adviser on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Investment Adviser. This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

12.           NOTICES. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date
 
6

 

actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

13.           AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

            14.           GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

15.           USE OF THE NAME “GUGGENHEIM.” Pursuant to a Trademark Sublicense Agreement dated July 26, 2007 between the Investment Adviser and the Investment Sub-Adviser, the Investment Sub-Adviser has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “Guggenheim” in the name of the Trust.

16.           MISCELLANEOUS. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or other wise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

17.           COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.


 
7

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
 
CLAYMORE ADVISORS, LLC


By:
/s/ Kevin M. Robinson 
 
Name: Kevin M. Robinson
Title: Senior Managing Director
 
GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET
MANAGEMENT, INC.


By:
/s/ Authorized Signatory 
 
Name: Authorized Signatory
Title:
 
CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND


By:
/s/ Mark E. Mathiasen 
 
Name: Mark E. Mathiasen
Title: Secretary

8


   
 
Committed Facility Agreement
 
 
 
BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC. ( “BNPP PB, Inc.” ) and the counterparty specified on the signature page ( “Customer” ), hereby enter into this Committed Facility Agreement (this “Agreement” ), dated as of the date specified on the signature page.
       
 
Whereas BNPP PB, Inc. and Customer have entered into the U.S. PB Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “U.S. PB Agreement” ) (the U.S. PB Agreement and this Agreement, collectively, the “40 Act Financing Agreements” ).
       
 
Whereas this Agreement supplements and forms part of the other 40 Act Financing Agreements and sets out the terms of the commitment of BNPP PB, Inc. to provide financing to Customer under the 40 Act Financing Agreements.
       
 
Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing promises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
       
 
1.
Definitions -
       
   
(a)
Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement have the respective meaning assigned to them in the U.S. PB Agreement. The 40 Act Financing Agreements are included in the term “Contract,” as defined in the U.S. PB Agreement.
       
   
(b)
“Account Agreement” means the Account Agreement attached as Exhibit A to the U.S. PB Agreement.
       
   
(c)
“Collateral Requirements” means the collateral requirements set forth in Section 1 of Appendix A attached hereto.
       
   
(d)
“Default” is defined in Section 9(c) hereof.
       
   
(e)
“Default Action” means exercising any rights of set-off, liquidating positions or Contracts, terminating or accelerating any loan or Contract, canceling orders, closing out transactions, deducting charges from an account (other than normal charges for interest, clearing fees and ticket charges), selling any or all of the securities and commodities or other property that may be in possession or control of the BNPP Entities (either individually or jointly with others), buying-in any securities, commodities or other property that Customer’s account or accounts may be short, or acting as attorney-in-fact with respect to Customer, any Customer account or any property in a Customer account
       
   
(f)
“Eligible Securities” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Appendix A hereto.
       
   
(g)
“Initial NAV” means the Net Asset Value of Customer as of the date of execution hereof.
       
   
(h)
“Maximum Commitment Financing” means $30 million USD; provided, however, that if (1) credit spreads increase to a degree that the financing of assets related to Customer’s business would present an imprudent economic risk for the Customer’s shareholders or (2) the regulatory or tax treatment of Customer’s borrowings change in a manner substantially adverse to Customer, then Customer may, to the extent necessary, reduce the Maximum Commitment Financing or terminate this Agreement to address the risk or adverse change, upon written notice to BNP PB, Inc. setting forth in reasonable detail its basis for the reduction or termination.
       
   
(i)
“Net Asset Value” means, with respect to Customer, the aggregate net asset value of the common stock issued by Customer calculated in accordance with the 1940 Act.

 
 

 

       
   
(j)
“Net Asset Value Floor” means, with respect to Customer, an amount equal to 50% of the Initial NAV (such initial 50% amount, the “Execution Date NAV Floor” ); provided, however, that following the date hereof, the Net Asset Value Floor shall equal the greater of (i) the Net Asset Value Floor on the Execution Date or (ii) 50% of the Net Asset Value of Customer, calculated based on the Customer’s Net Asset Value as of its most recent fiscal year end subsequent to the date hereof.
       
   
(k)
“Portfolio Gross Market Value” means the Gross Market Value (as defined in Appendix A attached hereto) of all of Customer’s Positions that are Eligible Securities (as defined in Appendix A attached hereto).
       
   
(l)
“1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
       
 
2.
Scope of Committed Facility -
       
   
Subject to Section 3, BNPP PB, Inc. shall make available cash financing under and in accordance with the 40 Act Financing Agreements in an amount up to the Maximum Commitment Financing, and may not take any of the following actions except upon at least 90 calendar days’ prior notice (the “Facility Modification Notice” ):
       
   
(a)
modify the Collateral Requirements;
       
   
(b)
recall any cash loan under the 40 Act Financing Agreements;
       
   
(c)
modify the interest rate spread on cash loans under the 40 Act Financing Agreements, as set forth in Appendix B attached hereto;
       
   
(d)
modify the fees, charges or expenses other than those described in clause (c) above, as set forth in Appendix B attached hereto (the “Fees” ), provided that BNPP PB, Inc. may modify any Fees immediately if (i) the amount of such Fees charged to BNPP PB, Inc., as the case may be, have been increased by the provider of the relevant services or (ii) consistent with increases generally to customers; or
       
   
(e)
terminate any of the 40 Act Financing Agreements.
       
 
3.
Conditions for Committed Facility -
       
   
The commitment as set forth in Section 2 only applies so long as -
       
   
(a)
Customer satisfies the Collateral Requirements and
       
   
(b)
no Default or Facility Termination Event has occurred.
       
 
4.
Arrangement and Commitment Fees -
       
   
(a)
Customer shall pay an arrangement fee as set forth in Appendix B.
       
   
(b)
Customer shall pay a commitment fee as set forth in Appendix B.
       
 
5.
No Right of Substitution -
       
   
(a)
After BNPP PB, Inc. sends a Facility Modification Notice, Customer may not substitute any collateral, provided that Customer may purchase and sell portfolio securities in the ordinary course of business consistent with its investment restrictions; provided further that BNPP PB, Inc. may permit substitutions upon request, which permission shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further that for substitutions of rehypothecated collateral, such collateral shall be returned for substitution within a commercially reasonable period

 
 

 

       (in any event no sooner than the standard settlement period applicable to such collateral).
       
   
(b)
Prior to BNPP PB, Inc. sending a Facility Modification Notice, Customer may substitute collateral, provided that for substitutions of rehypothecated collateral, such collateral shall be returned for substitution within a reasonable period (in any event no sooner than the standard settlement period applicable to such collateral).
         
 
6.
Collateral Delivery -
         
   
If notice of a Collateral Requirement is sent to Customer orally or via facsimile or electronic mail or such delivery method as the parties agree (in each case, with delivery deemed when sent): (i) on or before 10:00 a.m. on any Business Day, then Customer shall deliver all required Collateral no later than the close of business on such Business Day, and (ii) after 10:00 a.m. on any Business Day, then Customer shall deliver all required Collateral no later than the close of business on the immediately succeeding Business Day.
         
 
7.
Representations and Warranties -
         
   
Customer hereby makes all the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Account Agreement, which are deemed to refer to this Agreement, and such representations and warranties shall survive each transaction and the termination of the 40 Act Financing Agreements until such time as no assets remain in the Accounts.
         
 
8.
Financial Information -
         
   
Customer shall provide BNPP PB, Inc. with copies of-
         
   
(a)
the most recent annual report of Customer containing financial statements certified by independent certified public accountants and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as soon as available and in any event within 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of Customer;
         
   
(b)
the most recent monthly financial statement of Customer, including performance returns and net asset value of Customer, as soon as available and in any event within 30 calendar days after the end of each month; and
         
   
(c)
the estimated net asset value statement of Customer as of any Business Day, upon request therefor by BNPP PB, Inc..
         
 
9.
Termination -
         
   
(a)
Upon the occurrence of a Facility Termination Event (as defined in clause (d) below), this Agreement automatically terminates.
         
   
(b)
Upon the occurrence of a Default, the BNPP Entities may terminate any of the 40 Act Financing Agreements and take Default Action.
         
   
(c)
Each of the following events constitutes a “Default” :
         
     
i.
Customer fails to meet the Collateral Requirements within one Business Day after the time periods set forth in Section 6;
         
     
ii.
Customer fails to deliver the financial information (1) within five Business Days after the time periods set out in Sections 8(a) and (b), and (2) within one Business Day after the time period set out in Section 8(c), provided that such cure periods shall apply only In respect of Section 8;

 
 

 

         
     
iii.
the Net Asset Value of Customer declines below the Net Asset Value Floor,
         
     
iv.
any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Customer to BNPP PB, Inc. under any 40 Act Financing Agreements (including under with Section 7 herein) proves false or misleading when made or deemed made;
         
     
v.
Customer fails to comply with or perform any agreement or obligation under this Agreement or the other 40 Act Financing Agreements (other than those covered by Section 9(c)i or ii), provided, however, that other than a failure by Customer to make a payment due to a BNPP Entity or a Default as set forth in Sections 9(c)i, 9(c)ii, or 9(c)iv, such event or occurrence shall not be deemed a Default and Default Action may not be taken unless Customer has failed to remedy such event or occurrence within five Business Days of its receipt or deemed receipt, pursuant to Section 12(a) of Exhibit A of the U.S. PB Agreement, of notice of such event or occurrence;
         
     
vi.
the filing by or against Customer of a petition or other proceeding in bankruptcy, insolvency or for the appointment of a receiver or upon the levy or attachment against any property or accounts of Customer; or
         
     
vii.
the occurrence of a repudiation, material breach or the occurrence of a default, termination event or similar condition (howsoever characterized, which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the occurrence of an Additional Termination Event under an ISDA Master Agreement between Customer and a BNPP Entity, if applicable) by Customer under any contract with (A) a BNPP Entity or affiliate of a BNPP Entity or (B) a third party entity, where the aggregate principal amount of any such contract (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes any obligations with respect to borrowed money or other assets in connection with such contract) is not less than $10,000,000.
         
   
(d)
Each of the following events constitutes a “Facility Termination Event” :
         
     
i.
there occurs any change in BNPP PB, Inc.’s interpretation of any Applicable Law or the adoption of or any changes in the same that, In the reasonable opinion of counsel to BNPP PB, Inc., has the effect with regard to BNPP PB, Inc. of impeding or prohibiting the arrangements under the 40 Act Financing Agreements (including, but not limited to, imposing or adversely modifying or affecting the amount of regulatory capital to be maintained by BNPP PB, Inc.); provided, however, that it shall not be a Facility Termination Event if there occurs a change in, or change in BNPP PB, Inc.’s interpretation of, any Applicable Law that results in a cost increase to BNPP PB, Inc. (as determined in its sole discretion), and such cost increase is accepted by Customer (for the avoidance of doubt, such cost increase may be implemented by adjusting the fees and rates in Appendix B or in any other manner as determined by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion);
         
     
ii.
(A) as of any day, the Net Asset Value of Customer has declined by twenty-five percent (25%) or more from the highest Net Asset Value in the preceding one-month period then ending; or (B) as of any day, the Net Asset Value of Customer has declined by thirty-five percent (35%) or more from the highest Net Asset Value in the preceding three-month period then ending; or (C) as of any day, the Net Asset Value of Customer, has declined by fifty percent (50%) or more from the highest Net Asset Value in the preceding 12-month period then ending; provided that, for purposes of (A), (B) and (C), the calculations under this paragraph shall be adjusted to exclude any decline in the Net Asset Value attributable to the payment of distributions, the repayment or redemption of any senior securities representing preferred stock or indebtedness or other corporate actions or any positive change caused by subscriptions, contributions or investments;

 
 

 

         
     
iii.
(A) the investment management agreement between Customer and its investment manager ( “Advisor” ) is terminated or (B) Advisor otherwise ceases to act as investment advisor of Customer and a replacement investment advisor approved by BNPP PB, Inc. in its sole discretion has not been appointed immediately, provided, however, that it shall not be a Facility Termination Event under sub-clause (A) if such investment manager agreement has automatically terminated in connection with a change of control relating to the Advisor and a new investment management agreement with the Advisor is approved in accordance with applicable law and effective as of such termination date;
         
     
iv.
the asset coverage for all borrowings constituting ’senior securities representing indebtedness’ (as defined for purposes of Section 18(g) of the 1940 Act of Customer falls below the 300% minimum required by Section 18(f)(1) of the 1940 Act or such other minimum percentage as may be approved by U.S. governmental authorities from time to time under applicable U.S. securities law (provided that, for purposes of this provision, such minimum percentage cannot be lower than 200%) and such decline below the minimum continues for three Business Days (provided that such three Business Day cure period shall not apply where Customer is in violation of the 1940 Act);
         
     
v.
Customer fails to make any filing necessary to comply with the rules of any exchange in which its shares are listed and such failure continues for at least five Business Days, provided, however, that such additional five Business Day period shall not apply in respect of any filing failure which has a material adverse effect on Customer’s business;
         
     
vi.
Customer determines that the introduction of, or any change in or in the interpretation of, any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order after the date hereof adversely effects the tax treatment of the loans advanced pursuant to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereunder in any material respect and notifies BNPP PB, Inc. thereof in writing;
         
     
vii.
Customer enters into any additional indebtedness with a party other than a BNPP Entity or its affiliates beyond the financing provided hereunder through the 40 Act Financing Agreements, including without limitation any further borrowings constituting ’senior securities’ (as defined for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act) or any promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness, whether with a bank or any other person; provided, however, that pledges by Customer of assets under a Credit Support Annex to an ISDA Master Agreement or in connection with listed call options transactions, repurchase agreements and/or any other permitted derivative transactions pursuant to Customer’s investment portfolio activities shall be permissible additional indebtedness; or
         
     
viii.
Customer changes its fundamental investment policies.
         
   
(e)
Adjustments to Maximum Commitment Financing
         
     
i.
Customer may, by providing not less than 10 Business Day’s prior written notice to BNPP PB, Inc., adjust the Maximum Commitment Financing in a manner and amount commensurate with any changes to the asset coverage requirement for borrowings constituting ’senior securities representing indebtedness’ (as defined for purposes of Section 18(g) of the 1940 Act) from the 300% minimum required by Section 18(f)(1) of the 1940 Act.

 
 

 

         
 
10.
Notices -
         
   
Notices under this Agreement shall be provided pursuant to Section 12(a) of the Account Agreement
         
 
11.
Compliance with Applicable Law -
         
   
(a)
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, to the extent required by Applicable Law -
         
     
i.
the BNPP Entities may terminate any 40 Act Financing Agreement and any Contract;
         
     
ii.
BNPP PB,  Inc. may recall any outstanding loan under the 40 Act Financing Agreements;
         
     
iii.
BNPP PB, Inc. may modify the Collateral Requirements (as and to the extent required by Applicable Law); and
         
     
iv.
the BNPP Entities may take Default Action.
         
   
(b)
This Agreement will not limit the ability of BNPP PB, Inc. to change the product provided under this Agreement and the 40 Act Financing Agreements as necessary to comply with Applicable Law.
         
   
(c)
The BNPP Entities may exercise any remedies permitted under the Contracts if Customer fails to comply with Applicable Law that relates to (i) felonies, (ii) fraud, (iii) activities related to the conduct of Customer’s business or (iv) activities related to the securities industry (except in the case of (iii) or (iv), where the failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on Customer or its ability to perform under the Contracts, as determined by the BNPP Entities).
         
 
12.
Miscellaneous -
       
   
(a)
In the event of a conflict between any provision of this Agreement and the other 40 Act Financing Agreements, this Agreement prevails.
         
   
(b)
This Agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws doctrine.
         
   
(c)
Section 16(c) of the Account Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Agreement to the same extent as if such provision had been set forth in full herein.
         
   
(d)
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original instrument and all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.
         
   
(e)
This Agreement and the other 40 Act Financing Agreements shall not be publicly distributed via syndication (for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection shall affect the rehypothecation rights in the 40 Act Financing Agreements).
 
(The remainder of this page is blank.)

 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of November 20, 2008.
       
 
CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC
OPPORTUNITIES FUND
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Steven M. Hill
 
     Name: Steven M. Hill  
     Title: Chief Financial Officer  
     
 
BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Authorized Signatory
 
    Name: Authorized Signatory   
    Title:   

 
 

 
AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (“ Amendment ”) dated as of August 5, 2009 to the Committed Facility Agreement dated November 20, 2008 between BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“ BNPP PB, Inc. ”) and Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (the “ Customer ”).

WHEREAS, BNPP PB, Inc. and Customer previously entered into a Committed Facility Agreement dated as of November 20, 2008 (the “ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as provided herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreement provided herein, the parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:


1.  
Amendments to Termination Provision

a.  
The following shall be added after “Customer’s investment portfolio activities” in Section 9(d)(vii) of the Agreement:

and pledges by Customer of assets in respect of borrowings pursuant to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility,

2.  
Representations

Each party represents to the other party that all representations contained in the Agreement are true and accurate as of the date of this Amendment and that such representations are deemed to be given or repeated by each party, as the case may be, on the date of this Amendment.

3.  
Miscellaneous

a.  
Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings specified for such terms in the Agreement.
 
b.  
Entire Agreement. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all oral communications and prior writings (except as otherwise provided herein) with respect thereto.
 
c.  
Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original.
 
d.  
Headings.   The headings used in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Amendment.
 
e.  
Governing Law.   This Amendment will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to choice of law doctrine).


[ Signature Page Follows ]
 
 
 
 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Amendment with effect from the first date specified on the first page of this Amendment.

BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.
 
 
/s/ Authorized Signatory
 __________________________________                                                                          ­          ­
Name: Authorized Signatory
Title:
 
 
CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND
 
/s/ J. Thomas Futrell
_________________________                                                                    ­        ­­­
Name: J. Thomas Futrell
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 


 
U.S. PB Agreement
 
This U.S. PB Agreement (including all terms, schedules, supplements and exhibits attached hereto, this “Agreement” ) is entered into between the customer specified below (“Customer” ) and BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“BNPP PB, Inc.”). The Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions on which BNPP PB, Inc. will transact business with Customer. Customer and BNPP PB , Inc., on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities, have also entered into the Account Agreement.
 
All terms, provisions and agreements set forth in the agreements listed below are hereby incorporated herein by reference with the same force and effect as though fully set forth herein, all of which taken together shall constitute a single, integrated agreement. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Account Agreement.
 
(a)
Account Agreement, attached as Exhibit A hereto;
     
(b)
Custody Terms, attached as Exhibit B hereto;
     
(c)
Arranged Financing Terms, attached as Exhibit C hereto; and
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this U.S. PB Agreement Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of November 20, 2008.
     
 
BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.
   
 
By:
/s/ Authorized Signatory
    Name: Authorized Signatory 
    Title: 

 
 

 

CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND
 
Name of Customer
 
   
By:
/s/Steven M Hill
 
 
Name: Steven M. Hill
 
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
 
   
Jurisdiction of organization Delaware
 
   
Type of organization Trust
 
   
Place of business / chief executive office Lisle. Illinois
 
   
Organizational identification number
 
 
Addresses for Notices to Customer
 
Address 2455 Corporate West Dr, Lisle, IL 60532
 
Attention Steven M. Hill
     
Telephone
Fax
Email
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
Exhibit A to U.S. PB Agreement - Account Agreement  

 This account agreement (including all schedules attached hereto, this “Account Agreement” ) is entered into between Customer and BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC. (“BNPP PB, Inc.” ), on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities. This Account Agreement is Incorporated as an exhibit to the U.S. PB Agreement (the “Agreement” ) and sets forth the terms and conditions on which BNPP PB, inc. will open and maintain accounts (the “Accounts” ) for cash loans and other products or services and otherwise transact business with Customer. Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 18.
     
 
1.
Collateral Maintenance, Repayment of Financing - The provisions of this Subsection shall apply except to the extent any such provisions contravene the Committed Facility Agreement. Customer will at all times maintain in, and upon written or oral demand furnish to, the Accounts, or otherwise provide to the BNPP Entitles in a manner satisfactory to the BNPP Entities, assets of the types and in the amounts required by the BNPP Entities in light of outstanding Contracts ( “Deliverable Collateral” ). Immediately upon written or oral demand by BNPP PB, Inc., Customer shall pay to BNPP PB, Inc. in immediately available U.S. funds any principal balance of, accrued unpaid interest on, and any other Obligation owing in respect of, any Account.
     
 
2.
Security Interest -
     
 
(a)
Grant of Security Interest. Customer hereby assigns and pledges to the BNPP Entities all Collateral, and Customer hereby grants a continuing first priority security interest therein, a lien thereon and a right of set off against any Collateral, and all such Collateral shall be subject to a general lien and a continuing first security interest and fixed charge, in each case securing the discharge of all Obligations, Contracts with BNPP Entities and liabilities of Customer to the BNPP Entities hereunder and thereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising and irrespective of whether or not the BNPP Entities has made advances in connection with such Collateral, and irrespective of the number of accounts Customer may have with the BNPP Entities, and of which BNPP Entity holds such Collateral.
     
 
(b)
No other Liens. All Collateral delivered to a BNPP Entity shall be free and clear of all prior liens, claims and encumbrances (other than liens solely in favor of the BNPP Entities), and Customer will not cause or allow any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be or become subject to any liens, security interests, mortgages or encumbrances of any nature other than security interests solely in the BNPP Entities’ favor. Furthermore, Collateral consisting of securities shall be delivered in good deliverable form (or the BNPP Entities shall have the power to place such securities in good deliverable form) in accordance with the requirements of the primary market or markets for such securities.
     
 
(c)
Perfection. Customer shall execute such documents and take such other actions as the BNPP Entities shall reasonably request In order to perfect the BNPP Entities’ rights with respect to any such Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Customer agrees to record the security interests granted hereunder in any internal or external register of mortgages and charges maintained by or with respect to Customer under Applicable Law. Customer shall pay the fees for any filing, registration, recording or perfection of any security interest contemplated by this Agreement and pay, or cause to be paid, from the Accounts any and all Taxes imposed on the Collateral by any authority. In addition, Customer appoints the BNPP Entities as Customer’s attorney-in-fact to act on Customer’s behalf to sign, seal, execute and deliver all documents, and do all acts, as may be required, or as a BNPP Entity shall determine to be advisable, to perfect the security interests created hereunder in, provide for a BNPP Entity to have control of, or realize upon any rights of a BNPP Entity in, any or ail of the Collateral, as expressly permitted under this Agreement, (including without limitation as permitted under Section 8(a) herein) and/or the Committed Facility Agreement. The BNPP Entities and Customer each acknowledge and agree that each account maintained by a BNPP Entity to which any Collateral is credited is a “securities account within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect in the State of New York (the “NYUCC”), and all property and assets held in or credited from time to time to such an account (other than any commodity contract (as defined in Section 9-115 of the NYUCC) shall be treated as a “financial asset for purposes of Article 8 of the NYUCC, provided that any such account may also be a “deposit account (within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(29) of the NYUCC) or a “commodity account” (within Die meaning of Section 9-102(a)(14) of the NYUCC). Each BNPP Entity represents and warrants that it is a “securities intermediary” within the meaning of Article 8 of the NYUCC and is acting in such capacity with respect to each such account maintained by it.
     
 
(d)
Effect of Security Interest. The BNPP Entitles’ security interest in the Collateral shall (i) remain in full force and effect until the payment and performance in full of Customer’s Obligations, (ii) be binding upon Customer, its successors and permitted assigns, and (Hi) Inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the BNPP Entities and their respective successors, transferees and assigns.
     
 
(e)
Contract Status. The parties acknowledge that this Agreement and each Contract entered into pursuant to this Agreement are each a “securities contract”, “swap agreement”,“ forward contract”, or “commodity contract” within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the United States Code) (the “Bankruptcy Code”) and that each delivery, transfer, payment and grant of a security interest made or required to be made hereunder or thereunder or contemplated hereby or thereby or made, required to be made or contemplated in connection herewith or therewith is a “transfer” and a “margin payment” or a “settlement payment” within the meaning of Sections 362(b)(6),(7),(17) and/or (27) and Sections 546(e), (f), (g) and/or (j) of the Bankruptcy Code. The parties further acknowledge that this Agreement is a “master netting agreement“ within the meaning of the
 
 
 

 

   
Bankruptcy Code and a “netting contract” within the meaning of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991.
     
 
3.
Maintenance of Collateral -
     
 
(a)
General. Each BNPP Entity that holds Collateral holds such Collateral for Itself and also as agent and bailee for any other applicable BNPP Entity. Except where otherwise required by Applicable Law or where adverse regulatory capital, reserve or other similar costs ( “Adverse Costs” ) would thereby arise, the security interests of the BNPP Entities in any Collateral shall rank in such order of priority as the BNPP Entitles may agree from time to time; provided, however, that BNPP PB, Inc. shall have first priority interest in the assets that it holds other than assets held in a cash account. In the event that a BNPP Entity is obliged by Applicable Law to maintain a first priority lien, or where such BNPP Entity would suffer Adverse Costs if it did not maintain a first priority lien, such BNPP Entity’s interest in the applicable Collateral shall have priority over that of the other BNPP Entity to the extent required to satisfy the requirements of Applicable Law or avoid such Adverse Costs. In the event that both BNPP Entities are so obliged to maintain a first priority lien, or would suffer Adverse Costs if they did not maintain a first priority lien, the BNPP Entities shall determine among themselves the priority of their respective interests in the relevant Collateral. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except as otherwise agreed among the BNPP Entities, the security interest of the BNPP Entities in any Collateral consisting of the Customer’s right, title or interest in, to or under any Contract shall be subject to any enforceable right of setoff or netting (Including, without limitation, any such right granted pursuant to Section 8 hereof) that a BNPP Entity that is party to such Contract may have with respect to the obligations of the Customer to such BNPP Entity (whether arising under such Contract or any other Contract).
     
 
 (b)
Transfers of Collateral between Accounts. Customer agrees that the BNPP Entities, at any time, at either BNPP Entity’s discretion and without prior notice to Customer, may use, apply, or transfer any and all Collateral interchangeably between the BNPP Entities in any accounts in which Customer has an interest. With respect to Collateral pledged principally to secure Obligations under any Contract, the BNPP Entities shall have the right but in no event the obligation, to apply all or any portion of such Collateral to Customer’s Obligations to either of the BNPP Entitles under any other Contract, to transfer all or any portion of such Collateral to secure Customer’s Obligations to either of the BNPP Entities under any other Contract or to release any such Collateral. Under no circumstances shall any Collateral pledged principally to secure Obligations to either of the BNPP Entities under any Contract be required to be applied or transferred to secure Obligations to either of the other BNPP Entities or to be released if (i) either BNPP Entity determines that such transfer would render it undersecured with respect to any Obligations, (ii)an event of default has occurred with respect to Customer under any Contract or Obligation or (iii) any such application, transfer or release would be contrary to Applicable Law. The BNPP Entities shall not transfer Collateral from any account in which Customer has an interest to satisfy a deficit in another such account, if doing so would cause the first account to have a collateral or margin deficit and unless the second account has an actual deficit
     
 
(c)
Control by BNPP Entities. Each BNPP Entity that (i) Is the securities intermediary in respect of any securities account constituting Collateral, or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral Is held or carried, agrees that it will comply with entitlement orders originated by the other BNPP Entity with respect to any such securities account or Collateral without any further consent by Customer, (ii) is the bank in respect of any deposit account constituting Collateral, or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried, agrees with Customer and the other BNPP Entity (which so agrees with It) that it will comply with instructions originated by the other BNPP Entity directing disposition of the funds in such deposit account without further consent by Customer and (iii) is the commodity intermediary in respect of any commodity contract or commodity account constituting Collateral, or any commodity account to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or earned, agrees with Customer and the other BNPP Entity (which so agrees with it) that it will apply any value on account of any such Collateral as directed by the other BNPP Entity without further consent by Customer. Customer hereby consents to the foregoing agreements of the BNPP Entities. Each of the BNPP Entities that is the securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or bank with respect to any such securities, commodity or deposit account or any such commodity contract represents and warrants that it has not, and agrees that it will not, agree to comply with entitlement orders, directions or instructions concerning any such account or any security entitlements, financial assets, commodity contracts or funds credited thereto or held or carried thereon that are originated by any person other than (I) a BNPP Entity or (Ii) (until a BNPP Entity shall have given a “notice of sole control“) Customer. Each BNPP Entity hereby notifies the other BNPP Entity of its security interest in, and the assignment by way of security to It of, the Collateral. Each BNPP Entity acknowledges such notice from the other BNPP Entity and each BNPP Entity and Customer consent to the security interest granted by this Section.
     
 
4.
Rehypothecation -
     
 
(a)
General. Customer expressly grants the BNPP Entities the right, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under Applicable Law, and without further notice to Customer, (i) to pledge, repledge, hypothecate, rehypothecate, sell, lend, or otherwise transfer or use Collateral as principal and (and not as agent of Customer), with all attendant rights of ownership (including the right to vote the securities or to provide consent or take any similar action with respect thereto) and without retaining in their possession and control a like amount of similar Collateral and (ii) to use or invest the proceeds of any securities lending transaction at its own risk. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer hereby grants the BNPP Entities its consent to hypothecate its securities for the purposes of Rule 5c2-1(aX1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act” ).

 
 

 
 
     
 
(b)
Collateral Return. BNPP will return rehypothecated Collateral securities to Customer within the ordinary settlement cycle for such securities upon (i) the removal or transfer by Customer of the securities from the Special Custody Account pursuant to the terms of the Special Custody and Pledge Agreement or (ii) five business days prior notice from Customer. For the purposes of the return of any Collateral to Customer, the BNPP Entities’ return obligations shall be satisfied by delivering securities or other financial assets of the same issuer, class and quantity as the Collateral initially transferred.
     
 
(c)
Rehvpothecation Excess: Distribution: Delivery Failure. Rehypothecation of Customer’s collateral shall be subject to the following: (i) if as of the close of business on any Business Day the value of all outstanding rehypothecated Collateral exceeds the Outstanding Debit Financing (as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement) (such excess amount, the “Rehvpothecation Excess” ), the BNPP Entities shall, at its option, either (A) reduce the amount of outstanding rehypothecated Collateral so that the total value of rehypothecated Collateral does not exceed the Outstanding Debit Financing or (B) deliver to, and maintain within, the Special Custody Account an amount of cash at least equal to any Rehypothecatlon Excess (for the avoidance of doubt, if there is no Rehypothecation Excess, the BNPP Entities can recall any cash delivered hereunder); (ii) to the extent the BNPP Entities receive any distributions (including dividends or coupons) on the rehypothecated Collateral, the BNPP Entities shall deliver such distributions to the Special Custody Account; and (iii) if the BNPP Entities are unable to return securities of the same issuer, class and quantity as the Collateral initially transferred, the Customer may elect by three Business Days’ notice to reduce its overall debit by the value of the rehypothecated Collateral unable to be returned, in which case the BNPP Entities’ obligation to return a like amount of the rehypothecated Collateral shall terminate.
     
     5.
Representations and Warranties of Customer - Customer (and, If a person or entity is signing this Agreement on behalf of Customer, such person or entity) hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof, which representations and warranties will be deemed repeated on each date on which this Agreement is in effect, that:
     
 
(a)
Due Organization: Organizational Information. Customer is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; Customer’s jurisdiction of organization, type of organization, place of business (if it has only one place of business) or chief executive office (if it has more than one place of business) and organizational identification number are, in each case as set forth on the cover page hereof or as shall have been notified to BNPP PB, Inc. not less than 30 days prior to any change of such Information; and unless Customer otherwise informs BNPP PB, Inc. in writing, Customer does not have any place of business in the United Kingdom.
     
 
(b)
Non-Contravention: Compliance with Applicable Laws. Except as previously disclosed in Customer’s public filings, Customer is and will at all times be, in compliance with (i) Applicable Law that relates to (a) felonies, (b) fraud, (c) activities related to the conduct of Customer’s business or (d) activities related to the securities industry (except in the case of (c) or (d), where the failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on Customer or its ability to perform under the Contracts, as determined by the BNPP Entitles), (ii) all orders and awards binding on Customer or its property, (iii) Customer’s internal documents and policies (including organizational documents) (except where such failure would not have a material adverse effect on Customer or its ability to perform under the Contracts, as determined by the BNPP Entities), and (Iv) all material contracts (including this Agreement) or other instruments binding on or affecting Customer or any of its property. Further, Customer maintains adequate controls to be reasonably assured of such compliance. Except as previously disclosed In Customer’s public filings, there are and have been no criminal or governmental enforcement proceedings, investigations, or other litigation pending or, to Customer’s knowledge, threatened which relate to (a) felonies, (b) fraud, (c) activities related to the conduct of Customer’s business or, to Customer’s Knowledge, the business of Customer’s investment advisers or (d) activities related to the security industry to which Customer or any Related Person is a party or to which any of the properties of Customer or any Related Person is subject Further, the education, employment and other qualifications for the officers for the Customer in the prospectus provided to any investors or otherwise made available by the Customer are correct and complete.
     
 
(c)
Full Power. Customer has full power and is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. Customer has full power to enter into and engage in any and alt transactions (i) in any Account with a BNPP Entity or (ii) that is subject to this Agreement. Further, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Customer, and constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of Customer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.
     
 
(d)
No Consent. No consent of any person and no authorization or other action by, and no notice to, or filing with, any governmental authority or any other person is required that has not already been obtained (I) for the due execution, delivery and performance by Customer of this Agreement; or (ii) for the exercise by the BNPP Entities of the rights or remedies provided for in this Agreement, including rights and remedies In respect of the Collateral.
     
 
(e)
No Prior Lien. Customer is the lawful owner of all Collateral, free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances and transfer restrictions, except such as are created under this Agreement, other liens in favor of a BNPP Entity, and Customer will not cause or allow any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to be or become subject to any liens, security interests, mortgages or encumbrances of any nature other than those in favor of the BNPP Entities. No person (other than a BNPP Entity) has an interest in

 
 

 

     
   
any Account or any other accounts of Customer with the BNPP Entities, any Collateral or other assets or property held therein or credited thereto or any other Collateral. Unless Customer has notified BNPP PB, Inc. to the contrary, none of the Collateral are “restricted securities as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.
     
 
(f)
ERISA. The assets of Customer are not and will not be assets of (i) an “employee benefit plan that is subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA” ), (ii) a “plan within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), (iii)a person or entity the underlying assets of which include plan assets by reason of Department of Labor Regulation Section 2510.3-101 or otherwise, or (iv) a “governmental plan as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA or a “church plan” as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA that is subject to any federal, state or local law that is substantially similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
     
 
(g)
Market Timing. Customer does not presently engage in and will not engage in any Market-Timing Trading Activity, and Customer will not use the proceeds of any financing in furtherance of any Market-Timing Trading Activity. Customer does not presently engage in and will not engage in any transactions and does not and will not cause any person to engage in any transactions, that would constitute, for any party to such transactions, a violation of (i) Rule 22c-1 of the Investment Company Act or (ii) analogous Applicable Law relating to the timing of purchases, sales and exchanges of non-U.S. mutual funds, non-U.S. unit trusts or analogous non-U.S. investment vehicles. Customer will not use the proceeds of any financing to invest, whether directly or indirectly, in Market-Timing Investment Entities and Customer is, and at all times will be, in compliance with (i) Investment Company Act Rule 22c-1 in connection with the purchase, sale and exchange of all U.S. mutual funds and (ii) all analogous Applicable Law relating to the timing of purchases, sales and exchanges of non-U.S. mutual funds, non-U.S. unit (rusts or analogous Q non-U.S. investment vehicles. To the extent that Customer learns that Customer has invested in a Market-Timing Investment Entity, Customer shall immediately notify BNPP PB, Inc. of such investment, including the name of each such 7. Market-Timing Investment Entity and the amount of the investment, as well as Customer’s plan to divest Customer’s investment in such entity in a timely manner, and Customer shall immediately commence such divestment and complete the same in a timely manner.
     
 
(h)
Information Provided by Customer: Financial Statements. Any information provided by Customer to a BNPP Entity in connection with this Agreement is correct and complete, and Customer 8. agrees promptly to notify the relevant BNPP Entity if there is any material change with respect to any such information. Customer’s financial statements or similar documents previously or hereafter provided to the BNPP Entities (I) do or will fairly present the financial condition of Customer as of the date of such financial statements and the results of its operations for the period for which such financial statements are applicable, (ii)have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and, (Hi) if audited, have been certified without reservation by a firm of independent public accountants. Customer will promptly furnish to the relevant BNPP Entity any information (including financial information) about Customer upon such BNPP Entity’s request.
     
 
(i)
Anti-Money Laundering. To the best of Customer’s knowledge, none of Customer, any person controlling or controlled by Customer, any person having a beneficial interest in Customer, or any person for whom Customer acts as agent or nominee in connection herewith is: (A) an individual or entity, country or territory, that Is named on a list issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), or an individual or entity that resides, is organized or chartered, or has a place of business, in a county or territory subject to OFAC’s various sanctions/embargo programs; (B)a resident in, or organized or chartered under the laws of (1)a jurisdiction that has been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury under the USA PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures and/or as being of primary money laundering concern, or (2) a jurisdiction that has been designated as non-cooperative with international anti-money laundering principles by a multinational or inter-governmental group such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering (“FATF”) of which the United States is a member; (C)a financial institution that has been designated by the Secretary of the Treasury as warranting special measures and/or as being of primary money laundering concern; (D)a “senior foreign political figure,” or any “immediate family” member or “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure, in each case within the meaning of Section 5318(i) of Title 31 of the United States Code or regulations issued thereunder; or (E)a prohibited “foreign shell bank” as defined in Section 5318 (j) of Title 31 of the United States Code or regulations -issued thereunder, or a U.S. financial institution that has established, maintains, administers or manages an account in the U.S. for, or on behalf of, a prohibited “foreign shell bank.”
     
 
6.
Short Sales - Customer agrees to comply with Applicable Law relating to short sales, including but not limited to any requirement that Customer designate a sale as “long” or “short”
     
 
7.
No Obligation - Customer agrees that BNPP PB, Inc. shall be under no obligation to effect or settle any trade on behalf of Customer and that BNPP PB, Inc. reserves the right at any time to place a limit on the type or size of transactions which are to be settled and cleared by BNPP PB, Inc.. For the avoidance of doubt, no BNPP Entity Is required to extend, renew or “roll-over” any Contract or transaction Including, but not limited to, any Contract executed on an “open” basis or demand basis with Customer, notwithstanding past practice or market custom.
     
 
8.
Events of Default; Setoff -
     
 
(a)
Events of Default. The following shall apply only to the extent the Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired, (i) In the event of default by Customer on any Obligation

 
 

 

   
under any transaction or contract or a default, event of default, declaration of default, termination event, exercise of default remedies, or other similar condition or event under any transaction or contract (howsoever characterized, which, for the avoidance of doubt, Includes the occurrence of an Additional Termination Event or Specified Condition under an ISDA Master Agreement between Customer and a BNPP Entity, affiliate of a BNPP Entity or a third party entity, if applicable) in respect of Customer or any guarantor or credit support provider of Customer, (ii) if Customer shall become bankrupt, insolvent, or subject to any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding or all or substantially all its assets become subject to a suit, levy, enforcement, or other legal process where a secured party maintains possession of such assets, has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger), seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets, has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets, or takes any action in furtherance of, or Indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence In, any of the foregoing acts, (iii) if any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Customer under the Agreement proves false or misleading when made or deemed made or (iv) if for any reason any BNPP Entity deems it advisable for its protection (each of the foregoing, an “Event of Default” ), (he BNPP Entities are hereby authorized, In their discretion, to take Default Action. If a BNPP Entity elects to sell any Collateral, buy in any property, or cancel any orders upon an Event of Default, such sale, purchase or cancellation may be made on the exchange or other market where such business is then usually transacted, or at public auction or at private sale, without advertising the same and without any notice of the time or place of sale to Customer or to the personal representatives of Customer, and without prior tender, demand or call of any kind upon Customer or upon the personal representatives of Customer, all of which are expressly waived. The BNPP Entities may purchase or sell the property to or from a BNPP Entity or third parties in whole or in any part thereof free from any right of redemption, and Customer shall remain liable for any deficiency. A prior tender, demand or call of any kind from the BNPP Entities, or prior notice from the BNPP Entities, of the time and place of such sale or purchase shall not be considered a waiver of the BNPP Entities’ right to sell or buy any Collateral at any time as provided herein.
     
 
(b)
Close-out. Upon the Close-out of any Contract, the Close-out Amount for such Contract shall be due. If, however. Applicable Law would stay or otherwise impair the enforcement of the provisions of this Agreement or any Contract upon the occurrence of an insolvency related Close-out or Event of Default, then Close-out shall automatically occur immediately prior to the occurrence of such insolvency related Close-out or Event of Default.
     
 
(c)
Setoff. At any time and from time to time, the BNPP Entities are hereby authorized, in their discretion, to set off and otherwise apply any and all of the obligations of a BNPP Entity then due to Customer against any and all Obligations of Customer then due to the BNPP Entities (whether at maturity, upon acceleration or termination or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon the occurrence of the Close-out of any Contract, each BNPP Entity shall have the right to net the Close-out Amounts due from it to Customer and from Customer to it, so that a single settlement payment (the “Net Payment ) shall be payable by one party to the other, which Net Payment shall be immediately due and payable (subject to the other provisions hereof and of any Contract); provided that if any Close-out Amounts may not be netted against all other Close-out Amounts, such excluded Close-out Amounts shall be netted among themselves to the fullest extent permitted under Applicable Law. Upon the occurrence of a Close-out, each BNPP Entity may also (i) liquidate, apply and set off any or all Collateral against any Net Payment, payment, or Obligation owed to it or the other BNPP Entity under any Contract and (ii) set off and net any Net Payment, payment or obligation owed by it or the other BNPP Entity under any Contract against (x) any or all collateral or margin (or the Cash value thereof) posted by it or the other BNPP Entity to Customer under any Contract and (y) any Net Payment, payment or Obligation owed by Customer to a BNPP Entity (whether mature or unmatured, fixed or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated).
     
 
(d)
Reinstatement of Obligations. If the exercise of any right to reduce and set-off pursuant to this Agreement shall be avoided or set aside by a court or shall be restrained, stayed or enjoined under Applicable Law, the obligations in respect thereof shall be reinstated or, in the event of restraint, stay or injunction, preserved in at least the amounts as of the date of restraint, stay or injunction between the BNPP Entities, on the one hand, and Customer on the other, until such time as such restraint, stay or injunction shall no longer prohibit exercise of such right.
     
 
(e)
BNPP Entity Consent. No BNPP Entity shall make any payment to Customer in respect of a Close-Out Amount without the consent of the other BNPP Entity that has a security interest in such Close-Out Amount.
     
 
9.
Indemnity -
     
 
(a)
General. Customer agrees to indemnify and hold the BNPP Entities harmless from and fully reimburse the BNPP Entities for any Indemnified Losses. The Indemnities under this Section 9 shall be separate from and in addition to any other indemnity under any Contract.
     
 
(b)
Delivery Failures. In case of the sale of any security, commodity, or other property by the BNPP Entities at the direction of Customer and the BNPP Entities’ inability to deliver the same to the purchaser by reason of failure of Customer to supply the BNPP Entities therewith, Customer authorizes the BNPP Entities to borrow or purchase any such security, commodity, or other property necessary to make delivery thereof. Customer hereby agrees to be responsible for any cost,
 
 
 

 

   
expense or loss which the BNPP Entities may sustain thereby.
     
 
10.
Limitation of Liability -
     
     
 
(a)
General. No BNPP Entity, nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or counsel, shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them hereunder or in connection herewith except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the applicable BNPP Entity. No BNPP Entity shall be liable for any error of judgment made by it in good faith. The BNPP Entities may consult with legal counsel and any action taken or suffered in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel shall be full justification and protection to them.
     
 
(b)
Third Parties. The BNPP Entities may execute any of their duties and exercise their rights hereunder by or through agents (which may include affiliates) or employees. No BNPP Entity shall be liable for the acts or omissions of any subcustodian or other agent selected by it with reasonable care. All transactions effected with a third party for Customer shall be for the account of Customer and the BNPP Entities shall have no responsibility to Customer or such third party with respect thereto. Nothing in this Agreement shall create, or be deemed to create, any third party beneficiary rights in any person or entity (including any investor or adviser of Customer), other than the BNPP Entities.
     
 
(c)
No Liability for Indirect. Consequential. Exemplary or Punitive Damages: Force Majeure. In no event shall the BNPP Entities be held liable for (i) indirect, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages or (ii)any loss of any kind caused, directly or indirectly, by any Force Majeure Event.
     
 
11.
Taxes -
     
 
(a)
Withholding Tax. Except as required by Applicable Law, each payment by Customer and all deliveries of Deliverable Collateral or Collateral under this Agreement shall be made, and the value of any Deliverable Collateral or Collateral shall be calculated, without withholding or deducting any Taxes. If any Taxes are required to be withheld or deducted, Customer shall pay such additional amounts as necessary to ensure that the actual net amount received by the BNPP Entities is equal to the amount that the BNPP Entities would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required. Customer will provide the BNPP Entities with any forms or documentation reasonably requested by the BNPP Entities in order to reduce or eliminate withholding tax on payments made to Customer with respect to this Agreement. The BNPP Entities are hereby authorized to withhold Taxes from any payment in delivery made hereunder and remit such Taxes to the relevant taxing authorities to the extent required by Applicable Law.
     
 
(b)
Qualified Dividends. Customer acknowledges 9iat, with respect to the reduced U.S. federal income tax rate that applies to dividends received from U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations by individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States, (i) the individual must satisfy applicable holding period requirements in order to be eligible for the reduced tax rate; (ii) the reduced tax rate does not apply to substitute or “in lieu” dividend payments paid to shareholders by broker-dealers under cash lending or securities lending arrangements which permit the broker-dealers to borrow securities from investors; and (ill) the reduced tax rate may not apply to dividends received from certain corporations, including money market funds, bond mutual funds, and Real Estate Investment Trusts. Customer further acknowledges that although Customer may receive from BNPP PB, Inc. a Form 1099-DIV indicating which dividends may qualify for the reduced tax rate, as required by applicable rules, Customer is responsible for determining which dividends qualify for the reduced tax rate based on Customer’s own tax situation.
     
 
12.
Notices; Instructions -
     
 
(a)
Notices. All notices and other communications provided hereunder shall be (i) in writing and delivered to the address of the intended recipient specified on the cover page hereof or to such other address as such intended recipient may provide or (Ii) posted onto the website maintained by the BNPP Entities for Customer or (iii) in such other form agreed to by the parties. All communications sent to Customer, shall be deemed delivered to Customer as of (x) the date sent, if sent via facsimile, email or posted onto the Internet, (y) the date the messenger arrives at Customer’s address as set forth on the signature page hereof, if sent via messenger; or (z) the next Business Day if sent via mail, in each case, whether actually received or not. Failure by Customer to object in writing to any communication within five Business Days of delivery shall be deemed evidence, in the absence of manifest error, that such communication is complete and correct.
     
 
(b)
Instructions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Customer agrees that the BNPP Entities may rely upon any authorized instructions or any notice, request, waiver, consent, receipt or other document which the BNPP Entities reasonably believe to be genuine and transmitted by authorized persons.
     
 
13.
BNPP Entities Are Not Advisers or Fiduciaries - Customer represents that it is capable of assessing the merits (on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and any transaction it may undertake with the BNPP Entities. Customer acknowledges that (a) no BNPP Entity is (i) acting as a fiduciary for or an adviser to Customer in respect of this Agreement or any transaction it may undertake with the BNPP Entities; (ii) advising it, performing any analysis, or making any judgment on any matters pertaining to the suitability of any transaction, or (iii) offering any opinion, judgment or other type of information pertaining to the nature, value, potential or suitability of any particular investment or transaction, (b)the BNPP Entitles do not guarantee or warrant the accuracy, reliability or timeliness of any information that the BNPP Entities may from time to lime provide or make available to Customer and (c) the BNPP Entitles may take positions in financial instruments discussed in the information provided Customer (which positions may be inconsistent with the information provided) and may execute transactions for themselves or others in those instruments and may provide investment banking and other services to the issuers of those instruments or with respect to those instruments. Customer agrees that (x) it is

 
 

 

   
solely responsible for monitoring compliance with its own Internal restrictions and procedures governing investments, trading limits and manner of authorizing investments, and with the Applicable Law affecting its authority and ability to trade and invest and (y) in no event shall any BNPP Entity undertake to assess whether a Contract or transaction is appropriate or legal for Customer.
     
 
14
Litigation in Court, Sovereign Immunity, Service -
     
 
(a)
ANY LITIGATION BETWEEN CUSTOMER AND THE BNPP ENTITIES OR INVOLVING THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY MUST BE INSTITUTED IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK OR THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK FOR THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH COURTS. EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES THAT A JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH DISPUTE MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
     
 
(b)
ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION IS HEREBY WAIVED BY ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT.
     
 
(c)
EACH PARTY HERETO, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF AND ITS REVENUES AND ASSETS (IRRESPECTIVE OF THEIR USE OR INTENDED USE) ALL IMMUNITY ON THE GROUNDS OF SOVEREIGNTY OR SIMILAR GROUNDS FROM (I) SUIT, (II) JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT, (III) RELIEF BY WAY OF INJUNCTION, ORDER FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE, OR RECOVERY OF PROPERTY, (IV) ATTACHMENT OF ITS ASSETS (WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER JUDGMENT) AND (V) EXECUTION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT TO WHICH IT OR ITS REVENUES OR ASSETS MIGHT OTHERWISE BE ENTITLED IN ANY ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS IN SUCH COURTS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT CLAIM SUCH IMMUNITY IN ANY SUCH ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS.
     
 
(d)
CUSTOMER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PROCESS BEING SERVED BY ANY BNPP Entity ON CUSTOMER IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING OF THE NATURE SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (a) ABOVE BY THE MAILING OF A COPY THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED AIRMAIL, POSTAGE PRE-PAID, TO CUSTOMER AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH AFTER CUSTOMER’S SIGNATURE BELOW; SUCH SERVICE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED AND EFFECTIVE AS FROM 30 DAYS AFTER SUCH MAILING. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.
     
 
15.
Applicable Law, Enforceability - THIS AGREEMENT, ITS ENFORCEMENT, ANY CONTRACT (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY THEREIN), AND ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE BNPP ENTITIES AND CUSTOMER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO CUSTOMER’S ACCOUNTS OR OTHERWISE INCIDENTAL TO SUCH ACCOUNTS OR THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The parties hereto further agree that (I) the securities intermediary’s jurisdiction, within the meaning of Section 8-110(e) of the NYUCC, in respect of any securities account constituting Collateral or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried and in respect of any Collateral consisting of security entitlements; (li) the bank’s jurisdiction, within the meaning of Section 9-304(b) of the NYUCC, in respect of any deposit account constituting Collateral, or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral Is held or carried; and (iii) the commodity intermediary’s jurisdiction, within the meaning of Section 9-305(b) of the NYUCC, in respect of any commodity account constituting Collateral, or to which any Collateral is credited or in which any Collateral is held or carried and in respect of any Collateral consisting of commodity contracts, is the State of New York and agree that none of them has or will enter into any agreement to the contrary. Customer and BNPP PB, Inc. agree that, in respect of any Account maintained by BNPP PB, Inc., the law applicable to all the issues specified in Article 2(1) of the “Hague Convention on the Law Applicable to Certain Rights in Respect of Securities Held with an Intermediary (Hague Securities Convention)” is the law in force in the State of New York and agree that none of them has or will enter into any agreement to the contrary.
     
 
16.
Modification; Termination; Assignment-
     
     
 
(a)
Modification. Any modification of the terms of this Agreement must be made in writing and executed by the parties to this Agreement.
     
 
(b)
Termination. Subject to the Committed Facility Agreement, either BNPP PB, Inc. or Customer may terminate this Agreement upon delivery of written notice to the other party, provided that Customer’s termination notice is only effective if It is accompanied by instructions as to the transfer of all property held in the Accounts. Sections 8, 9, 10, 14 and 15 shall survive any termination and Sections 2 and 3 and each representation made hereunder shall survive any termination until such time as no assets remain in the Accounts.
     
 
(c)
Assignment. Subject to the Committed Facility Agreement, BNPP PB, Inc. may assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein or under any other Contract to any affiliate and otherwise on thirty days prior written notice to an unaffiliated entity. Customer may not assign its rights under or any Interest in (i) any Contract without the prior written consent of each BNPP Entity that is a party thereto or (ii) this Agreement, including without limitation its right to any Close-Out Amount, without the prior written consent of each BNPP Entity. Any attempted assignment by Customer in violation of this Agreement shall be null, void and without effect.

 
 

 

 
17.
Miscellaneous -
     
 
(a)
Fees. The provisions of this Subsection shall apply except to the extent any such provisions contravene the Committed Facility Agreement. Customer agrees to pay all brokerage commissions, markups or markdowns in connection with the execution of transactions and other fees for custody and other services rendered to Customer as determined by BNPP PB, Inc.. Customer authorizes the BNPP Entitles to pay themselves for fees, commissions, markups and other charges, expenses and Obligations otherwise reimbursable or payable by Customer to such BNPP Entity from any Account.
     
 
(b)
Contingency. The fulfillment of the obligations of a BNPP Entity to Customer under any Contract is contingent upon there being no repudiation or Event of Default (however characterized) by Customer which has occurred and is continuing under any Contract.
     
 
(c)
Conversion of Currencies. The BNPP Entities shall have the right to convert currencies in connection with the effecting of transactions and the exercise of any of their rights hereunder in a commercially reasonable manner.
     
 
(d)
Truth-in-Lending Statement. Customer hereby acknowledges receipt of a Truth-in-Lending disclosure statement. Subject to the Committed Facility Agreement, interest will be charged on any debit balances in the Accounts in accordance with the methods described in such statement or in any amendment or revision thereto which may be provided to Customer. Any debit balance which is not paid at the close of an interest period will be added to the opening balance for the next interest period.
     
 
(e)
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Unless explicitly stated otherwise, transactions hereunder and funds held in the Accounts (i) are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any government agency, (ii)are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed by, BNP Paribas or any other bank; and (iii) Involve market and investment risks, including possible loss of the principal amount invested.
     
 
(f)
USA Patriot Act Disclosure. BNPP PB, Inc., like all financial institutions, is required by Federal law to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each customer who opens an account with BNPP PB, Inc.. When Customer opens an account with BNPP PB, Inc., BNPP PB, Inc. will ask for Customer’s name, address, date of birth, government-issued identification number and/or other information that will allow BNPP PB, Inc. to form a reasonable belief as to Customer’s identity, such as documents that establish legal status.
     
 
(g)
Anti-Money Laundering. Customer understands and acknowledges that the BNPP Entities are, or may in the future become, subject to money laundering statutes, regulations and conventions of the United States or other international jurisdictions, and Customer agrees to execute instruments, provide information, or perform any other acts as may reasonably be requested by a BNPP Entity for the purpose of carrying out due diligence as may be required by Applicable Law. Customer agrees that it will provide the BNPP Entities with such Information as a BNPP Entity may reasonably require to comply with applicable anti-money laundering laws or regulations. Customer understands, acknowledges and agrees that to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, a BNPP Entity may provide information, including confidential information, to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, a bureau of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or any other agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, in connection with a request for information on behalf of a U.S. federal law enforcement agency investigating terrorist activity or money laundering.
     
 
(h)
Money Market Funds. Customer agrees that with respect to transactions effected in shares of any money market fund and any other transactions listed in Rule 10b-10(bX1) of the Exchange Act, BNPP PB, Inc. or another BNPP Entity may provide Customer with a monthly or quarterly written statement pursuant to Rule 10b-10(b) of the Exchange Act in lieu of an immediate confirmation.
     
 
(i)
No Waivers. No failure or delay in exercising any right, or any partial exercise of a right will operate as a waiver of the full exercise of that right. The rights provided in the Contracts are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights provided by law.
     
 
(j)
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be an original, but ail of which counterparts will together constitute one and the same instrument.
     
 
(k)
Integration: Severabiliy. This Agreement supersedes ail prior agreements as to matters within Its scope. To the extent this Agreement contains any provision which is inconsistent with provisions in any other Contract or agreement between Customer and the BNPP Entities, or of which Customer is a beneficiary, the provisions of this Agreement shall control except if such other Contract explicitly states that It is intended to supersede this Agreement by name, in which case such other Contract shall prevail. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes inconsistent with Applicable Law, that provision will be deemed modified or, if necessary, rescinded in order to comply. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. To the extent that this Agreement is not enforceable as to any Contract, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be enforceable in accordance with its terms as to all other Contracts.
     
 
(l)
Master Agreement This Agreement, together with each Contract and any supplements, modifications or amendments hereto or thereto, shall constitute a single business and contractual relationship among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     
 
(m)
Captions. Section designations and captions are provided for convenience of reference, do not constitute a part of this Agreement, and are not to be considered in Its interpretation.
     
 
(n)
Recording of Conversations. Customer is aware that the BNPP Entities may record conversations between any of them and Customer or Customer’s representatives relating to the matters referred to in this

 
 

 

   
Agreement and Customer has no objection and hereby agrees to such recording.
     
 
(o)
Proxy Disclosures. Any attempt to vote securities will be void to the extent that such securities are not in the possession or control of a BNPP Entity, Including (i) securities not yet delivered to a BNPP Entity and (ii) securities purchased and not paid for by settlement date. Please be advised that for the purposes of proxy voting, Customer will not be notified that the securities are not in a BNPP Entity’s possession or control. Furthermore, no BNPP Entity will notify Customer that a vote was void.
     
 
18.
Certain Definitions -
     
 
(a)
“Applicable Law” means all applicable laws, rules, regulations and customs, including, without limitation, those of all U.S. and non-U.S., federal, state and local governmental authorities, self-regulatory organizations, markets, exchanges and clearing facilities. In all cases where applicable.
     
 
(b)
“BNPP Entities” means BNP Paribas and BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. f/k/a Banc of America Finance Services, Inc.
     
 
(c)
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed.
     
 
(d)
“Close-out” means the termination, cancellation, liquidation, acceleration, or other similar action with respect to all transactions under one or more Contracts.
     
 
(e)
“Close-out Amount” means with respect to each Contract, the amount (expressed in U.S. Dollars or the U.S. Dollar Equivalent) calculated as payable by one party to the other upon Close-out of such Contract determined in accordance with the provisions of such Contract, or if no such provisions are specified, by following such procedures as the BNPP Entities determine In good faith are commercially reasonable and in accordance with industry practice.
     
 
(f)
“Collateral” means all right, title and interest of Customer in and to (i)each deposit, custody, securities, commodity or other account maintained by Customer with a BNPP Entity (including, but not limited to, any or all Accounts); (ii) any cash, securities, commodity contracts, general Intangibles and other property which may from time to time be deposited, credited, held or carried in any such account, that is due to Customer from a BNPP Entity, or that is delivered to or in the possession or control of a BNPP Entity or any of the BNPP Entities’ agents and all security entitlements with respect to any of the foregoing; (iii) all of Customer’s right, title or interest in, to or under any Contract, including obligations owed by a BNPP Entity (after any netting or set off, in each case to the extent enforceable, of amounts owed under such Contract); (iv)all of Customer’s security Interests (or similar interests) In any property of a BNPP Entity securing a BNPP Entity’s obligations to Customer under any Contract; (v)any property of Customer in which the BNPP Entities is granted a security interest under any Contract or otherwise (howsoever held); (vi) all income and profits on any of the foregoing, all dividends, interest and other payments and distributions with respect to any of the foregoing, all other rights and privileges appurtenant to any of the foregoing, including any voting rights and any redemption rights, and any substitutions for any of the foregoing; and (vii) all proceeds of any of the foregoing, in each case whether now existing or owned by Customer or hereafter arising or acquired.
     
 
(g)
“Contract” means this Agreement and the Committed Facility Agreement ( “Committed Facility Agreement” ) between Customer and one or more of the BNPP Entities dated the date hereof, including in each case, the schedules, exhibits, and appendices thereto.
     
 
(h)
“Default Action” means (i) to terminate, liquidate and accelerate any Contract, (ii) to exercise any right under any security relating to any Contract, (iii) to net or set off payments which may arise under any Contract or other agreement or under Applicable Law, (iv) to cancel any outstanding orders for the purchase or sale or borrowing or lending of any securities or other property, (v) to sell, apply or collect on any or all of the Collateral (either individually or jointly with others), (vi) to buy in any securities, commodities or other property of which any Account of Customer may be short, and (vii) to exercise any rights and remedies available to a secured creditor under any Applicable Law or under the NYUCC (whether or not the NYUCC is otherwise applicable in the relevant jurisdiction).
     
 
(i)
“Force Majeure Event” means government restrictions, exchange or market actions or rulings, suspension of trading, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorist acts, insurrection, riots, fires, floods, strikes, failure of utility or similar services, accidents, adverse weather or other events of nature (including but not limited to earthquakes, hurricanes and tornadoes) and any other conditions beyond the BNPP Entities’ control and any event where any communications network, data processing system or computer system used by the BNPP Entities or Customer or by market participants is rendered wholly or partially inoperable.
     
 
(j)
“Indemnified Losses” means any loss, claim, damage, liability, penalty, fine or excise tax (including any reasonable legal fees and expenses relating to any action, proceeding, investigation and preparation therefor) when and as incurred by the BNPP Entities (i) pursuant to authorized Instructions received by the BNPP Entities’ from Customer or its agents, (ii) as a consequence of a breach by Customer of any covenant, representation or warranty hereunder, (iii) in settlement of any claim or litigation relating to BNPP Entities’ acting as agent for Customer or (iv)in connection with or related to any Account, this Agreement, any Contract, any transactions hereunder or thereunder, any activities or services of the BNPP Entitles In connection with this Agreement or otherwise (Including, without limitation, (A) any technology services, reporting, trading, research or capital Introduction services or (B) any DK or disaffirmance of any transaction hereunder). Indemnified Losses shall (x) include without limitation any damage, loss, cost and expense that is incurred to put the BNPP Entitles In the same economic position as they would have been in had a default (howsoever defined) under any Contract not occuned, or that arises out of any other commitment a BNPP Entity has entered into in connection with or as a hedge in connection with any transaction or in an effort to mitigate any resulting loss

 
 

 

   
to which a BNPP Entity is exposed because of a default (howsoever defined) under any Contract and (y) not include any losses of a BNPP Entity resulting directly from such BNPP Entity’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
     
 
(k)
“Market-Timing Investment Entities” means hedge funds, private investment funds or other companies or partnerships that engage in Market Timing Trading Activity.
     
 
(l)
“Market-Timing Trading Activity” means (i) purchasing and selling, or exchanging, mutual fund or similar investment units to exploit short-term differentials in the prices of such funds or similar units and their underlying assets, and similar trading strategies or (ii) purchasing and selling, or exchanging mutual fund or similar Investment units more than twice within a thirty-day period. Notwithstanding the above, the following shall not constitute Market-Timing Trading Activity (x) trading of money market funds, short-term bond funds or exchange-traded funds or (y) trading of mutual funds in the manner consistent with such fund’s prospectus or other offering documents.
     
 
(m)
“Obligations” means any and all obligations of Customer to a BNPP Entity arising at anytime and from time to time under or in connection with any Contract (including but not limited to obligations to deliver or return Deliverable Collateral or other assets or property (howsoever described) under or in connection with any such Contract), in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether or not mature or contingent.
     
 
(n)
“Related Person” means principals, directors and officers (in such official capacity as principal, director or officer, as the case may be) of (i) Customer, (ii) Customer’s affiliates, (iii) Customer’s investment manager or (iv) any person or entity for which Customer’s investment manager acts as investment manager.
     
 
(o)
“Taxes” means any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, assessments or fees of any nature, including interest penalties and additions thereto that are imposed by any taxing authority.
     
 
(p)
“U.S. Dollar Equivalent” of an amount, as of any date, means: in respect of any amount denominated in a currency, including a composite currency, other than U.S. Dollars (an Other Currency ), the amount expressed in U.S. Dollars, as determined by the BNPP Entities, that would be required to purchase such amount (where the BNPP Entities would require Customer to deliver such Other Currency in connection with a Contract) or would be received for the sale of such amount of such Other Currency (where the BNPP Entities would deliver such Other Currency to Customer in connection with a Contract), as of such date at the rate equal to the spot exchange rate of a foreign exchange agent (selected in good faith by the BNPP Entities) at or about 11:00 a.m. (in the city in which such foreign exchange agent is located) or such later time as the BNPP Entities in their reasonable discretion shall determine.
 
     
 
19.
Software -
     
 
(a)
License: Use. Upon a BNPP Entity’s delivering to Customer, or making available for use by Customer, any computer software or application, as such may be delivered, made available, and modified by a BNPP Entity from time to time in Its sole discretion (the “Software” ), the BNPP Entities grant to Customer a personal, non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use the Software solely for Customer’s own internal and proper business purposes and not in the operation of a service bureau or other business outside of or in addition to Customer’s ordinary course of business. The Software includes all associated Information as that term is used in this Section. The Software may include trade blotter functions, capital accounting functions, interfaces with other systems and accounting functions, a Customer website, and other software or communication or encryption systems that may be developed from time to time. Except as set forth herein, no license or right of any kind is granted to Customer with respect to the Software.
     
 
(b)
Ownership. Customer acknowledges that the BNPP Entities and their suppliers retain and have title and exclusive proprietary rights to the Software, including any trade secrets or other ideas, concepts, know-how, methodologies, or information incorporated therein and the exclusive rights to any copyrights, trademarks and patents (including registrations and applications for registration of either), or other statutory or legal protections available in respect thereof. Customer further acknowledges that all or a part of the Software may be copyrighted or trademarked (or a registration or claim made therefore) by a BNPP Entity or its suppliers. Customer may not remove any statutory copyright notice or other notice included in the Software or on any media containing the Software. Customer shall not take any action with respect to the Software inconsistent with the foregoing acknowledgments.
     
 
(c)
Limitation on Reverse Engineering. Decompilation and Disassembly. Customer shall not, nor shall it attempt to decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, modify, or create derivative works from the Software.
     
 
(d)
Transfer. Customer may not, directly or indirectly, sell, rent, lease or lend the Software or provide any of the Software or any portion thereof to any other person or entity without the BNPP Entities’ prior written consent. Customer may not copy or reproduce except to create a backup copy or to move the Software to a different computer.
     
 
(e)
Upgrades. The Software Includes all updates or supplements to the Software and this Section 19 applies to all such updates or supplements, unless the BNPP Entities provide other terms along with the update or supplement.
     
 
(f)
Equipment. Customer shall obtain and shall maintain all equipment, software and services, including but not limited to computer equipment and telecommunications services, necessary for it to use the Software, and the BNPP Entities shall not be responsible for the reliability or availability of any such equipment software or services.

 
 

 

     
 
(g)
Proprietary Information. The Software, any database and any proprietary data, processes, information and documentation made available to Customer (other than those that are or become part of the public domain or are legally required to be made available to the public) (collectively, the Information ), are the exclusive and confidential property of the BNPP Entities or their suppliers. Customer shall keep the Informalion confidential by using the same care and discretion that Customer uses with respect to its own confidential property and trade secrets, but not less than reasonable care. Upon termination of the Account Agreement, the PB Terms or the Software license granted herein for any reason, Customer shall return to the BNPP Entitles any and all copies of the Information that are in its possession or under its control.
     
 
(h)
Support Services. Other than the assistance provided in the Information, the BNPP Entities do not offer any support services in connection with the Software.
     
 
(i)
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE BNPP ENTITIES AND THEIR SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE TO CUSTOMER, AND ANY (IF ANY) SUPPORT SERVICES RELATED TO THE SOFTWARE AS IS AND WITH ALL FAULTS; AND THE BNPP ENTITIES AND THEIR SUPPLIERS HEREBY DISCLAIM WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE AND SUPPORT SERVICES ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY (IF ANY) WARRANTIES, DUTIES OR CONDITIONS OF OR RELATED TO; MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, LACK OF VIRUSES, ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF RESPONSES, RESULTS, WORKMANLIKE EFFORT AND LACK OF NEGLIGENCE. ALSO THERE IS NO WARRANTY, DUTY OR CONDITION OF TITLE, QUIET ENJOYMENT, QUIET POSSESSION, CORRESPONDENCE TO DESCRIPTION OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. THE ENTIRE RISK ARISING OUT OF USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE AND ANY SUPPORT SERVICES REMAINS WITH CUSTOMER.
     
 
(j)
EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL. CONSEQUENTIAL AND CERTAIN OTHER DAMAGES. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL THE BNPP ENTITIES OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS OR CONFIDENTIAL OR OTHER INFORMATION, FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, FOR PERSONAL INJURY, FOR LOSS OF PRIVACY, FOR FAILURE TO MEET ANY DUTY INCLUDING OF GOOD FAITH OR OF REASONABLE CARE, FOR NEGLIGENCE, AND FOR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY OR OTHER LOSS WHATSOEVER) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, OR OTHERWISE UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROVISION OF THIS SECTION 19, EVEN IN THE EVENT OF THE FAULT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF CONTRACT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY OF THE BNPP ENTITIES OR ANY SUPPLIER, AND EVEN IF THE BNPP ENTITIES OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY BNPP ENTITY OR ANY SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR ACTS OF GOD, ACTS OF WAR OR TERRORISM, MACHINE OR COMPUTER BREAKDOWN OR MALFUNCTION, INTERRUPTION OR MALFUNCTION OF COMMUNICATION FACILITIES, LABOR DIFFICULTIES OR ANY OTHER SIMILAR OR DISSIMILAR CAUSE BEYOND THEIR REASONABLE CONTROL.
     
 
(k)
Security: Reliance: Unauthorized Use. Customer will cause all persons using the Software to treat all applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and authentication keys with extreme care, and Customer will establish internal control and safekeeping procedures to restrict the availability of the same to duly authorized persons only. No BNPP Entity shall be liable or responsible to Customer or any third party for any unauthorized use of the Software or of the user and authorization codes, passwords and authentications keys that may be used in connection with the Software.
     
 
(I)
Encryption. Customer acknowledges and agrees that encryption may not be available for any or all data or communications between Customer and a BNPP Entity. Customer agrees that a BNPP Entity may, at any time, deactivate any encryption features such BNPP Entity may in its sole discretion provide, without notice or liability to Customer.
     
 
(m)
Termination. Customer acknowledges and agrees that a BNPP Entity may, in its sole discretion, at any time, and without any notice or liability to Customer, suspend or terminate this license of the Software to Customer and deny Customer’s access to and use of the Software.
     
 
(n)
Other Terms and Conditions. Customer shall comply with all other terms and conditions that may be posted by a BNPP Entity on any website or web page through which Customer accesses or uses the Software or that may otherwise be delivered in any form to Customer in connection with its use of the Software. The use by Customer of the Software constitutes Customer’s acceptance of and agreement to be bound by all such other terms and conditions.
     
 
(o)
Compliance with Law. Customer shall comply with all Applicable Law applicable to Customer’s use of the Software.

 
 

 

   
 
Exhibit B to U.S. PB Agreement -Custody Terms
   
 
The Custody Terms (the Custody Terms ) are entered into between Customer and BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC. ( BNPP PB, Inc. ). Customer and BNPP PB, inc., on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities, have also entered into an Account Agreement. The following provisions apply where BNPP PB, Inc.is acting as custodian of Collateral. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Account Agreement.
 
     
 
1.
Collateral in the form of registrable securities will be registered as BNPP PB, Inc. may direct in the name of a nominee company controlled by BNPP PB, Inc. or by an approved depositary.
     
 
2.
BNPP PB, Inc. may hold Collateral through an affiliated custodian, and accepts the same level of responsibility to Customer for any default of such entity or nominee controlled by it as BNPP PB, Inc. itself owes to Customer for the safe custody of the Collateral.
     
 
3.
BNPP PB, Inc. need not notify Customer of any corporate actions, including any events concerning takeovers, other offers or capital reorganisations or voting, conversion and subscription rights relating to Collateral. If instructions are received by BNPP PB, Inc. within sufficient time, it will use reasonable endeavours to ensure that Customer has the benefit of all corporate actions attached to the Collateral, although the benefit of such actions cannot be guaranteed.
     
 
4.
All voting rights in respect of the securities will be exercisable only at the direction of Customer.
     
   
BNPP PB, Inc. will not be liable to Customer for any losses suffered as a result of the benefit of corporate actions not being obtained or voting rights not being exercised provided that BNPP PB, Inc. has used all reasonable endeavours to forward Customer’s instructions to the appropriate recipient.
     
 
5.
Where Collateral has been pooled with assets of other customers, Customer shall be treated as the beneficial owner of such proportion of the relevant securities, as the number of its securities bears to the total number of securities held. In this case Customer’s redelivery rights In respect of the securities are not in specie but rather in respect of securities of the same number, class, denomination and Issue as those originally deposited with BNPP PB, Inc.. Entitlements to shares and any other benefits including cash proceeds arising from corporate actions will be distributed amongst the clients for whom BNPP PB, Inc. holds the pooled securities in the same proportions as the respective holdings of clients of BNPP PB, Inc. who have given identical instructions in connection with the relevant corporate action in relation to their holdings of the pooled securities.
     
 
6.
Customer will receive periodic statements of account providing details of the Collateral ( Statements ) at intervals agreed with Customer and at least annually. The basis on which assets shown on these Statements will be valued will be the market price of such assets on the date(s) shown on the Statement based on information received by BNPP PB, Inc. from reputable pricing sources.
     
 
7.
Nothing in the Custody Terms, the Arranged Financing Terms or the Account Agreement shall be construed as excluding any liability of BNPP PB, Inc. to Customer in a manner that is not permitted.

 
 

 

   
 
Exhibit C to U.S. PB Agreement - Arranged Financing Terms
   
 
The Arranged Financing Terms ((he Arranged Financing Terms ) are entered into between Customer and BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC. ( BNPP PB, Inc. ). The Arranged Financing Terms set forth the terms and conditions on which BNPP PB, Inc. will open and maintain accounts (the Accounts ) for and otherwise transact business with Customer. Customer and BNPP PB, Inc., on behalf of itself and as agent for the BNPP Entities, have also entered into an Account Agreement All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth In the Account Agreement.
     
 
1.
The Account Agreement -
     
 
(a)
All capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Account Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Arranged Financing Terms is a Contract as defined in the Account Agreement and all obligations of Customer to BNPP PB, Inc. arising hereunder or in connection with any Loan (as defined below) are Obligations as defined In the Account Agreement.
     
 
(b)
Customer specifically agrees that BNPP PB, Inc. is entitled to the rights and remedies accorded to the BNPP Entities under the Account Agreement. Customer specifically acknowledges that BNPP PB, Inc. is a pledgee under that Account Agreement. To the extent that any other BNPP Entity performs any obligations under the Arranged Financing Terms, Customer agrees that such BNPP Entity is acting solely as agent for BNPP PB, Inc.. Customer acknowledges and agrees that any such BNPP Entity is not assuming any principal obligations to it.
     
 
2.
Loans of Cash -
     
 
(a)
Subject to the Committed Facility Agreement, Customer and BNPP PB, Inc. hereby agree that BNPP PB, Inc. is authorized, but in no event obligated, except to the extent expressly set forth in the Committed Facility Agreement, to extend credit in the form of cash to Customer hereunder in connection with Customer’s purchase of securities. The term Loan means the outstanding amount of each cash loan from BNPP PB, Inc. to Customer at any time and from time to time outstanding under the Arranged Financing Terms. Subject to the Committed Facility Agreement, BNPP PB, Inc. shall have no commitment to make, or Customer to accept, any Loan hereunder. Customer hereby agrees to repay any such Loan in accordance with the provisions of the Arranged Financing Terms and the Committed Facility Agreement
     
 
(b)
Interest on Loans is computed from the date a Loan is advanced and otherwise from the first to the last calendar day of each month and shall compound on a daily basis. Interest shall accrue on any Loan at an annual rate determined (subject to the Committed Facility Agreement) on the basis of the sum of a published base rate in the U.S., plus an additional percentage and based on a notional year appropriate to the interest rate basis (the Interest Rate ). Customer hereby acknowledges that, to the extent the Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired, the Interest Rate may change without prior notice to Customer.
     
 
(c)
Interest shall be due and payable in arrears on the first Business Day of the month following the month in which the interest accrued.
     
 
(d)
If the Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired, immediately upon BNPP PB, Inc.’s demand at any time and for any reason whatsoever, Customer shall repay to BNPP PB, Inc. the aggregate principal amount of any Loans outstanding, together with accrued interest. Interest shall accrue on any amounts (including unpaid interest) not paid immediately upon demand at the Interest Rate plus 2% per annum commencing the Business Day immediately following the date of demand therefor.
     
 
(e)
If BNPP PB, Inc. is required by any court or otherwise to return to Customer (or any representative thereof) any amount relating to the Loans or any other obligations of Customer hereunder (the Secured Lending Obligations ), then Customer’s obligations hereunder In respect of the pertinent Secured Lending Obligations, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated.
     
 
(f)
If the Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired, Customer will transfer in respect of the Loans, pursuant to the Arranged Financing Terms, securities, cash and other investment property and assets of such types, in such amounts arid at such times as BNPP PB, Inc. shall from time to time request.
     
 
(g)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that the BNPP Entities may act as agent in accordance with any Loan entered into hereunder. To the extent the BNPP Entities appoint a subagent, such subagent shall have no responsibility or liability to Customer or BNPP PB, Inc. with respect to the performance of either such party under the Arranged Financing Terms, and the BNPP Entities and any subagent that they may appoint shall not be deemed to endorse or guarantee any transaction effected hereunder.

 
 

 

     
 
3.
Representations and Warranties of Customer -Qualified Investor- Customer (and, if a person or entity is signing this Agreement on behalf of Customer, such person or entity) hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof, which representations and warranties will be deemed repeated on each date on which this Agreement Is In effect, that Customer is a qualified investor as defined in Section 3(a)(54) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


SPECIAL CUSTODY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT, (hereinafter “Agreement”) dated as of the 18th day of November, 2008 among Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund (“Customer”), BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc. (“Counterparty”) and The Bank of New York Mellon as Custodian hereunder (“Custodian”).
 
WHEREAS, Customer and Counterparty have entered into a Committed Facility Agreement and attachments thereto of even date (the “Committed Facility Agreement”) and a U.S. PB Agreement and attachments thereto of even date (the “U.S. PB Agreement”, and collectively with the Committed Facility Agreement, the “40 Act Financing Agreements”), and Counterparty has agreed to provide secured financing to Customer pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Committed Facility Agreement (to the extent the Committed Facility Agreement has not been terminated or the commitment has not expired) and the U.S. PB Agreement (which, for the avoidance of doubt, is not a committed facility); and
 
WHEREAS, Customer will provide pledged collateral to Counterparty and has opened an account with Counterparty (the “Account”) and for those purposes has entered into an account agreement with Counterparty as part of the U.S. PB Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time the “Account Agreement”); and
 
WHEREAS, Counterparty and Customer are required to comply with applicable laws and regulations pertaining to extensions of credit and borrowing securities, including the margin regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and of any relevant securities exchanges and other self-regulatory associations (the “Margin Rules”) and Counterparty’s internal policies; and
 
WHEREAS, to facilitate extensions of credit and borrowing of securities from the Counterparty, Customer and Counterparty desire to establish procedures for compliance with the Margin Rules; and
 
WHEREAS, Custodian, as custodian of certain assets of the Customer pursuant to a custody agreement (the “Custody Agreement”) is prepared to act as custodian for Collateral (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, it is agreed as follows:
 
(1) As used herein, capitalized terms have the following meanings unless otherwise defined herein and any capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Committed Facility Agreement or U.S. PB Agreement:
 
“Adequate Performance Assurance” shall mean such Collateral held in the Special Custody Account as is adequate under the Margin Rules and as set forth in the Committed Facility Agreement, and, to the extent such Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired, the Account Agreement.

 
1

 
 
“Advice from Counterparty” means a notice or entitlement order (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC (as defined herein)) delivered by Counterparty to Customer or Custodian, as applicable hereunder, communicated: (i) in writing; (ii) by a facsimile- sending device; or (iii) in cases of calls for additional Collateral (as such term is hereinafter defined) or notices referred to in paragraph 8 hereof, by telephone to a person designated by Customer or Custodian in writing as authorized to receive such advice or, in the event that no such person is available, to any officer of the Customer or Custodian.
 
“Business Day” means a day on which Custodian, Customer and Counterparty are open for business.
 
“Collateral” means U.S. cash, Eligible Securities or other margin-eligible securities acceptable to Counterparty which are pledged to Counterparty as provided herein (for the avoidance of doubt, Counterparty shall attribute a collateral value of zero USD to any securities pledged as collateral hereunder, if such securities do not satisfy the eligibility requirements as set forth in the Committed Facility Agreement).
 
“Insolvency” means that: (i) an order, judgment or decree has been entered under the bankruptcy, reorganization, compromise, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation or similar law (herein called the “Bankruptcy Law”) of any jurisdiction adjudicating the Customer insolvent; or (ii) the Customer has petitioned or applied to any tribunal for, or consented to the appointment of, or taking possession by, a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official, of the Customer, or commenced a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Law of the United States or any proceedings relating to the Customer under the Bankruptcy Law of any other jurisdiction, whether now or hereinafter in effect; or (iii) any such petition or application has been filed, or any such proceedings commenced, against the Customer and the Customer by any act has indicated its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein, or an order for relief has been entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Law of the United States or any other jurisdiction, as now or hereinafter constituted, or an order, judgment or decree has been entered appointing any such trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official, or approving the petition in any such proceedings.
 
“Instructions from Customer” means a request, direction or certification in writing signed in the name of the Customer by a person authorized by Customer and delivered to Custodian or transmitted to it by a facsimile-sending device, except that instructions to pledge initial or additional Collateral may be given by telephone and thereafter confirmed in a writing signed in the name of Customer by a person authorized in writing by Customer within one Business Day.
 
“Short Sales” shall mean the sale by Customer of securities which Customer does not own, and which is consummated by the delivery of securities borrowed from or through the facilities of Counterparty, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Margin Rules, particularly Sections 220.10 and 220.12 of Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.
 
(2) (a) Custodian, in its capacity as a Securities Intermediary as defined in Revised Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in the State of New York
 
 
2

 
 
(the “UCC”), to the extent the same may be applicable, or in applicable federal law or regulations, shall segregate Collateral on its books and records into the Special Custody Account, which shall be identified as and entitled “BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc., Pledgee of Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund” and shall be separate and distinct from the custody account established by Custodian solely for the benefit of Customer pursuant to the Custody Agreement (“Custody Account”), and Custodian shall hold therein for Counterparty as pledgee upon the terms of this Agreement all Collateral delivered to Custodian for credit to the Special Custody Account and all monies or other property paid or distributed with respect thereto. The Custodian hereby agrees that any Collateral except U.S. cash held in the Special Custody Account shall be treated as a financial asset for purposes of Revised Article 8 of the UCC to the extent the same may be applicable, and Custodian shall elect to hold such collateral that is U.S. cash as a deposit in its capacity as a “bank” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(8) of the UCC, which deposit account shall constitute part of, and be maintained in the same manner as, the Special Custody Account. Customer agrees to instruct Custodian in Instructions from Customer as to the cash and specific securities which Custodian is to identify on its books and records as pledged to Counterparty as Collateral in the Special Custody Account.
 
(b)   Customer agrees to provide and at all times maintain Adequate Performance Assurance in the Special Custody Account pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Custodian will maintain accounts and records for the Collateral in the Special Custody Account separate from the accounts and records of any other property of the Customer which may be held by Custodian, subject to the interest therein of Counterparty as the pledgee thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Interest, dividends or proceeds attributable to Collateral shall be credited to the Special Custody Account as additional Collateral and shall be held in the Special Custody Account as Collateral until released therefrom or withdrawn in accordance with this Agreement.
 
(c)   Customer, Counterparty and Custodian agree that Collateral will be held for Counterparty in the Special Custody Account by Custodian as agent of Counterparty, that the Custodian will take such actions with respect to any Collateral (including without limitation the delivery thereof) as Counterparty shall direct in an Advice from Counterparty and that in no event shall any consent of Customer be required for the taking of any such action by Custodian.
 
(d)   Customer hereby grants a continuing security interest to Counterparty: (i) in Collateral and any proceeds thereof; (ii) all other property in the Account and the Special Custody Account; and (iii) in its accounts (including the Account) with Counterparty and the Special Custody Account, to secure Customer’s obligations to Counterparty hereunder and under the Account Agreement. Custodian shall have no responsibility for the validity or enforceability of such security interest.
 
(3) Custodian will confirm in writing to Counterparty and Customer, within one Business Day of its obtaining knowledge (actual or constructive), or receipt of notice of all pledges, releases or substitutions of Collateral and will supply Counterparty and Customer with a monthly statement of Collateral in the Special Custody Account and transactions in the Special Custody Account during the preceding month. Custodian will also advise Counterparty or Customer upon request, at any time, of the holdings and cash balances in the Special Custody Account.

 
3

 
 
(4)   Custodian agrees to release Collateral to Customer from the pledge hereunder only upon receipt of an Advice from Counterparty. Counterparty agrees, upon request of Customer, to provide such an Advice from Counterparty with respect to Collateral selected by Customer: (i) if said Collateral represents an excess in value of the Collateral necessary to constitute Adequate Performance Assurance at that time; (ii) against receipt in the Special Custody Account of substitute Collateral having a value at least equal (with any remaining Collateral) to Adequate Performance Assurance; or (iii) upon termination of Customer’s accounts with Counterparty including the Account and settlement in full of all transactions therein and any amounts owed to Counterparty with respect thereto. It is understood that Counterparty will be responsible for valuing Collateral; Custodian at no time has any responsibility for determining whether the value of Collateral is equal in value to Adequate Performance Assurance.
 
(5)   Customer represents and warrants to Counterparty that securities pledged to Counterparty shall be in good deliverable form (or Custodian shall have the unrestricted power to put such securities into good deliverable form), and that Collateral will not be subject to any liens or encumbrances other than the lien in favor of Counterparty contemplated hereby.
 
(6)   Collateral shall at all times remain the property of the Customer subject only to the extent of the interest and rights therein of Counterparty as the pledgee and secured party thereof. Custodian represents that Collateral is not subject to any other lien, charge, security interest or other right or claim of the Custodian or any person claiming through Custodian, and Custodian hereby waives any right, charge, security interest, lien or right of set off of any kind which it may have or acquire with respect to the Collateral. Custodian shall use its best efforts to notify the Counterparty and Customer as soon as possible if any notice of levy, lien, court order or other process purporting to affect the Collateral. If there shall arise for any reason an overdraft in the Special Custody Account, whether in connection with an advance by Custodian to settle a transaction involving the Special Custody Account or revising any provisional credit to the Account, or if such overdraft shall otherwise arise, such overdraft or indebtedness shall be deemed an overdraft or indebtedness within the meaning of the Custody Agreement and Custodian shall have all the rights and remedies available to it thereunder, solely as related to the assets held in the Custody Account, and for the avoidance of doubt not the Collateral in the Special Custody Account.

 
4

 
 
(7)   The Counterparty shall, on each Business Day, compute the aggregate net credit or debit balance under the 40 Act Financing Agreements, and advise the Customer by 10:00 A.M. New York time of the amount of the net debit or credit, as the case may be. If a net debit balance exists on such day, the Customer will cause, by the close of business on such day, an amount of Collateral to be deposited in the Special Custody Account to provide Adequate Performance Assurance related to such net debit balance; provided that, in the event that Counterparty advises Customer of such net debit balance after 10:00 A.M., then such amount of Collateral shall be deposited in the Special Custody Account by the close of business on the following business day. Counterparty will charge interest on debit balances in accordance with Counterparty’s policies as set forth in the Committed Facility Agreement (and to the extent such Committed Facility Agreement has been terminated or the commitment therein has expired, the Account Agreement) and Counterparty will not pay interest on credit balances. Balances will be appropriately adjusted when extensions of credit are closed out.
 
(8)   The occurrence of any of the following constitutes a Customer Default hereunder:
 
(a) 
There occurs a Default (as defined in the Committed Facility Agreement), an Event of Default (as defined in the Account Agreement) or a failure by Customer to perform any obligation hereunder or under the Account Agreement or Committed Facility Agreement including, without limitation, its obligation to maintain Adequate Performance Assurance as herein provided; or
 
 (b)  Customer’s Insolvency.
 
Counterparty will immediately notify the Customer in an Advice from Counterparty of such Customer Default. No sooner than 2:00 p.m. on the next Business Day after transmittal by Counterparty of such Advice from Counterparty, if the Customer Default continues at the end of such period, Counterparty may thereupon take any action permitted pursuant to the Account Agreement. The Counterparty shall notify Customer of any sale of Collateral and any deficiency remaining thereafter in an Advice from Counterparty, including without limitation, the conversion of any convertible securities or exercise of Customer’s rights in warrants (if any) held in the Account and the Special Custody Account, the buy-in of any securities of which the Account may be short, and the sale of any or all property or securities in the Account and the Special Custody Account to the extent necessary to satisfy Customer’s obligations to Counterparty (in which event such Collateral shall be delivered to Counterparty as directed in an Advice from Counterparty). Any sale of Collateral made hereunder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in the principal market for the securities or, if such principal market is closed, such sale shall be made in a manner commercially reasonable for Collateral. Customer shall be liable to Counterparty for any deficiency which may exist after the exercise by Counterparty of its rights and remedies as aforesaid. Any surplus resulting from the sale of Collateral shall be transmitted to Custodian. Counterparty shall notify Customer of any sale of Collateral and any deficiency remaining thereafter in an Advice from Counterparty.
 
(9) Counterparty hereby covenants, for the benefit of Customer, that Counterparty
 
 
5

 
 
will not instruct Custodian to deliver Collateral free of payment with respect to any sale of Collateral pursuant to paragraph 8 until after the occurrence of the events and the expiration of the time periods set forth in paragraph 8. The foregoing covenant is for the benefit of Customer only and shall in no way be deemed to constitute a limitation on Counterparty’s right at any time to instruct Custodian pursuant to an Advice of Counterparty and Custodian’s obligation to act upon such instructions. Custodian shall not be required to make any determination as to whether such delivery is made in accordance with any provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between Counterparty and Customer. Custodian will, however, provide telephone notice, as promptly as practicable under the circumstances, to an officer of Customer of receipt by Custodian of an Advice from Counterparty to deliver Collateral.
 
(10)   It is understood that all determinations and directions for obtaining extensions of credit and effecting Short Sales for the account of the Customer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be made by Customer. The Customer is not relying upon Counterparty to make recommendations with respect thereto.
 
(11)   Custodian’s duties and responsibilities are set forth in this Agreement. Custodian shall act only upon receipt of an Advice from Counterparty regarding release of Collateral. Custodian shall not be liable or responsible for anything done, or omitted to be done by it in good faith and in the absence of negligence and may rely and shall be indemnified and held harmless in acting upon any Advice from Counterparty which it believes in good faith to be genuine and authorized. As between Customer and Custodian, the terms of the Custody Agreement shall apply with respect to any losses or liabilities of such parties arising out of matters covered by this Agreement. In matters concerning or relating to this Agreement, Custodian shall not be responsible for compliance with any applicable Margin Rules. Custodian shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any of the other parties to this Agreement.
 
(12)   All charges for Custodian’s services under this Agreement shall be paid by Customer.
 
(13)   Counterparty shall not be liable for any losses, costs, damages, liabilities or expenses suffered or incurred by Customer as a result of any transaction executed hereunder, or any other action taken or not taken by Counterparty hereunder for Customer’s account at Customer’s direction or otherwise, except to the extent that such loss, cost, damage, liability or expense is the result of Counterparty’s own negligence, gross negligence, recklessness, willful misconduct or bad faith.
 
(14)   No amendment of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a general partner of Counterparty and by an authorized officer of each of Customer and Custodian.
 
(15)   Written communications hereunder, other than an Advice from Counterparty, shall be sent by facsimile-sending device or telegraphed when required herein, hand delivered or mailed first class postage prepaid, except that written notice of termination shall be sent by certified mail, in any such case addressed:

 
6

 

       
 
(a)
if to Custodian, to:
Mary Jean Milner
     
Vice President Global Funds Services
     
Securities Servicing
     
The Bank of New York Mellon
     
One Wall Street, 25 th Floor
     
New York, NY 10286
     
Fax No.: 212-635-6389
     
Phone No.: 212-635-6346
       
 
(b)
if to Customer, to:
Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities
     
Fund
     
c /o Guggenheim Partners Asset Management
     
100 Wilshire Blvd., Ste. 500
     
Santa Monica, CA 90401
     
Fax No.: 310-576-1271
     
Phone No.: 310-576-1271
       
   
With a copy of legal and documentation matters to:
     
Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities
     
Fund
     
c /o Claymore Advisors, LLC
     
2455 Corporate West Dr
     
Lisle, IL 60532
     
Attention: Kevin Robinson, Chief Legal Officer
     
Fax No.: 630-799-3834
     
Phone No.: 630-505-3700
       
 
(c)
if to Counterparty, to:
BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc.
     
One Bryant Park
     
New York, NY 10019
     
Attention: Tomer Seifan
     
Fax No.: 646-855-1094
     
Phone No.: 646-855-8338
     
Attention: Alex Bergelson
     
Fax No.: 212-376-8615
     
Phone No.: 646-855-6587
       
   
With a copy to:
BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc.
     
100 W. 33 rd Street 3 rd Floor
     
New York, NY 10011
     
Attention: David Koppel
     
Fax No.: 646-733-4197
     
Phone No.: 646-733-4084
 
(16) Any of the parties hereto may terminate this Agreement by notice in writing to the other parties hereto; provided, however, that the status of any Collateral pledged to Counterparty at the time of such notice shall not be affected by such termination until the

 
7

 
 
release of such pledge pursuant to the terms of the 40 Act Financing Agreements and any applicable Margin Rules.
 
(17)   Nothing in this Agreement prohibits Counterparty, Customer or Custodian from entering into similar agreements with others in order to facilitate options transactions.
 
(18)   Each of Customer, Custodian and Counterparty agrees that any litigation between any of them hereunder must be instituted in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Supreme Court of New York for the County of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection, including any objection to the laying of venue or based on the grounds of forum non conveniens, which it may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any such action or proceeding in such courts. Each party hereby agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER LEGAL ACTION RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS HEREBY WAIVED BY ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT. Customer hereby consents to process being served by Counterparty on Customer in any suit, action or proceeding referred to above by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid to Customer at the address set forth above. Nothing contained herein shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
 
(19)   If any provision or condition of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court, or regulatory or self-regulatory agency or body, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision or condition. The validity of the remaining provisions and conditions shall not be affected thereby and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such valid or unenforceable provision or condition were not contained herein.
 
(20)   All references herein to times of day shall mean the time in New York, New York, U.S.A.
 
(21)   This Agreement and its enforcement (including, without limitation, the establishment and maintenance of the Special Custody Account and all interests, duties and obligations related thereto) shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict of law rules. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties and any successor organizations thereof irrespective of any change or changes in personnel thereof.
 
(22)   Notwithstanding any other provision herein, (1) Counterparty may request release of Collateral from Custodian through an Advice from Counterparty for purposes of rehypothecation under the Account Agreement and Custodian agrees to release such Collateral to Counterparty upon receipt of such Advice from Counterparty, though Custodian shall at no time have responsibility for determining whether Counterparty is in compliance with permissible purposes under the Account Agreement or any other agreement between Customer and Counterparty and (2) any cash or securities delivered by Counterparty to the Special Custody Account shall be considered pledged to Counterparty as Collateral in the Special Custody Account.
 
 
8

 

(23) Counterparty may, upon notice to the Customer and Custodian, assign its rights or any interest under this agreement to BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage International, Ltd.

 
9

 
 
CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND
 
By: /s/ Steven M. Hill  
 
Name: Steven M. Hill
Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and
Chief Accounting Officer
 
BNP PARIBAS PRIME BROKERAGE, INC.
 
By:  /s/ Authorized Signatory   
     
Title:    
                     
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
 
By:  /s/ Authorized Signatory    
     
Name:    
Title:    

 
10

 
 
 



 


CLAYMORE SECURITIES, INC.
CLAYMORE ADVISORS, LLC
CLAYMORE INVESTMENTS INC.
AND
CLAYMORE ADVISED CLOSED-END FUNDS
CLAYMORE UNIT INVESTMENT TRUSTS
CLAYMORE ADVISED EXCHANGE TRADED FUNDS
_________________________
CODE OF ETHICS







 




1

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
 
 I.          INTRODUCTION  1
 II.         GENERAL STANDARDS  1
 III.       DEFINITIONS  2
 IV.       APPLICATION OF THE CODE  4
 V.        RESTRICTIONS  4
 VI.       PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES  6
 VII.     EXCEPTIONS TO PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS  8
 VIII.    INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES OF INVESTMENT COMPANY CLIENTS  9
 IX.      COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER ADVISER OR FUND CODES   10
 X.         ENFORCEMENT OF CODE AND CONSEQUENCES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY  10
 XI.       RETENTION OF RECORDS   11
 XII.     AMENDMENT TO THIS CODE  11
 

 




 

 
  i

 


I.            INTRODUCTION

The policy of Claymore Securities, Inc., Claymore Advisors, LLC and Claymore Investments, Inc. (collectively, “Claymore”) is to avoid any conflict of interest, or the appearance of any conflict of interest, between the interests of its clients and the interests of Claymore, its officers, directors and employees. This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is based on the principle that Claymore owes a fiduciary duty to any person or institution it serves as an adviser or sponsor to ensure that the personal securities transactions of the firms and their employees do not interfere with, or take unfair advantage of, their relationship with clients.

Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) and section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and Rule 17j-1 thereunder are intended to address the potential conflicts arising from the personal investment activities of advisory and investment company personnel. This Code has been adopted by Claymore to meet those concerns and legal requirements.

This Code has also been (or will be proposed to be) adopted by certain closed-end and exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) advised and the unit investment trusts sponsored by Claymore (collectively, the “Investment Company Clients”).

Claymore also separately has adopted procedures designed to prevent the misuse of inside information by Claymore and persons subject to this Code. The business of Claymore depends on investor confidence in the fairness and integrity of the securities markets. Insider trading poses a significant threat to that confidence. Trading securities on the basis of inside information or improperly communicating that information to others may expose Claymore or its employees to stringent penalties.

The Code is drafted broadly; it will be applied and interpreted in a similar manner. You may legitimately be uncertain about the application of the Code in a particular circumstance. Claymore encourages each of you to raise questions regarding compliance. Often, a single question can forestall disciplinary action or complex legal problems.

As more fully explained in Section IV, the Code applies to all Claymore employees, directors and officers unless otherwise noted in particular sections. Each person subject to the Code (other than Independent Trustees) must acknowledge on Exhibit E that he or she has received, read and agrees to be bound by the Code. You should direct any question relating to the Code to Claymore’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), Anne Kochevar, or, in her absence, to Sue Pittner. You also must notify the CCO immediately if you have any reason to believe that a violation of the Code has occurred or is about to occur.

II.       GENERAL STANDARDS

All Claymore personnel are expected to conduct their activities in accordance with high standards of commercial honor and ethical principles. Accordingly, no person subject to the Code may engage in any conduct that is deceitful, fraudulent or misleading in connection with the implementation of an investment strategy, or the purchase or sale of any investment, for a





 

 
1

 


client. Moreover, no person may place his or her own interests ahead of the interests of clients or engage in any transaction which interferes with, derives undue benefit, deprives a client of an investment opportunity, or is inconsistent with the investments undertaken for a client. In this regard, no person may use information concerning the investments recommended or made for clients for his or her personal benefit or gain in a manner detrimental to Claymore clients.

All persons subject to the Code must comply with the applicable provisions of the Advisers Act and the 1940 Act, and other applicable federal securities laws. 1 No person subject to the Code, directly or indirectly, in connection with the purchase or sale of a security held or to be acquired by a client may:

  
employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud the client

  
make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of circumstances under which they are made, not misleading or in any way mislead the client regarding a material fact

  
engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the client

  
engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the client

Persons covered by this Code must adhere to its general principles as well as comply with the Code’s specific provisions. It bears emphasis that technical compliance with the Code’s procedures will not automatically insulate from scrutiny trades which show a pattern of abuse of the individual’s fiduciary duties to its clients. In addition, a violation of the general principles of the Code may constitute a punishable violation of the Code.

III.     DEFINITIONS

When used in the Code, the following terms have the meanings described below:

A.  
Access Person . Any director, officer, or partner of Claymore or an Investment Company   Client or any employee of Claymore or an Investment Company Client who (a) has access to nonpublic information regarding any clients’ purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of an Investment Company Client or (b) is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or who has access to

 


 
Federal Securities Laws means the Securities Act of 1933(15 U.S.C. 771-aa), the Securities Exchange Act of   1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a-mm), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-204, 116 Stat. 745 (2002)), the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a), the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b), Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. No. 106-102) 113 Stat 1338 (1999), any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. 5311-5314; 5316-5332) as it applies to funds and investment advisers, and any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury.






 

 
2

 


such recommendations that are nonpublic. Currently all Claymore employees are deemed access persons. See Exhibit A.

B.  
Chief Compliance Officer . The Code contains many references to the Chief Compliance   Officer (CCO). The CCO is Anne Kochevar. References to the CCO also include, for any function, any person designated by the CCO as having responsibility for that function from time to time. If the CCO is not available, reports required to be made to the CCO, or actions permitted to be taken by the CCO, may be made to Sue Pittner, provided a copy is sent to the CCO. See Exhibit B.

C.  
Independent Trustee . A trustee of a closed-end fund or exchange-traded fund which is an   Investment Company Client who is not an “interested person” of the closed-end fund or exchange-traded fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

D.  
Investment Personnel . Any Access Person who, in connection with his or her regular   functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities for a client, and (2) any natural person who controls an Investment Company Client or Claymore and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a client regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the client, and (3) personnel involved in Claymore index administration functions. A list of Investment Personnel is attached as Exhibit C.

E.  
Personal Securities Transaction. The Code regulates Personal Securities Transactions as   a part of the effort by Claymore to detect and prevent conduct that might violate the general prohibitions outlined above. A Personal Securities Transaction is a transaction in a security, other than an exempted security (as defined below), in which a person subject to this Code has a beneficial interest.

1.  
Security. Security is defined very broadly, and means any note, stock, bond,   debenture, investment contract, limited partnership or limited liability membership interest, and includes any right to acquire any security (an option or warrant, for example).

2.  
Beneficial interest. You have a beneficial interest in a security in which you have,   directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security, or in which you have an indirect interest, including beneficial ownership by your spouse or minor children or other dependents or any immediate family member living in your household, or your share of securities held by a partnership of which you are a general partner. Technically, Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be applied to determine if you have a beneficial interest in a security (even if the security would not be within the scope of section 16).


 
 


 

 
3

 


IV.      APPLICATION OF THE CODE

Many of the restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions (as defined in Section III.E.) and the compliance procedures contained in the Code apply to all Access Persons. Investment Personnel are subject to additional restrictions as indicated in the Code. Such persons include, but are not limited to the following:

  
Portfolio managers who manage the accounts

  
Research analysts or research assistants who are members of the management team for the accounts

  
Traders who trade on behalf of clients

  
Support staff and administrative assistants working directly with portfolio managers and analysts

•  
Personnel involved in Claymore index administration.

V.  
RESTRICTIONS

A.  
No Conflicting Personal Securities Transactions. No Access Person shall engage in a   Personal Securities Transaction in a security which the person knows or has reason to believe (i) is being purchased or sold (i.e., a pending “buy” or “sell” order), (ii) has been   purchased or sold for a client within the last seven (7) calendar days, or (iii) is being considered for purchase or sale by a client, until that client’s transactions have been completed or consideration of such transactions has been abandoned. A security will be treated as “under consideration” for a client, if the portfolio manager or investment team responsible for the management of the account of that client intends to purchase or sell the security in the next seven (7) calendar days. No Access Person shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security which the person knows or has reason to believe is under consideration for inclusion or exclusion in an index administered by Claymore within seven (7) calendar days prior to or after the index rebalance being published.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Investment Personnel shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security within seven calendar days before and after any series of the Investment Company Client in which he or she advises or supervises trades in that security; and (b) no Access Person shall engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security on the same day there is a pending buy or sell order in that security by the Investment Company Client with respect to which such person is an Access Person. With respect to Claymore Unit Investment Trusts, no Access Person shall engage in a personal securities transaction within seven (7) calendar days of the security being purchased for the initial deposit of a trust. With respect to Claymore’s index administration, no Access Person shall engage in a personal securities transaction






 

 
4

 


within seven (7) calendar days of a security being included or excluded from the index. A list of Investment Personnel is attached as Exhibit C. Any profits realized on trades in violation of this prohibition will be disgorged to a charitable organization that is selected by the CCO or her designee.

B.  
Private Placements. No Access Person shall acquire or dispose of a beneficial interest in   a security in a private placement without express prior written approval from the CCO or her designee.

Claymore Group Stock. No Access Person shall acquire or dispose of a beneficial interest in the stock of Claymore Group Inc. (“Claymore Group Stock”) without the prior written approval of the General Counsel or his designee.

Guggenheim Capital LLC Membership Interests. Any Access Person who is granted an interest in, or receives approval to purchase or sell Guggenheim Capital membership interest (“Guggenheim Interest”) by Guggenheim Capital, must inform Claymore Compliance of such grant or approval to purchase or sell, and disclose any initial or continued holdings of Guggenheim Interests on Schedule H.

C.  
Initial Public Offerings. No Access Person shall acquire a beneficial interest in a security   in an initial public offering.

D.  
Short-term trading. Investment Personnel and Fund Trustee’s shall not profit in the   purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) security within sixty calendar days. Access persons shall not profit in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase of any Claymore Fund or Trust within sixty calendar days. Trades made in   violation of this prohibition shall be unwound or, if that is impracticable, any profits must be disgorged to a charitable organization that is selected by the CCO or her designee.

E.  
Gifts. Access Persons shall not accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimus   value (e.g. $100 for U.S. and $300 CDN for Claymore Canada) from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of any client of Claymore, or seeks to do business with or on behalf of a client. Gifts in excess of this value must either be returned to the donor or paid for by the recipient. It is not the intent of the Code to prohibit the everyday courtesies of business life. Therefore, this prohibition does not include an occasional meal or ticket to a theater, entertainment or sporting event that is an incidental part of a meeting that has a clear business purpose.

F.  
Service as Director. Access Persons shall not serve on the board of directors of a   publicly traded company, without prior authorization by the CCO. Access Persons may submit a request for authorization and such request shall state the position sought, the reason service is desired and any possible conflicts of interest known at the time of the request. Service may be authorized by the CCO only if the CCO determines that service in that capacity would be consistent with the interests of Claymore and its clients. In addition, Investment Personnel who receive authorization to serve in such a capacity shall






 

 
  5

 


be isolated through “Information Barrier” procedures from making investment decisions regarding securities issued by the entity involved.



VI.      PRE-CLEARANCE AND REPORTING PROCEDURES

A.  
Pre-clearance Procedures.

1.  
Pre-clearance Requirement. Except as provided below, all Access Persons must   receive prior approval of their Personal Securities Transactions from the CCO or her designee. Personal Securities Transactions of the CCO must be approved by the General Counsel. Any approval shall be valid for one business day.

2.  
Personal Securities Transaction Form. All requests for pre-clearance of Personal   Securities Transactions must be made on the form attached as Exhibit G or Exhibit G(a) for Claymore Group Stock.

3.  
Factors to Consider in Pre-clearing Personal Securities Transactions. The CCO   should consider:

•  
whether the security appears on Claymore’s Product Security List or Index Consideration List

•  
whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a client

•  
whether the opportunity is being offered to an individual by virtue of his/her position with respect to Claymore’s relationship with a client

4.  
Subsequent Disclosure by Access Person. If pre-clearance is granted, the Access   Person must disclose the Personal Securities Transaction when he or she participates in any subsequent investment decision for a client regarding the same issuer. In such circumstances, the decision to purchase or sell securities of the issuer will be subject to an independent review by the CCO or her designee.

5.  
Exemptions from Pre-clearance. Access Persons do not need to seek pre-clearance for the following transactions:

  
Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Investment Company Client (e.g., transactions in corporate mergers, stock splits, tender offers); or

  
Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities.


 

 

 
6

 


  
Purchases or sales effected in any account (previously approved by the CCO or her designee) over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

  
Purchases which are part of ongoing participation in an automatic dividend reinvestment plan. (The initial election to participate in an automatic dividend reinvestment plan should be pre-cleared.)

B.  
Reporting Requirements .   Every Access Person must report to the CCO or her designee   the following reports regarding the Access Persons direct or indirect beneficial ownership in securities (other than Excepted Securities):

1.  
Initial and Annual Holdings Reports. No later than ten days after the person   becomes an Access Person, and annually thereafter as of December 31, the following information:

•  
the title and type of security, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), CUSIP number or exchange ticker symbol, number of shares and principal amount of each security beneficially owned

•  
the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account

•  
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person

•  
the reports can be accomplished through submission of account statements or the form at Exhibit H or Exhibit H(a) for Claymore Group Stock.

Information contained in the Initial Holdings Report must be current as of 45 days prior to the person becoming an Access Person. Annual reports shall be delivered to the Chief Compliance Officer or her designee no later than January 30 of the following year and shall contain a statement attesting to the accuracy of the information provided.

  2.   
Quarterly Transaction Reports . No later than ten days after the end of the calendar quarter, the following information (a) with respect to any Personal Securities Transaction during the quarter:

•  
The date of the transaction, the title and type of security, the CUSIP number or exchange ticker symbol (if applicable), the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each security

•  
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition)





 

 
7

 

•  
The price at which the transaction was effected

•  
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected

•  
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person

(b)  
With respect to any account established by the Access Person:

  
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account

  
The date the account was established

  
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person

The reports can be accomplished through submission of account statements or the form at Exhibit H or Exhibit H(a) for Claymore Group Stock.

Ownership of Guggenheim Interests by Claymore employees, officers or directors must also be reported on Schedule H.

C.  
Execution of Personal Securities Transactions Through Disclosed Brokerage Accounts; Duplicate Confirmations. All Personal Securities Transactions must be conducted   through brokerage or other accounts that have been identified to the CCO or her designee. Each such account must be set up to deliver or mail duplicate copies of all confirmations and statements to: Claymore Securities, Inc., Attention: Compliance Department, 2455 Corporate West Drive, Lisle, IL 60532.

Duplicate confirmations and periodic account statements shall satisfy the transaction reporting requirements set forth above in Section VI.B above, if all the information required to be included in the transaction report is contained in the broker confirmations or account statements.

It is permissible to purchase securities such as limited partnerships and variable annuity contracts directly from the issuer, even though they may not be purchased through a brokerage account, if such securities are reported and pre-cleared and in accordance with the procedures above. No exceptions will be made to this policy. All persons subject to the Code shall cooperate in all aspects with the CCO or her designee in securing confirmations and statements in a timely manner.

VII.    EXCEPTIONS TO PRECLEARANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Excepted Securities. Access Persons do not need to report transactions or holdings, or   seek pre-clearance for transactions, in the following securities.



 

 
  8

 


    
shares of open-end investment companies that are not Investment Company Clients (open-end funds for which Claymore is not the investment adviser or distributor) Please note that all ETFs must be pre-cleared.

  
direct obligations of the U.S. government (U.S. treasury bills, notes and bonds);

  
money market instruments, including bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements

  
shares of money market funds;

  
shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end investment companies, none of whom are Investment Company Clients. Note: All purchases and sales of Claymore sponsored Unit Investment Trusts must be pre-cleared.

VIII.   INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES OF INVESTMENT COMPANY CLIENTS

Independent Trustees shall not be subject to the provisions of Sections V and VI of this Code of Ethics except as noted below.

  1.  
Independent Trustees shall be subject to Sections V.A. “Restrictions-No Conflicting Personal Securities Transactions”, V.B. “Restrictions-Private Placements” and VI.B.2. “Pre-Clearance and Reporting Procedures-Reporting Requirements-Quarterly Transaction Reports” only if the Independent Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a trustee, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the trustee’s transaction in a security (except for Excepted Securities described in Section VII “Exceptions to Preclearance and Reporting Requirements”), the closed-end fund or ETF of which such person is an Independent Trustee, purchased or sold the security, or a purchase or sale was considered on behalf of the closed-end fund or ETF.

2.  
Although not strictly prohibited, it is recommended that Independent Trustees refrain from trading in shares of the relevant closed-end fund or ETF for a period of seven calendar days before and after meetings of the Board of Trustees of such fund.

3.  
Independent Trustees shall not accept any gift or other thing of more than de minimis value (e.g. $100) from any person or entity that the Independent Trustee knows or should know does business with or on behalf of, or seeks to do business with or on behalf of a closed-end fund or ETF on whose board the Trustee serves. Gifts in excess of this value must either be returned to the donor or paid for by the recipient. It is not the intent of the Code to prohibit the everyday courtesies of business life. Therefore, this prohibition does not include an occasional meal or



 

 

 
  9

 


ticket to a theater, entertainment or sporting event that is an incidental part of a meeting that has a clear business purpose.

  4.  
In lieu of the sanctions contemplated by Section X.D. hereof, Independent Trustees shall be subject to sanctions as determined by the Board of Trustees of the relevant closed-end fund or ETF.

IX.      COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER ADVISER OR FUND CODES

Access Persons who are employed by an investment adviser (other than Claymore) serving as sub-adviser or investment manager of an Investment Company Client, who are subject to such other investment adviser’s code of ethics, which code complies with the requirements of Section 17 and Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, shall not be subject to compliance with the terms of this Code.

Independent Trustees of an Investment Company Client who are subject to a separate code of ethics adopted by that Investment Company Client (that is not the same as the form of this Code), which code complies with the requirements of Section 17 and Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, shall not be subject to compliance with the terms of this Code with respect to that Investment Company Client.

X. ENFORCEMENT OF CODE AND CONSEQUENCES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY

A.  
Certification . All persons subject to the Code (other than Independent Trustees) shall   certify annually that they have read and understood the Code and recognized that they are subject thereto, and that they have complied with the requirements of the Code. See Exhibit F.

B.  
Review of Reports. The CCO or her designee shall review all reports submitted under   the Code.

C.  
Notification of Reporting Obligation. The CCO or her designee shall update Exhibits A,   B, C as necessary to include new Access Persons and Investment Personnel and shall notify those persons of their obligations under the Code.

D.  
Sanctions for Violations. Upon discovery of a violation of this Code, including either   violations of the enumerated provisions or the general principles provided, Claymore may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate, including, inter alia , a letter of censure or suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.

E.  
Annual Review.   Pursuant to Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii), Claymore will at least annually review this Code of Ethics to determine whether it is reasonably designed to prevent persons subject to the Code from engaging in fraudulent activities prohibited by paragraph (b) of the rule. The CCO, General Counsel or Chief Administrative Officer will certify

 

 
 

 
  10

 


annually that Claymore has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Claymore Access Persons from violating this Code of Ethics.

XI.      RETENTION OF RECORDS

The CCO or her designee shall maintain all records required under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act for the periods required under the Rules.

XII.    AMENDMENT TO THIS CODE

An Investment Company Client’s depositor or the board of trustees, as the case may be, must approve any material change to this Code no later than six months after the adoption of the material change.



December 2009






 



 

 
  11

 


EXHIBIT E


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS

I acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics dated: December 2009 , and represent:

1.  
I have read and understood the Code of Ethics and recognize that I am subject to its provisions;

2.  
In accordance with Section VI of the Code of Ethics, I will report all securities transactions in which I have a beneficial interest, except for transactions exempt from reporting under Section VII of the Code of Ethics.

3.  
I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.


______________________________
Access Person Signature

______________________________
Print Name

______________________________
Date






 



12


CONFIDENTIAL




 

Code of Ethics
for


GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET
MANAGEMENT, LLC




January 7, 2010

 
 

 

Table of Contents


I.           OBJECTIVES OF THE COD E
                                                                                                                     1

 A .          Adoption of Code of Ethics by Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LL C  
1

 B .          Regulatory Requiremen t                                                                                                                          
1

 C .          Compliance with Applicable La w                                                                                                                          
1

 D .          Confidential Informatio n                                                                                                                          
1

 E .          Avoiding Conflicts of Interes t                                                                                                                          
1

 F .          Upholding the Spirit of the Code of Ethic s                                                                                                                          
2

 II.       WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE ?                                                                                                                                          
2

 A .          GPAM Employees, Officers and Director s                                                                                                                          
2

 III.     WHO ADMINISTERS THE CODE ?                                                                                                                                          
3

 A .          GPAM Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO” )                                                                                                                          
3

 B .          Financial Tracking Technology, LLC (“FTT” )                                                                                                                          
4

 IV.     FIDUCIARY DUTY TO CLIENT S                                                                                                                                          
4

 A .          Comply with Applicable La w                                                                                                                          
4

 B .          Fiduciary Duty – Avoiding Conflicts and Safeguarding Informatio n                                                                                                                          
5

 C .          Compliance with the Code of Ethic s                                                                                                                          
5

 D .          Personal Interest s                                                                                                                          
5

 E .          Maintaining the Best Interests of Client s                                                                                                                          
5

 F .          Confidentiality                                                                                                                          
5

 G .          Gifts and Entertainmen t                                                                                                                          
5

 H .          Outside Affiliation s                                                                                                                          
6

 I.          Political Contribution s                                                                                                                          
6

  J.           Personal Tradin g                                                                                                                          
7

 V.       REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRADIN G                                                                                                                                          
7

 A .          Personal Investment Account s                                                                                                                          
7

 B .          Electronic Personal Trading Reporting Syste m                                                                                                                          
7

 C .          Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report ?                                                                                                                      
 
 
 D .          Required Initial, Quarterly and Annual Report s                                                                                                                         
  9

 E .          New Investment Account s                                                                                                                         
11

 VI.     PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PERSONAL TRADIN G                                                                                                                                      
   11

 A .          What Trades Must Be Pre-Cleared ?                                                                                                                        
  11

 B .          What Trades are Not Required to be Pre-Cleared ?                                                                                                                       
   12

 C .          How Does Pre-Clearance Process Work ?                                                                                                                      
    13

 VII.    TRADING RESTRICTION S                                                                                                                                       
  13

 A .          For All Tradin g                                                                                                                  
        13

 B .          Excessive Trading in Reportable Account s                                                                                                                        
  13

 C .          Holding Periods for Certain Mutual Funds, Investment Companie s                                                                                                                       
   14


 

 
  i

 

 VIII.   ANNUAL REVIE W                                                                                                                                        
14

 
 IX.     RETENTION OF RECORD S                                                                                                                                        
14

 INSIDER TRADING POLIC Y                                                                                                                                        
17

 SUPPLEMENT #1 :                                                                                                                                        
20

 TRANSACTING IN THE GUGGENHEIM/CLAYMORE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUN D (“GOF”)                                                                                                        
                                 20

 SUPPLEMENT #2 :                                                                                                                                        
21

 LIST OF OPEN END MUTUAL FUNDS ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY GPAM O R

AFFILIATES                                                                                                                                        
21



 

 

 
 

 
  ii

 

CODE OF ETHICS & INSIDER TRADING POLICY
 



I.  
OBJECTIVES OF THE CODE

A.  
Adoption of Code of Ethics by Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC

Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (“GPAM” or the “Adviser”) acts as a fiduciary and, as such, is entrusted to act in the best interests of all clients. The Adviser provides services which are primarily focused on fixed income and equity management strategies. The services are provided in both separate accounts and in pooled investment vehicles. As used herein, “client” shall refer to both individual clients (e.g., high net worth individuals, families or entities) and pooled investment vehicles managed by the Adviser, Accordingly, GPAM has adopted this Code of Ethics (“the Code”) in order to monitor that employees uphold their fiduciary obligations and place the interests of clients before their own.

B.  
Regulatory Requirement

The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, requires each registered investment company (i.e., the Funds), as well as its investment adviser, to adopt a code of ethics. In addition, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Acts”), requires each investment adviser (i.e., GPAM) to adopt a code of ethics. Both Acts also require that records be kept relating to the administration of the Code of Ethics. This Code of Ethics shall be read and interpreted in a manner consistent with these Acts and their related rules. GPAM’s CCO retains the authority to make interpretative decisions in his or her discretion.

C.  
Compliance with Applicable Law

All persons associated with GPAM are obligated to understand and comply with their obligations under applicable law. Among other things, laws and regulations make clear that it is illegal to defraud clients in any manner, mislead clients by affirmative statement or by omitting a material fact that should be disclosed, or to engage in any manipulative conduct with respect to clients or the trading of securities.

D.  
Confidential Information

Certain persons associated with GPAM may be in a position to know about client identities, investment objectives, funding levels, and future plans as well as information about the transactions that GPAM executes on their behalf and the securities holdings in their accounts. All this information is considered confidential and must not be shared unless otherwise permitted.

E.  
Avoiding Conflicts of Interest

No person associated with GPAM may take advantage of the knowledge or position to place his/her interests ahead of GPAM clients. Different obligations may apply to different persons under this Code of Ethics, but this duty includes an obligation not to improperly trade in personal investment accounts, as well as an obligation to maintain objectivity and independence in making decisions that impact the management of client assets. GPAM employees must disclose all material facts, concerning any potential

 

 
1

 

conflict of interest that may arise, to the GPAM Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) 1 , as appropriate.

F.  
Upholding the Spirit of the Code of Ethics

The Code of Ethics sets forth principles and standards of conduct, but it does not and cannot cover every possible scenario or circumstance. Each person is expected to act in accordance with the spirit of the Code and their fiduciary duty. Technical compliance with the Code is not sufficient if a particular action would violate the spirit of the Code.

II.  
WHO IS SUBJECT TO THE CODE?

While the spirit and objectives of the Code of Ethics are generally the same for each person covered by the Code of Ethics, different specific requirements may apply to different categories of people. You must understand what category or categories apply to you in order to understand which requirements to which you are subject.

A.  
GPAM Employees, Officers and Directors

As a condition of employment, all GPAM employees, officers and directors (generally referred to as “GPAM employees”) must read, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics. You have an obligation to seek guidance or take any other appropriate steps to make sure you understand your obligations under the Code of Ethics. On an annual basis, you are required to certify that you have read and understand the Code of Ethics and agree to comply.

The following categories or sub-categories of persons covered under the Code of Ethics have been designed to meet all necessary rule requirements under the Advisers Act:

1.  
Supervised Person ” includes any:

a)  
Director, officer, manager, principal and partner of the Adviser (or other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions);

b)  
Employee of the Adviser; and

c)  
Other person who provides advice on behalf of the Adviser or is subject to the Adviser’s supervision and control.

2.  
Access Person ” means any Supervised Person who:

a)  
Has access to nonpublic information regarding any client’s purchase or sale of securities, or nonpublic information regarding the portfolio holdings of any client account the Adviser or its affiliates manage or any fund which is advised or sub-advised by the Adviser (or certain affiliates, where applicable);


1    Note: Any reference herein to the CCO shall mean the CCO or any other person designated by the CCO, including   any member of the Guggenheim Partners, LLC Legal & Compliance Department, to undertake such role or responsibility.

 

 
2

 

b)  
Is involved in making securities recommendations to clients, or has access to such recommendations that are nonpublic;

c)  
In connection with his/her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of a client;

d)  
Obtains information concerning recommendations made regarding the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of a client;

e)  
Otherwise exercises Investment Control (defined below) over client accounts; or

f)  
Is a director, officer or partner of the Adviser.

3.  
Temporary Employees : The CCO shall determine on a case-by-case basis whether   a temporary employee (e.g., consultant or intern) should be considered a Supervised Person, Access Person or neither. Such determination shall be made based upon on an application of the criteria provided above.

4.  
Access Persons with Investment Control : This category includes all accounts   over which an Access Person exercises Investment Control. Investment Control shall mean the direct or indirect power to exercise controlling influence over investment decisions. This includes any arrangement where the Access Person serves as an agent, executor, trustee or in another similar capacity.

III.  
WHO ADMINISTERS THE CODE?

A.   GPAM Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”)

1.  
Responsibilities: The GPAM CCO is responsible for administering the Code of Ethics under the auspices of Guggenheim Partners’ Legal & Compliance Department (the “Legal & Compliance Department”) and GPAM’s senior management.

2.  
Reporting of Violations: If a Supervised Person becomes aware of a violation of this Code of Ethics or a violation of applicable law, they have an obligation to report the matter promptly to the CCO.

3.  
Review of Violations: The CCO will review all violations of the Code of Ethics and oversee any appropriate investigation and subsequent response with respect to GPAM. As the designee of senior management, the CCO shall have the right to make final and binding interpretations of the Code and may grant, using her discretion, exceptions to certain of the above restrictions.

(a)   No employee, who in good faith reports a violation of this Code, shall suffer harassment, retaliation or adverse employment consequences.

(b)   An employee who retaliates against someone who has reported a violation in good faith is subject to disciplinary action. Alternatively, the Adviser will treat

 

 
3

 

any malicious or knowingly false report of a violation to be a serious offence and may discipline the employee making such a report.

4.  
Review of CCO’s Compliance with Code of Ethics: A member of senior management of the Adviser or any other person designated ( e.g ., a member of the Legal & Compliance Department), who may or may not be an employee of the Adviser, is responsible for reviewing the CCO's personal trading reports required under the Code of Ethics. If the CCO is in violation of the Code of Ethics, senior management will impose the appropriate sanction(s).

5.  
Sanctions: For violations of this Code of Ethics, sanctions may be imposed as deemed appropriate by the CCO and as applicable in coordination with senior management, including, among other things, sale of an open position and disgorgement of profits realized from a prohibited transaction under the Code of Ethics, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of the employment of the employee. A pattern of violations that individually do not violate the law, but which taken together demonstrate a lack of respect for the Code of Ethics, may result in disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

6.  
Employee Cooperation: Employees are encouraged to share questions, concerns, suggestions or complaints with management of the Adviser, the CCO or other members of the Legal & Compliance Department. Reports of violations or suspected violations will be kept confidential to the extent possible, but consistent with the need to conduct an adequate investigation.

B.  
Financial Tracking Technology, LLC (“FTT”)

1.  
Use of FTT: GPAM has implemented an automated system, FTT, to manage Code of Ethics reporting obligations. All Supervised Persons and Access Persons are required to use the system.

(a)   All required Code of Ethics reporting requirements are to be completed through FTT (including personal security transactions covered by the Code of Ethics, disciplinary disclosures, outside business affiliations, private transactions, board memberships, and gifts and entertainment reporting).

(b)   At the time of hire, the CCO shall provide all Supervised and Access Persons with login information and instructions for using FTT.

IV.  FIDUCIARY DUTY TO CLIENTS

A.  
Comply with Applicable Law

A variety of securities laws, including those described in this Code of Ethics, apply to the operation of GPAM. All Supervised Persons have a responsibility to understand their obligations under these laws and to comply with the requirements. Supervised Persons have an obligation to seek assistance from the CCO if they are unsure of what their obligations are under the Code.


 

 
4

 

B.  
Fiduciary Duty – Avoiding Conflicts and Safeguarding Information

As a fiduciary for GPAM clients, including the funds GPAM manages, Supervised Persons have an obligation to act in clients’ best interests. Supervised Persons must scrupulously avoid serving their personal interests ahead of the interest of clients. That includes making sure that client interests come first and avoiding any potential or actual conflicts of interest. That fiduciary duty extends to all aspects of the business. Conflicts and potential conflicts can arise in a variety of situations. Supervised Persons may have information regarding clients, their investment strategies, strategic plans, assets, holdings, transactions, personnel matters and other information. This information may not be communicated in any manner to benefit the Supervised Persons or other persons. This obligation extends to avoiding potential conflicts between client accounts as well. The client’s interests may not be favored over the interests of another.

C.  
Compliance with the Code of Ethics

A current copy of this Code of Ethics is always posted under Outlook/Public Folders/All Public Folders/Compliance/Guggenheim Partners Asset Management and on FTT. On an annual basis, Supervised Persons are required to acknowledge that they have received, reviewed, understand and agree to comply with the Code of Ethics.

D.  
Personal Interests

As a general matter, Supervised Persons may not improperly take personal advantage of their knowledge of recent, pending or intended securities activities for clients. In addition, Supervised Persons may not improperly take advantage of their position to personally gain at the expense of the interests of GPAM, clients, or the Funds.

E.  
Maintaining the Best Interests of Clients

The provisions of this Code of Ethics address some of the ways in which Supervised Persons are expected to uphold the fiduciary duty to clients and the Funds. It is not an exhaustive list.

F.  
Confidentiality

Unless otherwise permitted, information regarding clients or their accounts may not be shared with persons outside of GPAM, such as vendors, family members, or market participants. In particular, information regarding the trading intentions of clients or GPAM on behalf of its clients may not be shared. Please see the Adviser’s current Compliance Manual for further guidance on safeguarding information and confidentiality.

G.  
Gifts and Entertainment

1.  
Supervised Persons may be offered or may receive gifts and entertainment such as hosted dinners or other events from persons that are personally in a position to do or potentially to do business with GPAM such as clients, consultants, vendors or other business contacts (generally know as “business contacts”). To monitor that Supervised Persons are not beholden to a business contact and that their judgment remains objective, Supervised Persons may only accept appropriate and reasonable gifts and entertainment of a de minimis value as provided in GPAM’s Gifts and

 

 
5

 

Entertainment Policy, which is included in GPAM’s current Compliance Manual and no cash or cash equivalents (i.e. gift cards) may be accepted.

2.  
Supervised Persons may not personally give gifts to business contacts that exceed a de minimis value as provided in GPAM’s Gifts and Entertainment Policy. Any gifts or entertainment provided to business contacts should be done on behalf of GPAM with proper authorization.

3.  
Supervised Persons may not solicit gifts or entertainment or anything of value from a business contact.

4.  
The acceptance and providing of gifts and entertainment shall also be subject to GPAM’s policies and procedures as applicable.

5.  
Supervised Persons are required to report gifts and entertainment, received and given, on a quarterly basis via FTT. Reporting of gifts of an insignificant amount in value such as pens, baseball caps, or t-shirts does not require reporting. Nor do food gifts that are sent to or shared with multiple employees.

H.  
Outside Affiliations

1.  
Any Supervised Person who is employed by, accepts any remuneration from, or performs any services for any person or entity, including serving as a director of a public or private company, trustee or general partner of a partnership, other than the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser (or in these capacities, i.e. director or partner, in a non-profit corporation.), must complete the Pre-Clearance Questionnaire posted on FTT.

2.  
The CCO may require specific information to verify no conflict of interest exists between the outside affiliation and the GPAM’s activities and the Supervised Person’s role at GPAM. If authorized to engage in the outside affiliation or business activity, appropriate safeguards and procedures may be implemented to prevent potential conflicts of interest.

3.  
In no event should any Supervised Person have any outside employment that might cause embarrassment to, or jeopardize the interests of the Adviser, interfere with its operations, or adversely affect his or her productivity or that of other employees.

I.  
Political Contributions

1.  
Neither GPAM nor any Supervised Person is allowed to make political contributions that intentionally or unintentionally have the perceived effect of influencing whether a government entity, official or candidate hires or retains GPAM or its affiliates as investment advisers or invests or maintains an investment in any fund advised or sub-advised by GPAM or a GPAM affiliate.

2.  
Supervised Persons are prohibited from contributing to a candidate’s campaign in a state for which GPAM manages state or local governments’ funds.

 

 
6

 

3.  
Please see the Compliance Manual and Guggenheim Capital, LLC’s Code of Conduct for further guidance on political contributions.

J.  
Personal Trading

1.  
A potential conflict exists between the interests of clients and personal investment activities of Supervised Persons and particularly Access Persons. This conflict may take shape in a variety of ways, including the particular trades executed and the volume of trading done in personal accounts.

2.  
Supervised Persons may not engage in an excessive volume of trading in personal accounts. High volumes of personal trading, as determined by the CCO and or senior management, may raise concerns that Supervised and Access Persons energies and interests are not aligned with client interests.

3.  
At all times, Supervised Persons have an obligation to refrain from personal trading to manipulate the prices of securities and trading on material, non-public information.

4.  
Given the potential conflict that exists among client transactions, holdings and intentions and Supervised Persons personal trading activity, the Code of Ethics contains more detailed requirements to permit the monitoring of personal trading activity. The remaining sections of the Code of Ethics provide guidance on the requirements that must be followed in connection with personal trading activity.

V.    REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRADING

 
A.  
Personal Investment Accounts
Information regarding Access Persons personal investment accounts as required under this Code of Ethics must be provided to GPAM’s CCO. Reporting obligations take effect at the inception of the Access Person’s involvement with GPAM, and continue on a quarterly and annual basis. As with other provisions of the Code of Ethics, Access Persons are expected to understand and comply with the obligations that apply to them.

In order to monitor potential conflicts of interest and compliance with the Code, Access Persons must identify investment accounts and provide information on particular securities transactions in those accounts.

B.  
Electronic Personal Trading Reporting System

GPAM has implemented an electronic personal trading reporting system supported by FTT. All quarterly personal securities transaction reporting and annual holdings reporting will be completed electronically. In order for duplicate brokerage statements to be sent directly to FTT or for electronic feeds to be established, Access Persons may need to provide appropriate authorization to their broker.

C.  
Which Investment Accounts Do Access Persons Need to Report?

1.  
Report any of the following investment accounts:


 

 
7

 

(a)  
The Access Person has Beneficial Ownership which is an investment account with a broker-dealer or bank in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest, including, but is not limited to, individual accounts or that they share jointly with another person. This includes, but is not limited to individual accounts, joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts, partnerships, trusts and controlling interests in corporations. Access Persons must also report any Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) held with a broker-dealer or bank.

(b)  
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank over which the Access Person has investment decision-making authority (including accounts that the Access Person is named on, such as being a guardian, executor or trustee, as well as accounts that Access Person is not named on such as an account owned by another person but for which the Access Person has been granted trading authority).

(c)  
Any investment account with a broker-dealer or bank established by partnership, corporation, or other entity in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest through any formal or informal understanding or agreement.

(d)  
Any college savings account in which the Access Person holds securities issued under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code and in which the Access Person has a direct or indirect interest.

(e)  
Any other account that the CCO deems appropriate in light of the Access Person’s interest or involvement.
 
(f)  
Any account in which the Access Person’s immediate family is the owner. Access Persons are presumed to have investment decision-making authority for, and therefore must report, any investment account of a member of their immediate family if they live in the same household as them. (Immediate family includes, but is not limited to, a spouse, child, grandchild, stepchild, parent, grandparent, sibling, mother or father-in-law, son or daughter-in-law, or brother or sister-in-law). Access Persons may rebut this presumption if they are able to provide GPAM with satisfactory assurances that they have no material interest in the account and exercise no control over investment decisions made regarding the account. Access Persons should consult with the CCO for guidance regarding this process.

2.  
Independently managed third party account reporting:

(a)  
Accounts over which the Access Person retains no Investment Control and that are managed by an independent third-party must be reported but are not subject to the trading restrictions of the Code, if:

(i)  
A copy of the discretionary account management agreement is provided to the CCO promptly upon establishment of the account;

(ii)  
The CCO finds no exceptions after his/her review of the discretionary account management agreement; and

(iii)  
The CCO is provided with an attestation from the Access Person’s discretionary money manager that such Access Person has no ability to

 

 
  8

 

exercise investment control or to place unsolicited trades with such manager unless, in the view of the CCO, the discretionary account management agreement (described in (i.) above) contains language to such effect.

D.  
Required Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reports

1.  
Initial : What information is required when you initially become subject to GPAM’s   Code of Ethics?

(a)  
Access Persons must report all of their investment accounts. (See Section V.C. above for more detail for which accounts must be reported.)
 
(b)  
The report must either include copies of statements or the name of the broker, dealer or bank, title on the account, security names, and the number of shares and principal amount of all holdings.

(i)  
If the Access Person’s brokerage firm provides automatic feeds to FTT, GPAM will obtain account information electronically, after the Access Person has completed the appropriate authorizations as required by the brokerage firm.

(ii)  
If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to FTT, the CCO will arrange with the broker to send duplicate confirmations and statements directly to FTT, but the Access Person’s assistance may be required.

(c)  
All required account information must be reported within 10 calendar days from the date of hire or the date on which the Access Person becomes a GPAM employee and the information must be current as of a date no more than 45 calendar days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person.

(d)  
Supervised Persons report any Outside Business Activities, in addition to completing a disciplinary history form.

(e)  
Supervised Persons must complete a form certifying receipt of this Code of Ethics.
 
2.  
Quarterly Transaction Reports :  What information is required on a quarterly basis?

(a)  
Access Persons must review FTT’s report of all transactions in Covered Securities, in which they have a direct or indirect beneficial interest, within 30 days after quarter end.

(i)  
What are “Covered Securities”? “Covered Securities” are securities as defined by the Acts are any financial instrument related to a security, including:

1.  
Stock;

2.  
Note;

3.  
Treasury stock;

4.  
Security future;

5.  
Bond;

 

  9
 

 

6.  
Debenture;

7.  
Evidence of indebtedness;

8.  
Future;

9.  
Investment contract;

10.  
Voting trust certificate;

11.  
Certificate of deposit for a security;

12.  
Option on any security or on any group or index of securities ( e.g. , put, call or straddle);

13.  
Exchange traded fund (ETF);

14.  
Limited partnership;

15.  
Certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement;

16.  
Collateral-RIC certificate;

17.  
Fractional undivided interest in oil, gas or other mineral right;

18.  
Pre-organizational certificate or subscription;

19.  
Transferable shares;

20.  
Foreign unit trust ( i.e. , UCIT) and foreign mutual fund;

21.  
Private investment fund, hedge fund, and investment club;

22.  
Unit investment trusts (UIT’s);

23.  
Any open-end mutual funds managed, advised or sub-advised by GPAM or an affiliate; and
 
24.  
Any other instrument that is considered a “security” under the various securities laws.
 
(ii)  
The term “Covered Securities” does not include obligations of the US government, bank loans, banker’s acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short term debt instruments such as repurchase agreements, shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open end funds, none of which are reportable funds, or open-end mutual funds which GPAM or an affiliate doesn’t manage, advise or sub-advise.

(b)  
From time to time, FTT may not receive all duplicate statements from brokers or may not receive them on a timely basis. In those cases, Access Persons will be notified by the CCO and must provide copies of the statements to the CCO who will forward the information to FTT.

(c)  
Access Persons who do not maintain investment accounts or did not execute transactions in “Covered Securities,” will be required to confirm that there was no investment activity on FTT.

(d)  
Supervised Persons must report all gifts and entertainment from clients and business contacts received or given during the quarter.

 

 
10

 

3.  
Annual Holdings Reports :  What information is required on an annual basis?

(a)  
Access Persons must provide a list of all Covered Securities in which they or their Immediate Family 2 have a direct or indirect interest, including those not held in an account at a broker-dealer or bank. The list must include the title, number of shares and principal amount of each covered security. Access Persons must report the account number, account name and financial institution for each investment account with a broker-dealer or bank for which they are required to report.

(b)  
On an annual basis Access Persons must confirm that all accounts and holdings are reported in FTT.
 
(c)  
The information in the annual report must be as of December 31.

(d)  
Supervised Persons must also certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and that they have disclosed all transactions and holdings required to be disclosed pursuant to the requirements of this Code.

E.  
New Investment Accounts

Upon opening a reportable account or obtaining an interest in an account that requires reporting (as discussed in Section V.C.1), the account must be reported within 30 calendar days after the end of the quarter. The account must be reported to the CCO via FTT along with the title of the account, the name of the financial institution for the account, the date the account was established (or the date on which interest or authority that requires the account to be reported was gained) and the date reported.

If the brokerage firm does not provide automatic feeds to FTT, the CCO will arrange with the brokerage firm to send duplicate confirmations and statements directly to FTT, assistance may be required.

VI.  PRE-CLEARANCE FOR PERSONAL TRADING

Before executing a personal trade, the trade may need to be pre-cleared to verify that there is no conflict with GPAM’s current activities on behalf of its clients. All trades must be pre-cleared through FTT except as provided below.

A.  
What Trades Must Be Pre-Cleared?



 


2   
All accounts of Immediate Family members of an Access Person, including any relative by blood or marriage, living in the employee’s household or who are financial dependents of the employee are subject to this Code of Ethics (adult children in a separate household are not covered under the Code). Immediate Family members may include any of the employee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 


 

 
11

 

1.  
Covered Securit ies: Unless excluded below, you must pre-clear trades in Covered   Securities. Pre-clearance serves to verify the trade does not conflict with any securities included on GPAM’s restricted list.

2.  
Shares in any Affiliated Investment Company : Pre-clearance is required for   purchases or sale of shares of closed-end funds advised or sub-advised by GPAM. This includes pre-clearance for such purchases or sales in an Immediate Family member’s account.

3.  
Private Placement Securities : Any trades in private placement securities (i.e., any   offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to section 4(2) or 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505, or rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) must be precleared. For example, private investment partnerships or private real estate holding partnerships would be subject to pre-clearance.

4.  
Initial Public Offerings : Trade in IPO’s must be pre-cleared. After obtaining pre-approval from the CCO, participation is limited to the scope permitted for “Restricted Persons” under NASD Conduct Rule 5130.

5.  
529 College Savings Plans : Any transaction in units of a college savings plan   established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code where the underlying investments are open-end funds advised or sub-advised by GPAM.

B.  
What Trades are Not Required to be Pre-Cleared?

1.  
Government Securities : Trades in any direct obligations of the U.S. Government,   bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments including repurchase agreements are not required to be pre-cleared.

2.  
Money Market Funds : Trades in any investment company or fund that is a money   market fund are not required to be pre-cleared.

3.  
Open-End Mutual Funds : Trades in open-end mutual funds that are not advised or   sub-advised by GPAM are not required to be pre-cleared.

4.  
No Knowledge : Securities transactions where no knowledge of the transaction exists   before it is completed. For example, a transaction effected by a Trustee of a blind trust or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership or investment club, when the Access Person is neither consulted nor advised of the trade before it is executed are not required to be pre-cleared.

5.  
Certain Corporate Actions : Any acquisition of securities through stock dividends,   dividend reinvestments, stock splits, reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, exercise of rights or other similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally applicable to all holders of the same class of securities is not required to be pre-cleared.

 

 
12

 


6.  
529 College Savings Plans : Any transaction in units of a college savings plan   established under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless the underlying investment includes open-end funds advised or sub-advised by GPAM.

7.  
Miscellaneous : Any transaction in any other securities as the GPAM CCO may   designate on the grounds that the risk of abuse is minimal or non-existent.

C.  
How Does Pre-Clearance Process Work?

1.  
Understand the Pre-Clearance Requirements : Review Sections VI.A and VI.B to   determine if the security requires pre-clearance.

2.  
Pre-Clearance Request Form : Log on to FTT, complete the online pre-clearance form,   and electronically submit request.

3.  
Approval or Denial : Approval of the proposed trade may automatically be generated   so long as the trade is not currently listed on applicable restricted lists or does not require additional review or authorization by the CCO or senior management.

VII. TRADING RESTRICTIONS

In addition to reporting and pre-clearance obligations, the Code also includes restrictions regarding the manner in which Covered Securities may be traded and held in any reportable investment accounts. (Section V of this Code of Ethics describes which accounts must be reported.)

A.  
For All Trading

1.  
Market Manipulation : Securities transactions may not be executed with the intent to   raise, lower, or maintain the price of any security or to falsely create the appearance of trading activity.

2.  
Trading on Inside Information : Transactions (buy’s or sell’s) of any security cannot   be made if in possession of material non-public information about the security or the issuer of the security. (Please also refer to GPAM’s Policy on Insider Trading.)

3.  
Regardless of whether a transaction is specifically prohibited in this Code of Ethics, no person subject to this Code of Ethics may engage in any personal securities transactions that (i) impact their ability to carry out their assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest.

B.  
Excessive Trading in Reportable Accounts

Access Persons may not engage in excessive personal trading, as may be set forth by GPAM’s CCO, Senior Management, or as stated in GPAM policies from time to time.

 
 

 
13

 

C.  
Holding Periods for Certain Mutual Funds, Investment Companies

Holding periods apply for any funds advised or sub-advised by GPAM. Lists of applicable funds and a summary of Fund specific personal trading policies is included as Supplement 1.

1.  
For Access Persons:

(a)  
After purchase in an account of a fund advised or sub-advised by GPAM, Access Persons must hold that security in that account for at least 60 days from the date of purchase.

(b)  
Note that this limitation also applies to any purchase or sales in an Access Person’s individual retirement account, 401(k), deferred compensation plan, or any similar retirement plan or investment account for their or their immediate family.


VIII.   ANNUAL REVIEW

The CCO will review the adequacy of the policies and procedures contained in this Code of Ethics and the effectiveness of its implementation on an annual basis. This review will consider any changes in the business activity of GPAM and any changes to the Advisers Act or applicable regulations that might suggest a need to revise the policies and procedures contained herein. In addition, the CCO will consider the need for interim reviews in response to significant compliance events, changes in business arrangements or regulatory developments.

IX.      RETENTION OF RECORDS

This Code of Ethics, as updated from time to time, acknowledgements of receipt of a copy of this Code of Ethics by each Supervised Person, a list of all persons required to make reports hereunder from time to time, a copy of each report made by an Access Person hereunder, each memorandum made by the Legal & Compliance Department hereunder and a record of any violation hereof and any action taken as a result of such violation, shall be maintained by the Adviser as required under the Advisers Act for a period of not less than 5 years.

The CCO will use her best efforts to assure that all requests for pre- clearance, all personal Securities transaction reports and all reports of Securities holdings are treated "Personal and Confidential." However, such documents will be available for inspection by appropriate regulatory agencies, and by other parties within the Adviser and its affiliates as are necessary to evaluate compliance with, or sanctions under, this Code of Ethics.

 



 

 
  14

 



 

Policy Statement on Insider Trading
for
 

GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET
MANAGEMENT, LLC




January 1, 2010







 






 

 
  15

 

INSIDER TRADING POLICY

(A)  
Policy Statement on Insider Trading

Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, requires the Adviser to establish, maintain, and enforce written procedures reasonably designed to prevent the wrongful use of “inside” information (as defined below).

Guggenheim Partners Asset Management, LLC (“Guggenheim” or “GPAM”) shall prohibit any Employee from trading, either personally or on behalf of others, or recommending securities, while in possession of material, non-public information in violation of applicable laws and regulations. This unlawful conduct is frequently referred to as "insider trading."

Guggenheim’s policy extends to external activities and outside duties related to Employees’ association with the Adviser. Any questions regarding the Adviser’s insider trading policy and procedures should be referred to the CCO.

Adherence to this Insider Trading Policy and Procedures is a basic condition of employment or association with the Adviser. Failure to comply with these policies and procedures is ground for disciplinary action, including discharge, of such employee.

(B)  
In General – Inside Information

“Inside” Information. “Inside” information is material, nonpublic information. The   courts and regulatory authorities have broadly construed what constitutes “inside” information. Generally speaking, information is “material” if it has “market significance” in the sense that it is likely to influence reasonable investors, including reasonable speculative investors, in determining whether to trade the securities to which the information relates. For example, information is likely to be “material” if it relates to significant changes affecting such matters as dividends; earnings estimates; write downs of assets or additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities; the expansion or curtailment of operations; proposals or agreements involving a merger, acquisition, divestiture or leveraged buy-out; new products or discoveries; major litigation; liquidity problems; extraordinary management developments; public offerings; changes of debt ratings; issuer tender offers; and recapitalizations. Given the potentially severe consequences to GPAM and its personnel of a wrong decision, any person who is uncertain as to whether any information he or she possesses is “inside” information must contact the CCO for guidance, rather than solely relying on his or her own judgment or interpretation.

Federal and state securities laws make it unlawful for any person to trade or recommend trading in securities on the basis of material and nonpublic, or “inside,” information. Guggenheim’s policy requires stringent avoidance of the misuse of inside information.

The misuse of material, nonpublic or “inside” information constitutes fraud; a term broadly defined under the securities laws.

 
 

 

Fraudulent misuse of “inside” information includes purchasing or selling securities on the basis of such information for the account of the firm, an employee, a client, or anyone else. Fraudulent misuse also includes “tipping” such information to anyone, or using it as a basis for recommending, by way of a research report or otherwise, the purchase or sale of a security.

Persons guilty of fraudulently misusing “inside” information are subject to civil and criminal penalties (including imprisonment), SEC administrative actions, and dismissal by an Adviser.

(C)  
Prohibiting Misuse of Inside Information

Those in possession of “inside” information must preserve the confidentiality of such information and abstain from trading until the inside information is disclosed and made public. It is fundamental policy of GPAM that:

•  
No Adviser employee, while in possession of inside information relevant to a security, shall purchase or sell, or recommend or direct the purchase or sale of, such security for the account of the Adviser, an employee, a client, or anyone else.

•  
No employee shall use inside information to purchase or sell securities for his or her own account, any account in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest (including accounts for family members), or any other account over which the employee has discretionary authority or a power of attorney.

No employee shall disclose “inside” information to any person outside the firm without the authorization of the CCO or senior management.

  •  
Any employee who, in the course of his or her employment, obtains “inside” information that is later disclosed to the general public must allow sufficient time to elapse for the investing public to assimilate and evaluate the information before taking any action for his or her personal account on the basis of the disclosed facts.

(D)  
General Guidelines

To maintain that material, non-public information is not misused, it is imperative that the flow of such information be limited so that only those people within GPAM with a “need to know” are given such information.

Routine communications between departments which are not transaction or issuer specific, such as general observations about industries and issuers within those industries, and which would not affect a person’s investment decision about a specific security, are not prohibited. If you have any question as to whether information is routine, however, please contact the CCO.

(E)  
Maintenance of Restricted List

The Restricted List is a list of issuers in which an Adviser’s employees are restricted from trading. Issuers may be added to the Restricted List in the event that the Adviser or certain of its employees have actual possession of material non-public information about

 
 

 

a company or transaction. Securities will be added to the list in the following circumstances:

•  
Where there is a concentration of ownership in a security and the Adviser’s clients already own a substantial portion of the publicly held outstanding shares; or

•  
When an Adviser comes into possession of material, non-public information about a public company, such as business plans, earnings projections, or merger and acquisition plans.

On a regular basis, the CCO will consult with members of the Portfolio Construction Group to determine whether an issuer should be added or removed from the restricted list as necessary.

In the event an employee of the Adviser determines that a security should be added to the Restricted List, such employee will notify the CCO. If after consultation with the employee, the CCO determines that the issuer should be added; the CCO will update the Restricted List and take appropriate action as it pertains to restricting the security for trading in client accounts managed by Guggenheim.

Securities will be removed from the Restricted List when the transaction, event or situation that caused the security to be placed on the list has been completed, is finished or no longer exists.

The Adviser will maintain all records relating to the Restricted List. A written record must be kept indicating the date a security was added to or deleted from the Restricted List.

In the event the Adviser, or its employees, is not in possession of material non-public information, then the Adviser will not be required to maintain a Restricted List.

(F)  
Review of Trading

The CCO will review, at least quarterly, the trading activity of the Adviser’s Access Persons. A record of such review will be maintained by the CCO.

(G)  
Investigations

The CCO will investigate questionable, anomalous, or suspicious trades, whether discovered through scheduled reviews of exception reports or any other way. The scope and extent of any particular inquiry will be determined by the nature of the trade in question. The relevant employee or client may be contacted by the CCO for an explanation as to the trade in question. An investigation record will be kept by the CCO. The record will contain, at a minimum, the following:

(i)  
The name of the security;
(ii)  
The date the investigation commenced;
(iii)  
An identification of the accounts involved; and
(iv)  
A summary of the disposition of the investigation.

 
 

 

(H)  
Procedures for GPAM’s Policy Against Insider Trading

The following procedures have been established to aid the employees of GPAM in avoiding insider trading, and to aid GPAM in preventing, detecting, and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Each employee of the Adviser must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability, and criminal penalties. If you have any questions about these procedures you should consult with the CCO.

1.           Identifying “Inside” Information

Before trading for yourself, or others, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential “inside” information, ask yourself the following questions:

Is the information material? Is this something an investor would consider important in making his or her investment decision? Will the market price of the securities be substantially affected if the information was generally disclosed?

Is the information nonpublic? To whom has it been provided? Has it been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in Reuters, The Wall Street Journal , or other publications of general circulation?

If, after consideration of the above, you believe that the information is material and nonpublic, or if you have any questions as to whether the information is material and nonpublic, you should take the following steps.

(i)  
Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others;

(ii)  
Report the matter immediately to the CCO: and

(iii)  
Do not communicate the information inside or outside an Adviser, other than to the CCO.

After the CCO has reviewed the issue, you either will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communications, or you will be allowed to trade or communicate the information.

2.           Restricting Access to Material Nonpublic Information

Information in your possession that you identify as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone, including associates, except as referred to above. In addition, take care that such information is secure by sealing files and restricting access to computer files containing nonpublic information.

3.            Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

If doubt remains as to whether information is material or nonpublic, or if there is any unresolved question as to the applicability or interpretation of the procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, it must be discussed with the CCO before trading or communicating the information to anyone.

 
 

 

GUGGENHEIM PARTNERS ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC (“GPAM”)

CODE OF ETHICS


SUPPLEMENT #1:

TRANSACTING IN THE GUGGENHEIM/CLAYMORE STRATEGIC
OPPORTUNITIES FUND (“GOF”)

With respect to transactions in GOF, the below requirements are in addition to, or supplement, the requirements of the GPAM Code of Ethics (“Code”).

1.  
Pre-Approval – Access Persons are required to obtain prior written approval through   Financial Tracking (“FTT”) before undertaking any transaction (e.g., purchase or sale) in GOF. Pre-approval is in addition to, not a substitute, for other restrictions discussed below.

2.  
Blackouts: Dividend – Access Persons are prohibited from trading in GOF seven (7) days   before and seven (7) days after the initial dividend of GOF is declared (or any subsequent changes thereto).

3.  
Blackouts: Fund Securities – Access Persons may not engage in personal transactions in   securities to be traded in GOF seven (7) days before and seven (7) days after such transaction.

4.  
Blackouts: Board Meetings – Access Person may not trade in GOF seven (7) days before   and seven (7) days after a GOF board meeting.

5.  
Holding Period – Access Persons are required to hold any purchase of GOF for sixty (60)   calendar days.

6.  
Re-investment of Dividends – Dividends that are automatically reinvested are not subject   to the pre-approval requirement.

7.  
Reporting of Transactions – Access Persons must notify the Claymore Advisors’ Legal   Department Patty Villasenor ( pvillasenor@claymore.co m ) and Dolores Delgado (ddelgado@claymore.com) immediately, but in no event more than 24 hours, after any transaction in GOF. Such reporting is required for Claymore to make mandatory regulatory filings within the required time period.


 
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Code.



 


 

 
  20

 


SUPPLEMENT #2:

LIST OF OPEN END MUTUAL FUNDS ADVISED OR SUB-ADVISED BY GPAM OR
AFFILIATES


FUND
 
TICKER
     
American Beacon High Yield Bond Fund – Instl
 
AYBFX
American Beacon High Yield Bond Fund – Investor
 
AHYPX
CNI Charter High Yield Bond Fund – Class N
 
CHBAX
CNI Charter High Yield Bond Fund – Instl
 
CHYIX
Pinnacle American Core-Plus Bond Fund – Class: A, F, I (Canada)
----------
Principal Global Diversified Income Fund – Class A
 
PGBAX
Principal Global Diversified Income Fund – Class C
 
PGDCX
Principal Global Diversified Income Fund – Instl
 
PGDIX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class A
 
RSBTX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class C
 
RSBCX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class E
 
RSBEX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class S
 
RFBSX
Russell Short Duration Bond Fund – Class Y
 
RSBYX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class A
 
RFDAX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class C
 
RFCCX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class E
 
RFCEX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class S
 
RFCTX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Class Y
 
RFCYX
Russell Strategic Bond Fund – Instl
 
RFCSX
SEI Canada US High Yield Bond Fund
 
----------
SEI Global Master Fund PLC High Yield Fixed Income Fund
----------
SEI Institutional Investment Trust High Yield Bond Fund
 
SGYAX
SEI Institutional Managed High Yield Bond Fund – Class A
SHYAX







 






21



CLAYMORE/GUGGENHEIM STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES FUND

POWER OF ATTORNEY

That each of the undersigned officers and trustees of Claymore/Guggenheim Strategic Opportunities Fund, a statutory trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Trust”), do constitute and appoint Kevin M. Robinson and Mark E. Mathiasen as true and lawful attorneys and agents, with full power and authority (acting alone and without the other) to execute in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned as such officer or trustee, a Registration Statement on Form N-2, including any pre-effective amendments and/or any post-effective amendments thereto and any subsequent Registration Statement of the Trust pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any other filings in connection therewith, and to file the same under the 1933 Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or otherwise, with respect to the registration of the Trust, the registration or offering of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.01 per share; granting to such attorney and agent full power of substitution and revocation in the premises; and ratifying and confirming all that such attorney and agent may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of this 7 th day of July, 2010.

 
 

/s/ J. Thomas Futrell                                                       
J. Thomas Futrell
Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Steven M. Hill                                            
Steven M. Hill
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer


/s/ Randall C. Barnes                                                       
Randall C. Barnes
Trustee


/s/ Roman Friedrich III                                                       
Roman Friedrich III
Trustee
 

/s/ Ronald E. Toupin Jr.                                                       
Ronald E. Toupin, Jr.
Trustee


/s/ Robert B. Karn III                                                       
Robert B. Karn III
Trustee

/s/ Kevin M. Robinson                                                       
Kevin M. Robinson
Trustee
 
 
2